diff --git a/.mcuxpressoide_packages_support/info.properties b/.mcuxpressoide_packages_support/info.properties
index ceecfccf5d4a0dfd0d7fd5c4b7080f5e8907e58b..4ba8becb3e76996e863847896311315eaf00e0ca 100644
--- a/.mcuxpressoide_packages_support/info.properties
+++ b/.mcuxpressoide_packages_support/info.properties
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
#MCUXpresso IDE
-#Wed Mar 19 10:42:48 CET 2025
+#Wed Mar 19 11:08:44 CET 2025
product.name=MCUXpresso IDE v11.10.0 [Build 3148] [2024-07-03]
product.version=11.10.0
product.build=3148
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/docs/CMSIS END USER LICENCE AGREEMENT.pdf b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/docs/CMSIS END USER LICENCE AGREEMENT.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e04afaee6286ce461b2ab5f286c6f99b232f5ae0
Binary files /dev/null and b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/docs/CMSIS END USER LICENCE AGREEMENT.pdf differ
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/docs/cmsis_readme.txt b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/docs/cmsis_readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..316499c01484d26210923d66c1ff8d9950d54c41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/docs/cmsis_readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+CMSIS : Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard
+==========================================================
+
+Introduction
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+CMSIS defines for a Cortex-M Microcontroller System:
+
+ * A common way to access peripheral registers and a
+ common way to define exception vectors.
+ * The register names of the Core Peripherals and the
+ names of the Core Exception Vectors.
+ * An device independent interface for RTOS Kernels
+ including a debug channel.
+
+By using CMSIS compliant software components, the user can
+easier re-use template code. CMSIS is intended to enable the
+combination of software components from multiple middleware
+vendors.
+
+This project contains appropriate files for this MCU family
+taken from CMSIS. A full copy of the CMSIS files, together
+with additional information on CMSIS can be found at:
+
+ http://www.onarm.com/
+ http://www.arm.com/
+
+Documentation
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+The standard CMSIS documentation can be found within the
+Code Red IDE help system, via:
+
+Help -> Help Contents -> Code Red Product Documentation -> CMSIS
+
+More information on the use of CMSIS within the Code Red IDE
+can be found in the Support area of the Code Red website at
+
+ http://www.code-red-tech.com/
+
+At the time of writing, the CMSIS FAQ can be found directly
+at:
+
+ http://support.code-red-tech.com/CodeRedWiki/Support4CMSIS
+
+
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/history.txt b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/history.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..42ca3af7c11a3248d21c506e76871712823716be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/history.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+History of updates to CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx
+========================================
+
+7 March 2011
+------------
+LPC17xx CMSIS 2.0 library project using ARM
+Cortex-M3 CMSIS files as supplied in ARM's CMSIS 2.0
+December 2010 release, together with device/board
+specific files from NXP (as previously supplied in
+CMSISv1p30_LPC17xx library project, dated 24 Aug 2010).
+
+Note files are built -Os for both Debug and Release
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/LPC17xx.h b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/LPC17xx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..8c4050b3a2a4e07ee5b53e5bc1dfc8df8d231ca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/LPC17xx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1035 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file LPC17xx.h
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File for
+ * NXP LPC17xx Device Series
+ * @version: V1.09
+ * @date: 17. March 2010
+
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M
+ * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed
+ * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
+ * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __LPC17xx_H__
+#define __LPC17xx_H__
+
+/*
+ * ==========================================================================
+ * ---------- Interrupt Number Definition -----------------------------------
+ * ==========================================================================
+ */
+
+typedef enum IRQn
+{
+/****** Cortex-M3 Processor Exceptions Numbers ***************************************************/
+ NonMaskableInt_IRQn = -14, /*!< 2 Non Maskable Interrupt */
+ MemoryManagement_IRQn = -12, /*!< 4 Cortex-M3 Memory Management Interrupt */
+ BusFault_IRQn = -11, /*!< 5 Cortex-M3 Bus Fault Interrupt */
+ UsageFault_IRQn = -10, /*!< 6 Cortex-M3 Usage Fault Interrupt */
+ SVCall_IRQn = -5, /*!< 11 Cortex-M3 SV Call Interrupt */
+ DebugMonitor_IRQn = -4, /*!< 12 Cortex-M3 Debug Monitor Interrupt */
+ PendSV_IRQn = -2, /*!< 14 Cortex-M3 Pend SV Interrupt */
+ SysTick_IRQn = -1, /*!< 15 Cortex-M3 System Tick Interrupt */
+
+/****** LPC17xx Specific Interrupt Numbers *******************************************************/
+ WDT_IRQn = 0, /*!< Watchdog Timer Interrupt */
+ TIMER0_IRQn = 1, /*!< Timer0 Interrupt */
+ TIMER1_IRQn = 2, /*!< Timer1 Interrupt */
+ TIMER2_IRQn = 3, /*!< Timer2 Interrupt */
+ TIMER3_IRQn = 4, /*!< Timer3 Interrupt */
+ UART0_IRQn = 5, /*!< UART0 Interrupt */
+ UART1_IRQn = 6, /*!< UART1 Interrupt */
+ UART2_IRQn = 7, /*!< UART2 Interrupt */
+ UART3_IRQn = 8, /*!< UART3 Interrupt */
+ PWM1_IRQn = 9, /*!< PWM1 Interrupt */
+ I2C0_IRQn = 10, /*!< I2C0 Interrupt */
+ I2C1_IRQn = 11, /*!< I2C1 Interrupt */
+ I2C2_IRQn = 12, /*!< I2C2 Interrupt */
+ SPI_IRQn = 13, /*!< SPI Interrupt */
+ SSP0_IRQn = 14, /*!< SSP0 Interrupt */
+ SSP1_IRQn = 15, /*!< SSP1 Interrupt */
+ PLL0_IRQn = 16, /*!< PLL0 Lock (Main PLL) Interrupt */
+ RTC_IRQn = 17, /*!< Real Time Clock Interrupt */
+ EINT0_IRQn = 18, /*!< External Interrupt 0 Interrupt */
+ EINT1_IRQn = 19, /*!< External Interrupt 1 Interrupt */
+ EINT2_IRQn = 20, /*!< External Interrupt 2 Interrupt */
+ EINT3_IRQn = 21, /*!< External Interrupt 3 Interrupt */
+ ADC_IRQn = 22, /*!< A/D Converter Interrupt */
+ BOD_IRQn = 23, /*!< Brown-Out Detect Interrupt */
+ USB_IRQn = 24, /*!< USB Interrupt */
+ CAN_IRQn = 25, /*!< CAN Interrupt */
+ DMA_IRQn = 26, /*!< General Purpose DMA Interrupt */
+ I2S_IRQn = 27, /*!< I2S Interrupt */
+ ENET_IRQn = 28, /*!< Ethernet Interrupt */
+ RIT_IRQn = 29, /*!< Repetitive Interrupt Timer Interrupt */
+ MCPWM_IRQn = 30, /*!< Motor Control PWM Interrupt */
+ QEI_IRQn = 31, /*!< Quadrature Encoder Interface Interrupt */
+ PLL1_IRQn = 32, /*!< PLL1 Lock (USB PLL) Interrupt */
+ USBActivity_IRQn = 33, /* USB Activity interrupt */
+ CANActivity_IRQn = 34, /* CAN Activity interrupt */
+} IRQn_Type;
+
+
+/*
+ * ==========================================================================
+ * ----------- Processor and Core Peripheral Section ------------------------
+ * ==========================================================================
+ */
+
+/* Configuration of the Cortex-M3 Processor and Core Peripherals */
+#define __MPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< MPU present or not */
+#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 5 /*!< Number of Bits used for Priority Levels */
+#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0 /*!< Set to 1 if different SysTick Config is used */
+
+
+#include "core_cm3.h" /* Cortex-M3 processor and core peripherals */
+#include "system_LPC17xx.h" /* System Header */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* Device Specific Peripheral registers structures */
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+#pragma anon_unions
+#endif
+
+/*------------- System Control (SC) ------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t FLASHCFG; /* Flash Accelerator Module */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[31];
+ __IO uint32_t PLL0CON; /* Clocking and Power Control */
+ __IO uint32_t PLL0CFG;
+ __I uint32_t PLL0STAT;
+ __O uint32_t PLL0FEED;
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[4];
+ __IO uint32_t PLL1CON;
+ __IO uint32_t PLL1CFG;
+ __I uint32_t PLL1STAT;
+ __O uint32_t PLL1FEED;
+ uint32_t RESERVED2[4];
+ __IO uint32_t PCON;
+ __IO uint32_t PCONP;
+ uint32_t RESERVED3[15];
+ __IO uint32_t CCLKCFG;
+ __IO uint32_t USBCLKCFG;
+ __IO uint32_t CLKSRCSEL;
+ __IO uint32_t CANSLEEPCLR;
+ __IO uint32_t CANWAKEFLAGS;
+ uint32_t RESERVED4[10];
+ __IO uint32_t EXTINT; /* External Interrupts */
+ uint32_t RESERVED5;
+ __IO uint32_t EXTMODE;
+ __IO uint32_t EXTPOLAR;
+ uint32_t RESERVED6[12];
+ __IO uint32_t RSID; /* Reset */
+ uint32_t RESERVED7[7];
+ __IO uint32_t SCS; /* Syscon Miscellaneous Registers */
+ __IO uint32_t IRCTRIM; /* Clock Dividers */
+ __IO uint32_t PCLKSEL0;
+ __IO uint32_t PCLKSEL1;
+ uint32_t RESERVED8[4];
+ __IO uint32_t USBIntSt; /* USB Device/OTG Interrupt Register */
+ __IO uint32_t DMAREQSEL;
+ __IO uint32_t CLKOUTCFG; /* Clock Output Configuration */
+ } LPC_SC_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Pin Connect Block (PINCON) -----------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL0;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL1;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL2;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL3;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL4;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL5;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL6;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL7;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL8;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL9;
+ __IO uint32_t PINSEL10;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[5];
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE0;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE1;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE2;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE3;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE4;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE5;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE6;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE7;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE8;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE9;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD0;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD1;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD2;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD3;
+ __IO uint32_t PINMODE_OD4;
+ __IO uint32_t I2CPADCFG;
+} LPC_PINCON_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) --------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ union {
+ __IO uint32_t FIODIR;
+ struct {
+ __IO uint16_t FIODIRL;
+ __IO uint16_t FIODIRH;
+ };
+ struct {
+ __IO uint8_t FIODIR0;
+ __IO uint8_t FIODIR1;
+ __IO uint8_t FIODIR2;
+ __IO uint8_t FIODIR3;
+ };
+ };
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[3];
+ union {
+ __IO uint32_t FIOMASK;
+ struct {
+ __IO uint16_t FIOMASKL;
+ __IO uint16_t FIOMASKH;
+ };
+ struct {
+ __IO uint8_t FIOMASK0;
+ __IO uint8_t FIOMASK1;
+ __IO uint8_t FIOMASK2;
+ __IO uint8_t FIOMASK3;
+ };
+ };
+ union {
+ __IO uint32_t FIOPIN;
+ struct {
+ __IO uint16_t FIOPINL;
+ __IO uint16_t FIOPINH;
+ };
+ struct {
+ __IO uint8_t FIOPIN0;
+ __IO uint8_t FIOPIN1;
+ __IO uint8_t FIOPIN2;
+ __IO uint8_t FIOPIN3;
+ };
+ };
+ union {
+ __IO uint32_t FIOSET;
+ struct {
+ __IO uint16_t FIOSETL;
+ __IO uint16_t FIOSETH;
+ };
+ struct {
+ __IO uint8_t FIOSET0;
+ __IO uint8_t FIOSET1;
+ __IO uint8_t FIOSET2;
+ __IO uint8_t FIOSET3;
+ };
+ };
+ union {
+ __O uint32_t FIOCLR;
+ struct {
+ __O uint16_t FIOCLRL;
+ __O uint16_t FIOCLRH;
+ };
+ struct {
+ __O uint8_t FIOCLR0;
+ __O uint8_t FIOCLR1;
+ __O uint8_t FIOCLR2;
+ __O uint8_t FIOCLR3;
+ };
+ };
+} LPC_GPIO_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __I uint32_t IntStatus;
+ __I uint32_t IO0IntStatR;
+ __I uint32_t IO0IntStatF;
+ __O uint32_t IO0IntClr;
+ __IO uint32_t IO0IntEnR;
+ __IO uint32_t IO0IntEnF;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[3];
+ __I uint32_t IO2IntStatR;
+ __I uint32_t IO2IntStatF;
+ __O uint32_t IO2IntClr;
+ __IO uint32_t IO2IntEnR;
+ __IO uint32_t IO2IntEnF;
+} LPC_GPIOINT_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Timer (TIM) --------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t IR;
+ __IO uint32_t TCR;
+ __IO uint32_t TC;
+ __IO uint32_t PR;
+ __IO uint32_t PC;
+ __IO uint32_t MCR;
+ __IO uint32_t MR0;
+ __IO uint32_t MR1;
+ __IO uint32_t MR2;
+ __IO uint32_t MR3;
+ __IO uint32_t CCR;
+ __I uint32_t CR0;
+ __I uint32_t CR1;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[2];
+ __IO uint32_t EMR;
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[12];
+ __IO uint32_t CTCR;
+} LPC_TIM_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) ---------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t IR;
+ __IO uint32_t TCR;
+ __IO uint32_t TC;
+ __IO uint32_t PR;
+ __IO uint32_t PC;
+ __IO uint32_t MCR;
+ __IO uint32_t MR0;
+ __IO uint32_t MR1;
+ __IO uint32_t MR2;
+ __IO uint32_t MR3;
+ __IO uint32_t CCR;
+ __I uint32_t CR0;
+ __I uint32_t CR1;
+ __I uint32_t CR2;
+ __I uint32_t CR3;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0;
+ __IO uint32_t MR4;
+ __IO uint32_t MR5;
+ __IO uint32_t MR6;
+ __IO uint32_t PCR;
+ __IO uint32_t LER;
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[7];
+ __IO uint32_t CTCR;
+} LPC_PWM_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) -----------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ union {
+ __I uint8_t RBR;
+ __O uint8_t THR;
+ __IO uint8_t DLL;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0;
+ };
+ union {
+ __IO uint8_t DLM;
+ __IO uint32_t IER;
+ };
+ union {
+ __I uint32_t IIR;
+ __O uint8_t FCR;
+ };
+ __IO uint8_t LCR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED1[7];
+ __I uint8_t LSR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED2[7];
+ __IO uint8_t SCR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED3[3];
+ __IO uint32_t ACR;
+ __IO uint8_t ICR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED4[3];
+ __IO uint8_t FDR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED5[7];
+ __IO uint8_t TER;
+ uint8_t RESERVED6[39];
+ __IO uint32_t FIFOLVL;
+} LPC_UART_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ union {
+ __I uint8_t RBR;
+ __O uint8_t THR;
+ __IO uint8_t DLL;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0;
+ };
+ union {
+ __IO uint8_t DLM;
+ __IO uint32_t IER;
+ };
+ union {
+ __I uint32_t IIR;
+ __O uint8_t FCR;
+ };
+ __IO uint8_t LCR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED1[7];
+ __I uint8_t LSR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED2[7];
+ __IO uint8_t SCR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED3[3];
+ __IO uint32_t ACR;
+ __IO uint8_t ICR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED4[3];
+ __IO uint8_t FDR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED5[7];
+ __IO uint8_t TER;
+ uint8_t RESERVED6[39];
+ __IO uint32_t FIFOLVL;
+} LPC_UART0_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ union {
+ __I uint8_t RBR;
+ __O uint8_t THR;
+ __IO uint8_t DLL;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0;
+ };
+ union {
+ __IO uint8_t DLM;
+ __IO uint32_t IER;
+ };
+ union {
+ __I uint32_t IIR;
+ __O uint8_t FCR;
+ };
+ __IO uint8_t LCR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED1[3];
+ __IO uint8_t MCR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED2[3];
+ __I uint8_t LSR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED3[3];
+ __I uint8_t MSR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED4[3];
+ __IO uint8_t SCR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED5[3];
+ __IO uint32_t ACR;
+ uint32_t RESERVED6;
+ __IO uint32_t FDR;
+ uint32_t RESERVED7;
+ __IO uint8_t TER;
+ uint8_t RESERVED8[27];
+ __IO uint8_t RS485CTRL;
+ uint8_t RESERVED9[3];
+ __IO uint8_t ADRMATCH;
+ uint8_t RESERVED10[3];
+ __IO uint8_t RS485DLY;
+ uint8_t RESERVED11[3];
+ __IO uint32_t FIFOLVL;
+} LPC_UART1_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) ----------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t SPCR;
+ __I uint32_t SPSR;
+ __IO uint32_t SPDR;
+ __IO uint32_t SPCCR;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[3];
+ __IO uint32_t SPINT;
+} LPC_SPI_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Synchronous Serial Communication (SSP) -----------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CR0;
+ __IO uint32_t CR1;
+ __IO uint32_t DR;
+ __I uint32_t SR;
+ __IO uint32_t CPSR;
+ __IO uint32_t IMSC;
+ __IO uint32_t RIS;
+ __IO uint32_t MIS;
+ __IO uint32_t ICR;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACR;
+} LPC_SSP_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) -------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t I2CONSET;
+ __I uint32_t I2STAT;
+ __IO uint32_t I2DAT;
+ __IO uint32_t I2ADR0;
+ __IO uint32_t I2SCLH;
+ __IO uint32_t I2SCLL;
+ __O uint32_t I2CONCLR;
+ __IO uint32_t MMCTRL;
+ __IO uint32_t I2ADR1;
+ __IO uint32_t I2ADR2;
+ __IO uint32_t I2ADR3;
+ __I uint32_t I2DATA_BUFFER;
+ __IO uint32_t I2MASK0;
+ __IO uint32_t I2MASK1;
+ __IO uint32_t I2MASK2;
+ __IO uint32_t I2MASK3;
+} LPC_I2C_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Inter IC Sound (I2S) -----------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t I2SDAO;
+ __IO uint32_t I2SDAI;
+ __O uint32_t I2STXFIFO;
+ __I uint32_t I2SRXFIFO;
+ __I uint32_t I2SSTATE;
+ __IO uint32_t I2SDMA1;
+ __IO uint32_t I2SDMA2;
+ __IO uint32_t I2SIRQ;
+ __IO uint32_t I2STXRATE;
+ __IO uint32_t I2SRXRATE;
+ __IO uint32_t I2STXBITRATE;
+ __IO uint32_t I2SRXBITRATE;
+ __IO uint32_t I2STXMODE;
+ __IO uint32_t I2SRXMODE;
+} LPC_I2S_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Repetitive Interrupt Timer (RIT) -----------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t RICOMPVAL;
+ __IO uint32_t RIMASK;
+ __IO uint8_t RICTRL;
+ uint8_t RESERVED0[3];
+ __IO uint32_t RICOUNTER;
+} LPC_RIT_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Real-Time Clock (RTC) ----------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint8_t ILR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED0[7];
+ __IO uint8_t CCR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED1[3];
+ __IO uint8_t CIIR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED2[3];
+ __IO uint8_t AMR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED3[3];
+ __I uint32_t CTIME0;
+ __I uint32_t CTIME1;
+ __I uint32_t CTIME2;
+ __IO uint8_t SEC;
+ uint8_t RESERVED4[3];
+ __IO uint8_t MIN;
+ uint8_t RESERVED5[3];
+ __IO uint8_t HOUR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED6[3];
+ __IO uint8_t DOM;
+ uint8_t RESERVED7[3];
+ __IO uint8_t DOW;
+ uint8_t RESERVED8[3];
+ __IO uint16_t DOY;
+ uint16_t RESERVED9;
+ __IO uint8_t MONTH;
+ uint8_t RESERVED10[3];
+ __IO uint16_t YEAR;
+ uint16_t RESERVED11;
+ __IO uint32_t CALIBRATION;
+ __IO uint32_t GPREG0;
+ __IO uint32_t GPREG1;
+ __IO uint32_t GPREG2;
+ __IO uint32_t GPREG3;
+ __IO uint32_t GPREG4;
+ __IO uint8_t RTC_AUXEN;
+ uint8_t RESERVED12[3];
+ __IO uint8_t RTC_AUX;
+ uint8_t RESERVED13[3];
+ __IO uint8_t ALSEC;
+ uint8_t RESERVED14[3];
+ __IO uint8_t ALMIN;
+ uint8_t RESERVED15[3];
+ __IO uint8_t ALHOUR;
+ uint8_t RESERVED16[3];
+ __IO uint8_t ALDOM;
+ uint8_t RESERVED17[3];
+ __IO uint8_t ALDOW;
+ uint8_t RESERVED18[3];
+ __IO uint16_t ALDOY;
+ uint16_t RESERVED19;
+ __IO uint8_t ALMON;
+ uint8_t RESERVED20[3];
+ __IO uint16_t ALYEAR;
+ uint16_t RESERVED21;
+} LPC_RTC_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Watchdog Timer (WDT) -----------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint8_t WDMOD;
+ uint8_t RESERVED0[3];
+ __IO uint32_t WDTC;
+ __O uint8_t WDFEED;
+ uint8_t RESERVED1[3];
+ __I uint32_t WDTV;
+ __IO uint32_t WDCLKSEL;
+} LPC_WDT_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) ----------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t ADCR;
+ __IO uint32_t ADGDR;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0;
+ __IO uint32_t ADINTEN;
+ __I uint32_t ADDR0;
+ __I uint32_t ADDR1;
+ __I uint32_t ADDR2;
+ __I uint32_t ADDR3;
+ __I uint32_t ADDR4;
+ __I uint32_t ADDR5;
+ __I uint32_t ADDR6;
+ __I uint32_t ADDR7;
+ __I uint32_t ADSTAT;
+ __IO uint32_t ADTRM;
+} LPC_ADC_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) ----------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t DACR;
+ __IO uint32_t DACCTRL;
+ __IO uint16_t DACCNTVAL;
+} LPC_DAC_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Motor Control Pulse-Width Modulation (MCPWM) -----------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __I uint32_t MCCON;
+ __O uint32_t MCCON_SET;
+ __O uint32_t MCCON_CLR;
+ __I uint32_t MCCAPCON;
+ __O uint32_t MCCAPCON_SET;
+ __O uint32_t MCCAPCON_CLR;
+ __IO uint32_t MCTIM0;
+ __IO uint32_t MCTIM1;
+ __IO uint32_t MCTIM2;
+ __IO uint32_t MCPER0;
+ __IO uint32_t MCPER1;
+ __IO uint32_t MCPER2;
+ __IO uint32_t MCPW0;
+ __IO uint32_t MCPW1;
+ __IO uint32_t MCPW2;
+ __IO uint32_t MCDEADTIME;
+ __IO uint32_t MCCCP;
+ __IO uint32_t MCCR0;
+ __IO uint32_t MCCR1;
+ __IO uint32_t MCCR2;
+ __I uint32_t MCINTEN;
+ __O uint32_t MCINTEN_SET;
+ __O uint32_t MCINTEN_CLR;
+ __I uint32_t MCCNTCON;
+ __O uint32_t MCCNTCON_SET;
+ __O uint32_t MCCNTCON_CLR;
+ __I uint32_t MCINTFLAG;
+ __O uint32_t MCINTFLAG_SET;
+ __O uint32_t MCINTFLAG_CLR;
+ __O uint32_t MCCAP_CLR;
+} LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) ---------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __O uint32_t QEICON;
+ __I uint32_t QEISTAT;
+ __IO uint32_t QEICONF;
+ __I uint32_t QEIPOS;
+ __IO uint32_t QEIMAXPOS;
+ __IO uint32_t CMPOS0;
+ __IO uint32_t CMPOS1;
+ __IO uint32_t CMPOS2;
+ __I uint32_t INXCNT;
+ __IO uint32_t INXCMP;
+ __IO uint32_t QEILOAD;
+ __I uint32_t QEITIME;
+ __I uint32_t QEIVEL;
+ __I uint32_t QEICAP;
+ __IO uint32_t VELCOMP;
+ __IO uint32_t FILTER;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[998];
+ __O uint32_t QEIIEC;
+ __O uint32_t QEIIES;
+ __I uint32_t QEIINTSTAT;
+ __I uint32_t QEIIE;
+ __O uint32_t QEICLR;
+ __O uint32_t QEISET;
+} LPC_QEI_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Controller Area Network (CAN) --------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t mask[512]; /* ID Masks */
+} LPC_CANAF_RAM_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct /* Acceptance Filter Registers */
+{
+ __IO uint32_t AFMR;
+ __IO uint32_t SFF_sa;
+ __IO uint32_t SFF_GRP_sa;
+ __IO uint32_t EFF_sa;
+ __IO uint32_t EFF_GRP_sa;
+ __IO uint32_t ENDofTable;
+ __I uint32_t LUTerrAd;
+ __I uint32_t LUTerr;
+ __IO uint32_t FCANIE;
+ __IO uint32_t FCANIC0;
+ __IO uint32_t FCANIC1;
+} LPC_CANAF_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct /* Central Registers */
+{
+ __I uint32_t CANTxSR;
+ __I uint32_t CANRxSR;
+ __I uint32_t CANMSR;
+} LPC_CANCR_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct /* Controller Registers */
+{
+ __IO uint32_t MOD;
+ __O uint32_t CMR;
+ __IO uint32_t GSR;
+ __I uint32_t ICR;
+ __IO uint32_t IER;
+ __IO uint32_t BTR;
+ __IO uint32_t EWL;
+ __I uint32_t SR;
+ __IO uint32_t RFS;
+ __IO uint32_t RID;
+ __IO uint32_t RDA;
+ __IO uint32_t RDB;
+ __IO uint32_t TFI1;
+ __IO uint32_t TID1;
+ __IO uint32_t TDA1;
+ __IO uint32_t TDB1;
+ __IO uint32_t TFI2;
+ __IO uint32_t TID2;
+ __IO uint32_t TDA2;
+ __IO uint32_t TDB2;
+ __IO uint32_t TFI3;
+ __IO uint32_t TID3;
+ __IO uint32_t TDA3;
+ __IO uint32_t TDB3;
+} LPC_CAN_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- General Purpose Direct Memory Access (GPDMA) -----------------*/
+typedef struct /* Common Registers */
+{
+ __I uint32_t DMACIntStat;
+ __I uint32_t DMACIntTCStat;
+ __O uint32_t DMACIntTCClear;
+ __I uint32_t DMACIntErrStat;
+ __O uint32_t DMACIntErrClr;
+ __I uint32_t DMACRawIntTCStat;
+ __I uint32_t DMACRawIntErrStat;
+ __I uint32_t DMACEnbldChns;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACSoftBReq;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACSoftSReq;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACSoftLBReq;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACSoftLSReq;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACConfig;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACSync;
+} LPC_GPDMA_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct /* Channel Registers */
+{
+ __IO uint32_t DMACCSrcAddr;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACCDestAddr;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACCLLI;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACCControl;
+ __IO uint32_t DMACCConfig;
+} LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Universal Serial Bus (USB) -----------------------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __I uint32_t HcRevision; /* USB Host Registers */
+ __IO uint32_t HcControl;
+ __IO uint32_t HcCommandStatus;
+ __IO uint32_t HcInterruptStatus;
+ __IO uint32_t HcInterruptEnable;
+ __IO uint32_t HcInterruptDisable;
+ __IO uint32_t HcHCCA;
+ __I uint32_t HcPeriodCurrentED;
+ __IO uint32_t HcControlHeadED;
+ __IO uint32_t HcControlCurrentED;
+ __IO uint32_t HcBulkHeadED;
+ __IO uint32_t HcBulkCurrentED;
+ __I uint32_t HcDoneHead;
+ __IO uint32_t HcFmInterval;
+ __I uint32_t HcFmRemaining;
+ __I uint32_t HcFmNumber;
+ __IO uint32_t HcPeriodicStart;
+ __IO uint32_t HcLSTreshold;
+ __IO uint32_t HcRhDescriptorA;
+ __IO uint32_t HcRhDescriptorB;
+ __IO uint32_t HcRhStatus;
+ __IO uint32_t HcRhPortStatus1;
+ __IO uint32_t HcRhPortStatus2;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[40];
+ __I uint32_t Module_ID;
+
+ __I uint32_t OTGIntSt; /* USB On-The-Go Registers */
+ __IO uint32_t OTGIntEn;
+ __O uint32_t OTGIntSet;
+ __O uint32_t OTGIntClr;
+ __IO uint32_t OTGStCtrl;
+ __IO uint32_t OTGTmr;
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[58];
+
+ __I uint32_t USBDevIntSt; /* USB Device Interrupt Registers */
+ __IO uint32_t USBDevIntEn;
+ __O uint32_t USBDevIntClr;
+ __O uint32_t USBDevIntSet;
+
+ __O uint32_t USBCmdCode; /* USB Device SIE Command Registers */
+ __I uint32_t USBCmdData;
+
+ __I uint32_t USBRxData; /* USB Device Transfer Registers */
+ __O uint32_t USBTxData;
+ __I uint32_t USBRxPLen;
+ __O uint32_t USBTxPLen;
+ __IO uint32_t USBCtrl;
+ __O uint32_t USBDevIntPri;
+
+ __I uint32_t USBEpIntSt; /* USB Device Endpoint Interrupt Regs */
+ __IO uint32_t USBEpIntEn;
+ __O uint32_t USBEpIntClr;
+ __O uint32_t USBEpIntSet;
+ __O uint32_t USBEpIntPri;
+
+ __IO uint32_t USBReEp; /* USB Device Endpoint Realization Reg*/
+ __O uint32_t USBEpInd;
+ __IO uint32_t USBMaxPSize;
+
+ __I uint32_t USBDMARSt; /* USB Device DMA Registers */
+ __O uint32_t USBDMARClr;
+ __O uint32_t USBDMARSet;
+ uint32_t RESERVED2[9];
+ __IO uint32_t USBUDCAH;
+ __I uint32_t USBEpDMASt;
+ __O uint32_t USBEpDMAEn;
+ __O uint32_t USBEpDMADis;
+ __I uint32_t USBDMAIntSt;
+ __IO uint32_t USBDMAIntEn;
+ uint32_t RESERVED3[2];
+ __I uint32_t USBEoTIntSt;
+ __O uint32_t USBEoTIntClr;
+ __O uint32_t USBEoTIntSet;
+ __I uint32_t USBNDDRIntSt;
+ __O uint32_t USBNDDRIntClr;
+ __O uint32_t USBNDDRIntSet;
+ __I uint32_t USBSysErrIntSt;
+ __O uint32_t USBSysErrIntClr;
+ __O uint32_t USBSysErrIntSet;
+ uint32_t RESERVED4[15];
+
+ union {
+ __I uint32_t I2C_RX; /* USB OTG I2C Registers */
+ __O uint32_t I2C_TX;
+ };
+ __I uint32_t I2C_STS;
+ __IO uint32_t I2C_CTL;
+ __IO uint32_t I2C_CLKHI;
+ __O uint32_t I2C_CLKLO;
+ uint32_t RESERVED5[824];
+
+ union {
+ __IO uint32_t USBClkCtrl; /* USB Clock Control Registers */
+ __IO uint32_t OTGClkCtrl;
+ };
+ union {
+ __I uint32_t USBClkSt;
+ __I uint32_t OTGClkSt;
+ };
+} LPC_USB_TypeDef;
+
+/*------------- Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) ----------------------*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t MAC1; /* MAC Registers */
+ __IO uint32_t MAC2;
+ __IO uint32_t IPGT;
+ __IO uint32_t IPGR;
+ __IO uint32_t CLRT;
+ __IO uint32_t MAXF;
+ __IO uint32_t SUPP;
+ __IO uint32_t TEST;
+ __IO uint32_t MCFG;
+ __IO uint32_t MCMD;
+ __IO uint32_t MADR;
+ __O uint32_t MWTD;
+ __I uint32_t MRDD;
+ __I uint32_t MIND;
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[2];
+ __IO uint32_t SA0;
+ __IO uint32_t SA1;
+ __IO uint32_t SA2;
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[45];
+ __IO uint32_t Command; /* Control Registers */
+ __I uint32_t Status;
+ __IO uint32_t RxDescriptor;
+ __IO uint32_t RxStatus;
+ __IO uint32_t RxDescriptorNumber;
+ __I uint32_t RxProduceIndex;
+ __IO uint32_t RxConsumeIndex;
+ __IO uint32_t TxDescriptor;
+ __IO uint32_t TxStatus;
+ __IO uint32_t TxDescriptorNumber;
+ __IO uint32_t TxProduceIndex;
+ __I uint32_t TxConsumeIndex;
+ uint32_t RESERVED2[10];
+ __I uint32_t TSV0;
+ __I uint32_t TSV1;
+ __I uint32_t RSV;
+ uint32_t RESERVED3[3];
+ __IO uint32_t FlowControlCounter;
+ __I uint32_t FlowControlStatus;
+ uint32_t RESERVED4[34];
+ __IO uint32_t RxFilterCtrl; /* Rx Filter Registers */
+ __IO uint32_t RxFilterWoLStatus;
+ __IO uint32_t RxFilterWoLClear;
+ uint32_t RESERVED5;
+ __IO uint32_t HashFilterL;
+ __IO uint32_t HashFilterH;
+ uint32_t RESERVED6[882];
+ __I uint32_t IntStatus; /* Module Control Registers */
+ __IO uint32_t IntEnable;
+ __O uint32_t IntClear;
+ __O uint32_t IntSet;
+ uint32_t RESERVED7;
+ __IO uint32_t PowerDown;
+ uint32_t RESERVED8;
+ __IO uint32_t Module_ID;
+} LPC_EMAC_TypeDef;
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+#pragma no_anon_unions
+#endif
+
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* Peripheral memory map */
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* Base addresses */
+#define LPC_FLASH_BASE (0x00000000UL)
+#define LPC_RAM_BASE (0x10000000UL)
+#define LPC_GPIO_BASE (0x2009C000UL)
+#define LPC_APB0_BASE (0x40000000UL)
+#define LPC_APB1_BASE (0x40080000UL)
+#define LPC_AHB_BASE (0x50000000UL)
+#define LPC_CM3_BASE (0xE0000000UL)
+
+/* APB0 peripherals */
+#define LPC_WDT_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x00000)
+#define LPC_TIM0_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x04000)
+#define LPC_TIM1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x08000)
+#define LPC_UART0_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x0C000)
+#define LPC_UART1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x10000)
+#define LPC_PWM1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x18000)
+#define LPC_I2C0_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x1C000)
+#define LPC_SPI_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x20000)
+#define LPC_RTC_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x24000)
+#define LPC_GPIOINT_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x28080)
+#define LPC_PINCON_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x2C000)
+#define LPC_SSP1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x30000)
+#define LPC_ADC_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x34000)
+#define LPC_CANAF_RAM_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x38000)
+#define LPC_CANAF_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x3C000)
+#define LPC_CANCR_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x40000)
+#define LPC_CAN1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x44000)
+#define LPC_CAN2_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x48000)
+#define LPC_I2C1_BASE (LPC_APB0_BASE + 0x5C000)
+
+/* APB1 peripherals */
+#define LPC_SSP0_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x08000)
+#define LPC_DAC_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x0C000)
+#define LPC_TIM2_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x10000)
+#define LPC_TIM3_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x14000)
+#define LPC_UART2_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x18000)
+#define LPC_UART3_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x1C000)
+#define LPC_I2C2_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x20000)
+#define LPC_I2S_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x28000)
+#define LPC_RIT_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x30000)
+#define LPC_MCPWM_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x38000)
+#define LPC_QEI_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x3C000)
+#define LPC_SC_BASE (LPC_APB1_BASE + 0x7C000)
+
+/* AHB peripherals */
+#define LPC_EMAC_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x00000)
+#define LPC_GPDMA_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04000)
+#define LPC_GPDMACH0_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04100)
+#define LPC_GPDMACH1_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04120)
+#define LPC_GPDMACH2_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04140)
+#define LPC_GPDMACH3_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04160)
+#define LPC_GPDMACH4_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x04180)
+#define LPC_GPDMACH5_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x041A0)
+#define LPC_GPDMACH6_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x041C0)
+#define LPC_GPDMACH7_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x041E0)
+#define LPC_USB_BASE (LPC_AHB_BASE + 0x0C000)
+
+/* GPIOs */
+#define LPC_GPIO0_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00000)
+#define LPC_GPIO1_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00020)
+#define LPC_GPIO2_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00040)
+#define LPC_GPIO3_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00060)
+#define LPC_GPIO4_BASE (LPC_GPIO_BASE + 0x00080)
+
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* Peripheral declaration */
+/******************************************************************************/
+#define LPC_SC ((LPC_SC_TypeDef *) LPC_SC_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPIO0 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO0_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPIO1 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO1_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPIO2 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO2_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPIO3 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO3_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPIO4 ((LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIO4_BASE )
+#define LPC_WDT ((LPC_WDT_TypeDef *) LPC_WDT_BASE )
+#define LPC_TIM0 ((LPC_TIM_TypeDef *) LPC_TIM0_BASE )
+#define LPC_TIM1 ((LPC_TIM_TypeDef *) LPC_TIM1_BASE )
+#define LPC_TIM2 ((LPC_TIM_TypeDef *) LPC_TIM2_BASE )
+#define LPC_TIM3 ((LPC_TIM_TypeDef *) LPC_TIM3_BASE )
+#define LPC_RIT ((LPC_RIT_TypeDef *) LPC_RIT_BASE )
+#define LPC_UART0 ((LPC_UART0_TypeDef *) LPC_UART0_BASE )
+#define LPC_UART1 ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *) LPC_UART1_BASE )
+#define LPC_UART2 ((LPC_UART_TypeDef *) LPC_UART2_BASE )
+#define LPC_UART3 ((LPC_UART_TypeDef *) LPC_UART3_BASE )
+#define LPC_PWM1 ((LPC_PWM_TypeDef *) LPC_PWM1_BASE )
+#define LPC_I2C0 ((LPC_I2C_TypeDef *) LPC_I2C0_BASE )
+#define LPC_I2C1 ((LPC_I2C_TypeDef *) LPC_I2C1_BASE )
+#define LPC_I2C2 ((LPC_I2C_TypeDef *) LPC_I2C2_BASE )
+#define LPC_I2S ((LPC_I2S_TypeDef *) LPC_I2S_BASE )
+#define LPC_SPI ((LPC_SPI_TypeDef *) LPC_SPI_BASE )
+#define LPC_RTC ((LPC_RTC_TypeDef *) LPC_RTC_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPIOINT ((LPC_GPIOINT_TypeDef *) LPC_GPIOINT_BASE )
+#define LPC_PINCON ((LPC_PINCON_TypeDef *) LPC_PINCON_BASE )
+#define LPC_SSP0 ((LPC_SSP_TypeDef *) LPC_SSP0_BASE )
+#define LPC_SSP1 ((LPC_SSP_TypeDef *) LPC_SSP1_BASE )
+#define LPC_ADC ((LPC_ADC_TypeDef *) LPC_ADC_BASE )
+#define LPC_DAC ((LPC_DAC_TypeDef *) LPC_DAC_BASE )
+#define LPC_CANAF_RAM ((LPC_CANAF_RAM_TypeDef *) LPC_CANAF_RAM_BASE)
+#define LPC_CANAF ((LPC_CANAF_TypeDef *) LPC_CANAF_BASE )
+#define LPC_CANCR ((LPC_CANCR_TypeDef *) LPC_CANCR_BASE )
+#define LPC_CAN1 ((LPC_CAN_TypeDef *) LPC_CAN1_BASE )
+#define LPC_CAN2 ((LPC_CAN_TypeDef *) LPC_CAN2_BASE )
+#define LPC_MCPWM ((LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *) LPC_MCPWM_BASE )
+#define LPC_QEI ((LPC_QEI_TypeDef *) LPC_QEI_BASE )
+#define LPC_EMAC ((LPC_EMAC_TypeDef *) LPC_EMAC_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPDMA ((LPC_GPDMA_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMA_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPDMACH0 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH0_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPDMACH1 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH1_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPDMACH2 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH2_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPDMACH3 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH3_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPDMACH4 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH4_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPDMACH5 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH5_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPDMACH6 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH6_BASE )
+#define LPC_GPDMACH7 ((LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) LPC_GPDMACH7_BASE )
+#define LPC_USB ((LPC_USB_TypeDef *) LPC_USB_BASE )
+
+#endif // __LPC17xx_H__
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/core_cm3.h b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/core_cm3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..6b019a48e18b77392c1d737a361076c09db711f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/core_cm3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1236 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file core_cm3.h
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File
+ * @version V2.01
+ * @date 06. December 2010
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M
+ * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed
+ * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
+ * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+ #pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CM3_H_GENERIC
+#define __CORE_CM3_H_GENERIC
+
+
+/** \mainpage CMSIS Cortex-M3
+
+ This documentation describes the CMSIS Cortex-M Core Peripheral Access Layer.
+ It consists of:
+
+ - Cortex-M Core Register Definitions
+ - Cortex-M functions
+ - Cortex-M instructions
+
+ The CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer contains C and assembly functions that ease
+ access to the Cortex-M Core
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_LintCinfiguration CMSIS Lint Configuration
+ List of Lint messages which will be suppressed and not shown:
+ - not yet checked
+ .
+ Note: To re-enable a Message, insert a space before 'lint' *
+
+ */
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * CMSIS definitions
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_core_definitions CMSIS Core Definitions
+ This file defines all structures and symbols for CMSIS core:
+ - CMSIS version number
+ - Cortex-M core
+ - Cortex-M core Revision Number
+ @{
+ */
+
+/* CMSIS CM3 definitions */
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x02) /*!< [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x00) /*!< [15:0] CMSIS HAL sub version */
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB) /*!< CMSIS HAL version number */
+
+#define __CORTEX_M (0x03) /*!< Cortex core */
+
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only avaiable in High optimization mode! */
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */
+
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h> /*!< standard types definitions */
+#include "core_cmInstr.h" /*!< Core Instruction Access */
+#include "core_cmFunc.h" /*!< Core Function Access */
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CM3_H_GENERIC */
+
+
+#ifndef __CMSIS_GENERIC
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CM3_H_DEPENDANT
+#define __CORE_CM3_H_DEPENDANT
+
+/* IO definitions (access restrictions to peripheral registers) */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ #define __I volatile /*!< defines 'read only' permissions */
+#else
+ #define __I volatile const /*!< defines 'read only' permissions */
+#endif
+#define __O volatile /*!< defines 'write only' permissions */
+#define __IO volatile /*!< defines 'read / write' permissions */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_core_definitions */
+
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * Register Abstraction
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_core_register CMSIS Core Register
+ Core Register contain:
+ - Core Register
+ - Core NVIC Register
+ - Core SCB Register
+ - Core SysTick Register
+ - Core Debug Register
+ - Core MPU Register
+*/
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_CORE CMSIS Core
+ Type definitions for the Cortex-M Core Registers
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Union type to access the Application Program Status Register (APSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+#if (__CORTEX_M != 0x04)
+ uint32_t _reserved0:27; /*!< bit: 0..26 Reserved */
+#else
+ uint32_t _reserved0:16; /*!< bit: 0..15 Reserved */
+ uint32_t GE:4; /*!< bit: 16..19 Greater than or Equal flags */
+ uint32_t _reserved1:7; /*!< bit: 20..26 Reserved */
+#endif
+ uint32_t Q:1; /*!< bit: 27 Saturation condition flag */
+ uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
+ uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
+ uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
+ uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
+ } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
+ uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
+} APSR_Type;
+
+
+/** \brief Union type to access the Interrupt Program Status Register (IPSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
+ uint32_t _reserved0:23; /*!< bit: 9..31 Reserved */
+ } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
+ uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
+} IPSR_Type;
+
+
+/** \brief Union type to access the Special-Purpose Program Status Registers (xPSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
+#if (__CORTEX_M != 0x04)
+ uint32_t _reserved0:15; /*!< bit: 9..23 Reserved */
+#else
+ uint32_t _reserved0:7; /*!< bit: 9..15 Reserved */
+ uint32_t GE:4; /*!< bit: 16..19 Greater than or Equal flags */
+ uint32_t _reserved1:4; /*!< bit: 20..23 Reserved */
+#endif
+ uint32_t T:1; /*!< bit: 24 Thumb bit (read 0) */
+ uint32_t IT:2; /*!< bit: 25..26 saved IT state (read 0) */
+ uint32_t Q:1; /*!< bit: 27 Saturation condition flag */
+ uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
+ uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
+ uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
+ uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
+ } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
+ uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
+} xPSR_Type;
+
+
+/** \brief Union type to access the Control Registers (CONTROL).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint32_t nPRIV:1; /*!< bit: 0 Execution privilege in Thread mode */
+ uint32_t SPSEL:1; /*!< bit: 1 Stack to be used */
+ uint32_t FPCA:1; /*!< bit: 2 FP extension active flag */
+ uint32_t _reserved0:29; /*!< bit: 3..31 Reserved */
+ } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
+ uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
+} CONTROL_Type;
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_CORE */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_NVIC CMSIS NVIC
+ Type definitions for the Cortex-M NVIC Registers
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t ISER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Interrupt Set Enable Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[24];
+ __IO uint32_t ICER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x080 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Enable Register */
+ uint32_t RSERVED1[24];
+ __IO uint32_t ISPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x100 (R/W) Interrupt Set Pending Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2[24];
+ __IO uint32_t ICPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x180 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Pending Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED3[24];
+ __IO uint32_t IABR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x200 (R/W) Interrupt Active bit Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED4[56];
+ __IO uint8_t IP[240]; /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/W) Interrupt Priority Register (8Bit wide) */
+ uint32_t RESERVED5[644];
+ __O uint32_t STIR; /*!< Offset: 0xE00 ( /W) Software Trigger Interrupt Register */
+} NVIC_Type;
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_NVIC */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_SCB CMSIS SCB
+ Type definitions for the Cortex-M System Control Block Registers
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the System Control Block (SCB).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __I uint32_t CPUID; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) CPU ID Base Register */
+ __IO uint32_t ICSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Interrupt Control State Register */
+ __IO uint32_t VTOR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Vector Table Offset Register */
+ __IO uint32_t AIRCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Application Interrupt / Reset Control Register */
+ __IO uint32_t SCR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) System Control Register */
+ __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) Configuration Control Register */
+ __IO uint8_t SHP[12]; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) System Handlers Priority Registers (4-7, 8-11, 12-15) */
+ __IO uint32_t SHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) System Handler Control and State Register */
+ __IO uint32_t CFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) Configurable Fault Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t HFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x02C (R/W) Hard Fault Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t DFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x030 (R/W) Debug Fault Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t MMFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x034 (R/W) Mem Manage Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t BFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x038 (R/W) Bus Fault Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t AFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x03C (R/W) Auxiliary Fault Status Register */
+ __I uint32_t PFR[2]; /*!< Offset: 0x040 (R/ ) Processor Feature Register */
+ __I uint32_t DFR; /*!< Offset: 0x048 (R/ ) Debug Feature Register */
+ __I uint32_t ADR; /*!< Offset: 0x04C (R/ ) Auxiliary Feature Register */
+ __I uint32_t MMFR[4]; /*!< Offset: 0x050 (R/ ) Memory Model Feature Register */
+ __I uint32_t ISAR[5]; /*!< Offset: 0x060 (R/ ) ISA Feature Register */
+} SCB_Type;
+
+/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos 24 /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos 20 /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk (0xFFFUL << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */
+
+/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos 31 /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos 28 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos 27 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos 26 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos 25 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos 23 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos 22 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos 12 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos 11 /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos 0 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */
+
+/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_VTOR_TBLBASE_Pos 29 /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLBASE Position */
+#define SCB_VTOR_TBLBASE_Msk (1UL << SCB_VTOR_TBLBASE_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLBASE Mask */
+
+#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos 7 /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Position */
+#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Msk (0x3FFFFFUL << SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Mask */
+
+/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos 15 /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos 8 /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk (7UL << SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos 2 /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos 1 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos 0 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Mask */
+
+/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos 4 /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */
+
+/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos 9 /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos 3 /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos 1 /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Mask */
+
+/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos 18 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos 17 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos 16 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos 15 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos 14 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos 13 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos 12 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos 11 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos 10 /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos 8 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos 7 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos 3 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos 0 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Mask */
+
+/* SCB Configurable Fault Status Registers Definitions */
+#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos 16 /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Position */
+#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Position */
+#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Position */
+#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Mask */
+
+/* SCB Hard Fault Status Registers Definitions */
+#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos 31 /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Position */
+#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos 30 /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Position */
+#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos 1 /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Position */
+#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Mask */
+
+/* SCB Debug Fault Status Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos 4 /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Mask */
+
+#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos 3 /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Mask */
+
+#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos 0 /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCB */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_SysTick CMSIS SysTick
+ Type definitions for the Cortex-M System Timer Registers
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the System Timer (SysTick).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) SysTick Control and Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t LOAD; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) SysTick Reload Value Register */
+ __IO uint32_t VAL; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) SysTick Current Value Register */
+ __I uint32_t CALIB; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/ ) SysTick Calibration Register */
+} SysTick_Type;
+
+/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos 16 /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos 2 /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos 1 /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos) /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos 31 /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos 30 /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SysTick */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_ITM CMSIS ITM
+ Type definitions for the Cortex-M Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM)
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Instrumentation Trace Macrocell Register (ITM).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __O union
+ {
+ __O uint8_t u8; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 8-bit */
+ __O uint16_t u16; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 16-bit */
+ __O uint32_t u32; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 32-bit */
+ } PORT [32]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port Registers */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[864];
+ __IO uint32_t TER; /*!< Offset: (R/W) ITM Trace Enable Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[15];
+ __IO uint32_t TPR; /*!< Offset: (R/W) ITM Trace Privilege Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2[15];
+ __IO uint32_t TCR; /*!< Offset: (R/W) ITM Trace Control Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED3[29];
+ __IO uint32_t IWR; /*!< Offset: (R/W) ITM Integration Write Register */
+ __IO uint32_t IRR; /*!< Offset: (R/W) ITM Integration Read Register */
+ __IO uint32_t IMCR; /*!< Offset: (R/W) ITM Integration Mode Control Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED4[43];
+ __IO uint32_t LAR; /*!< Offset: (R/W) ITM Lock Access Register */
+ __IO uint32_t LSR; /*!< Offset: (R/W) ITM Lock Status Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED5[6];
+ __I uint32_t PID4; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #4 */
+ __I uint32_t PID5; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #5 */
+ __I uint32_t PID6; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #6 */
+ __I uint32_t PID7; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #7 */
+ __I uint32_t PID0; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #0 */
+ __I uint32_t PID1; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #1 */
+ __I uint32_t PID2; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #2 */
+ __I uint32_t PID3; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #3 */
+ __I uint32_t CID0; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Component Identification Register #0 */
+ __I uint32_t CID1; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Component Identification Register #1 */
+ __I uint32_t CID2; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Component Identification Register #2 */
+ __I uint32_t CID3; /*!< Offset: (R/ ) ITM Component Identification Register #3 */
+} ITM_Type;
+
+/* ITM Trace Privilege Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Position */
+#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Msk (0xFUL << ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos) /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Mask */
+
+/* ITM Trace Control Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos 23 /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_ATBID_Pos 16 /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_ATBID_Msk (0x7FUL << ITM_TCR_ATBID_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos 8 /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Msk (3UL << ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos 4 /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Pos 3 /*!< ITM TCR: DWTENA Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: DWTENA Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos 2 /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos 1 /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Mask */
+
+/* ITM Integration Write Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IWR: ATVALIDM Position */
+#define ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Msk (1UL << ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Pos) /*!< ITM IWR: ATVALIDM Mask */
+
+/* ITM Integration Read Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IRR: ATREADYM Position */
+#define ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Msk (1UL << ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Pos) /*!< ITM IRR: ATREADYM Mask */
+
+/* ITM Integration Mode Control Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IMCR: INTEGRATION Position */
+#define ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Msk (1UL << ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Pos) /*!< ITM IMCR: INTEGRATION Mask */
+
+/* ITM Lock Status Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Pos 2 /*!< ITM LSR: ByteAcc Position */
+#define ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Msk (1UL << ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: ByteAcc Mask */
+
+#define ITM_LSR_Access_Pos 1 /*!< ITM LSR: Access Position */
+#define ITM_LSR_Access_Msk (1UL << ITM_LSR_Access_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: Access Mask */
+
+#define ITM_LSR_Present_Pos 0 /*!< ITM LSR: Present Position */
+#define ITM_LSR_Present_Msk (1UL << ITM_LSR_Present_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: Present Mask */
+
+/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_ITM */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_InterruptType CMSIS Interrupt Type
+ Type definitions for the Cortex-M Interrupt Type Register
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Interrupt Type Register.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t RESERVED0;
+ __I uint32_t ICTR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/ ) Interrupt Control Type Register */
+#if ((defined __CM3_REV) && (__CM3_REV >= 0x200))
+ __IO uint32_t ACTLR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Auxiliary Control Register */
+#else
+ uint32_t RESERVED1;
+#endif
+} InterruptType_Type;
+
+/* Interrupt Controller Type Register Definitions */
+#define IntType_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos 0 /*!< InterruptType ICTR: INTLINESNUM Position */
+#define IntType_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Msk (0x1FUL << IntType_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ICTR: INTLINESNUM Mask */
+
+/* Auxiliary Control Register Definitions */
+#define IntType_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos 2 /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISFOLD Position */
+#define IntType_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Msk (1UL << IntType_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISFOLD Mask */
+
+#define IntType_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos 1 /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Position */
+#define IntType_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Msk (1UL << IntType_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Mask */
+
+#define IntType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos 0 /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Position */
+#define IntType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk (1UL << IntType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Mask */
+
+/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_InterruptType */
+
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_MPU CMSIS MPU
+ Type definitions for the Cortex-M Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Memory Protection Unit (MPU).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __I uint32_t TYPE; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) MPU Type Register */
+ __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) MPU Control Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RNR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) MPU Region RNRber Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RBAR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) MPU Region Base Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RASR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RBAR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) MPU Alias 1 Region Base Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RASR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) MPU Alias 1 Region Attribute and Size Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RBAR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/W) MPU Alias 2 Region Base Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RASR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x020 (R/W) MPU Alias 2 Region Attribute and Size Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RBAR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) MPU Alias 3 Region Base Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RASR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) MPU Alias 3 Region Attribute and Size Register */
+} MPU_Type;
+
+/* MPU Type Register */
+#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos 16 /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Position */
+#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Mask */
+
+#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos 8 /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Position */
+#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Mask */
+
+#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Position */
+#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Msk (1UL << MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Mask */
+
+/* MPU Control Register */
+#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos 2 /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Position */
+#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Mask */
+
+#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos 1 /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Position */
+#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Mask */
+
+#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Position */
+#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
+
+/* MPU Region Number Register */
+#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Position */
+#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Mask */
+
+/* MPU Region Base Address Register */
+#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos 5 /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Position */
+#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Msk (0x7FFFFFFUL << MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos 4 /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Position */
+#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Msk (1UL << MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Position */
+#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Msk (0xFUL << MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Mask */
+
+/* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */
+#define MPU_RASR_XN_Pos 28 /*!< MPU RASR: XN Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_XN_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: XN Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_AP_Pos 24 /*!< MPU RASR: AP Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_AP_Msk (7UL << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: AP Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos 19 /*!< MPU RASR: TEX Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Msk (7UL << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: TEX Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_S_Pos 18 /*!< MPU RASR: Shareable bit Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_S_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Shareable bit Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_C_Pos 17 /*!< MPU RASR: Cacheable bit Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_C_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Cacheable bit Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_B_Pos 16 /*!< MPU RASR: Bufferable bit Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_B_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Bufferable bit Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos 8 /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos 1 /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Msk (0x1FUL << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_ENA_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_ENA_Msk (0x1UL << MPU_RASR_ENA_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Disable Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_MPU */
+#endif
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_CoreDebug CMSIS Core Debug
+ Type definitions for the Cortex-M Core Debug Registers
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Core Debug Register (CoreDebug).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t DHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Debug Halting Control and Status Register */
+ __O uint32_t DCRSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 ( /W) Debug Core Register Selector Register */
+ __IO uint32_t DCRDR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Debug Core Register Data Register */
+ __IO uint32_t DEMCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */
+} CoreDebug_Type;
+
+/* Debug Halting Control and Status Register */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos 25 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos 3 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos 2 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos 1 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Mask */
+
+/* Debug Core Register Selector Register */
+#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Msk (0x1FUL << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Mask */
+
+/* Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos 10 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos 9 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos 8 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos 7 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos 6 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos 4 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_CoreDebug */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ @{
+ */
+
+/* Memory mapping of Cortex-M3 Hardware */
+#define SCS_BASE (0xE000E000UL) /*!< System Control Space Base Address */
+#define ITM_BASE (0xE0000000UL) /*!< ITM Base Address */
+#define CoreDebug_BASE (0xE000EDF0UL) /*!< Core Debug Base Address */
+#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010UL) /*!< SysTick Base Address */
+#define NVIC_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0100UL) /*!< NVIC Base Address */
+#define SCB_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D00UL) /*!< System Control Block Base Address */
+
+#define InterruptType ((InterruptType_Type *) SCS_BASE) /*!< Interrupt Type Register */
+#define SCB ((SCB_Type *) SCB_BASE) /*!< SCB configuration struct */
+#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE) /*!< SysTick configuration struct */
+#define NVIC ((NVIC_Type *) NVIC_BASE) /*!< NVIC configuration struct */
+#define ITM ((ITM_Type *) ITM_BASE) /*!< ITM configuration struct */
+#define CoreDebug ((CoreDebug_Type *) CoreDebug_BASE) /*!< Core Debug configuration struct */
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ #define MPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D90UL) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */
+ #define MPU ((MPU_Type*) MPU_BASE) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */
+#endif
+
+/*@} */
+
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * Hardware Abstraction Layer
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface CMSIS Core Function Interface
+ Core Function Interface contains:
+ - Core NVIC Functions
+ - Core SysTick Functions
+ - Core Debug Functions
+ - Core Register Access Functions
+*/
+
+
+
+/* ########################## NVIC functions #################################### */
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+ \defgroup CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions CMSIS Core NVIC Functions
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Set Priority Grouping
+
+ This function sets the priority grouping field using the required unlock sequence.
+ The parameter PriorityGroup is assigned to the field SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field.
+ Only values from 0..7 are used.
+ In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+ priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the smallest possible priority group is set.
+
+ \param [in] PriorityGroup Priority grouping field
+ */
+static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
+{
+ uint32_t reg_value;
+ uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */
+
+ reg_value = SCB->AIRCR; /* read old register configuration */
+ reg_value &= ~(SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk | SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk); /* clear bits to change */
+ reg_value = (reg_value |
+ (0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) |
+ (PriorityGroupTmp << 8)); /* Insert write key and priorty group */
+ SCB->AIRCR = reg_value;
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Priority Grouping
+
+ This function gets the priority grouping from NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+ Priority grouping is SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field.
+
+ \return Priority grouping field
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
+{
+ return ((SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) >> SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos); /* read priority grouping field */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Enable External Interrupt
+
+ This function enables a device specific interupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+ The interrupt number cannot be a negative value.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Number of the external interrupt to enable
+ */
+static __INLINE void NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ NVIC->ISER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* enable interrupt */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Disable External Interrupt
+
+ This function disables a device specific interupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+ The interrupt number cannot be a negative value.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Number of the external interrupt to disable
+ */
+static __INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ NVIC->ICER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* disable interrupt */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Pending Interrupt
+
+ This function reads the pending register in the NVIC and returns the pending bit
+ for the specified interrupt.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for get pending
+ \return 0 Interrupt status is not pending
+ \return 1 Interrupt status is pending
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ return((uint32_t) ((NVIC->ISPR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Pending Interrupt
+
+ This function sets the pending bit for the specified interrupt.
+ The interrupt number cannot be a negative value.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for set pending
+ */
+static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ NVIC->ISPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* set interrupt pending */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Clear Pending Interrupt
+
+ This function clears the pending bit for the specified interrupt.
+ The interrupt number cannot be a negative value.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for clear pending
+ */
+static __INLINE void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ NVIC->ICPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* Clear pending interrupt */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Active Interrupt
+
+ This function reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit.
+ \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for get active
+ \return 0 Interrupt status is not active
+ \return 1 Interrupt status is active
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ return((uint32_t)((NVIC->IABR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if active else 0 */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Interrupt Priority
+
+ This function sets the priority for the specified interrupt. The interrupt
+ number can be positive to specify an external (device specific)
+ interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt.
+
+ Note: The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for set priority
+ \param [in] priority Priority to set
+ */
+static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority)
+{
+ if(IRQn < 0) {
+ SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for Cortex-M System Interrupts */
+ else {
+ NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for device specific Interrupts */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Interrupt Priority
+
+ This function reads the priority for the specified interrupt. The interrupt
+ number can be positive to specify an external (device specific)
+ interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt.
+
+ The returned priority value is automatically aligned to the implemented
+ priority bits of the microcontroller.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Number of the interrupt for get priority
+ \return Interrupt Priority
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+
+ if(IRQn < 0) {
+ return((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for Cortex-M system interrupts */
+ else {
+ return((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for device specific interrupts */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Encode Priority
+
+ This function encodes the priority for an interrupt with the given priority group,
+ preemptive priority value and sub priority value.
+ In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+ priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the samllest possible priority group is set.
+
+ The returned priority value can be used for NVIC_SetPriority(...) function
+
+ \param [in] PriorityGroup Used priority group
+ \param [in] PreemptPriority Preemptive priority value (starting from 0)
+ \param [in] SubPriority Sub priority value (starting from 0)
+ \return Encoded priority for the interrupt
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_EncodePriority (uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+ uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */
+ uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits;
+ uint32_t SubPriorityBits;
+
+ PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp;
+ SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS;
+
+ return (
+ ((PreemptPriority & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1)) << SubPriorityBits) |
+ ((SubPriority & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1)))
+ );
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Decode Priority
+
+ This function decodes an interrupt priority value with the given priority group to
+ preemptive priority value and sub priority value.
+ In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+ priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the samllest possible priority group is set.
+
+ The priority value can be retrieved with NVIC_GetPriority(...) function
+
+ \param [in] Priority Priority value
+ \param [in] PriorityGroup Used priority group
+ \param [out] pPreemptPriority Preemptive priority value (starting from 0)
+ \param [out] pSubPriority Sub priority value (starting from 0)
+ */
+static __INLINE void NVIC_DecodePriority (uint32_t Priority, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority)
+{
+ uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */
+ uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits;
+ uint32_t SubPriorityBits;
+
+ PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp;
+ SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS;
+
+ *pPreemptPriority = (Priority >> SubPriorityBits) & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1);
+ *pSubPriority = (Priority ) & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief System Reset
+
+ This function initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+ */
+static __INLINE void NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+ __DSB(); /* Ensure all outstanding memory accesses included
+ buffered write are completed before reset */
+ SCB->AIRCR = ((0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) |
+ (SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) |
+ SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk); /* Keep priority group unchanged */
+ __DSB(); /* Ensure completion of memory access */
+ while(1); /* wait until reset */
+}
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions */
+
+
+
+/* ################################## SysTick function ############################################ */
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+ \defgroup CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions CMSIS Core SysTick Functions
+ @{
+ */
+
+#if (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0)
+
+/** \brief System Tick Configuration
+
+ This function initialises the system tick timer and its interrupt and start the system tick timer.
+ Counter is in free running mode to generate periodical interrupts.
+
+ \param [in] ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks)
+{
+ if (ticks > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) return (1); /* Reload value impossible */
+
+ SysTick->LOAD = (ticks & SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) - 1; /* set reload register */
+ NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1<<__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1); /* set Priority for Cortex-M0 System Interrupts */
+ SysTick->VAL = 0; /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */
+ SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk |
+ SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk |
+ SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */
+ return (0); /* Function successful */
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions */
+
+
+
+/* ##################################### Debug In/Output function ########################################### */
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+ \defgroup CMSIS_core_DebugFunctions CMSIS Core Debug Functions
+ @{
+ */
+
+extern volatile int32_t ITM_RxBuffer; /*!< external variable to receive characters */
+#define ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY 0x5AA55AA5 /*!< value identifying ITM_RxBuffer is ready for next character */
+
+
+/** \brief ITM Send Character
+
+ This function transmits a character via the ITM channel 0.
+ It just returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output.
+ It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character send is not transmitted.
+
+ \param [in] ch Character to transmit
+ \return Character to transmit
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t ITM_SendChar (uint32_t ch)
+{
+ if ((CoreDebug->DEMCR & CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk) && /* Trace enabled */
+ (ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk) && /* ITM enabled */
+ (ITM->TER & (1UL << 0) ) ) /* ITM Port #0 enabled */
+ {
+ while (ITM->PORT[0].u32 == 0);
+ ITM->PORT[0].u8 = (uint8_t) ch;
+ }
+ return (ch);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief ITM Receive Character
+
+ This function inputs a character via external variable ITM_RxBuffer.
+ It just returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output.
+ It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character send is not transmitted.
+
+ \return Received character
+ \return -1 No character received
+ */
+static __INLINE int32_t ITM_ReceiveChar (void) {
+ int32_t ch = -1; /* no character available */
+
+ if (ITM_RxBuffer != ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+ ch = ITM_RxBuffer;
+ ITM_RxBuffer = ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY; /* ready for next character */
+ }
+
+ return (ch);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief ITM Check Character
+
+ This function checks external variable ITM_RxBuffer whether a character is available or not.
+ It returns '1' if a character is available and '0' if no character is available.
+
+ \return 0 No character available
+ \return 1 Character available
+ */
+static __INLINE int32_t ITM_CheckChar (void) {
+
+ if (ITM_RxBuffer == ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+ return (0); /* no character available */
+ } else {
+ return (1); /* character available */
+ }
+}
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_core_DebugFunctions */
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CM3_H_DEPENDANT */
+
+#endif /* __CMSIS_GENERIC */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/*lint -restore */
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/core_cmFunc.h b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/core_cmFunc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1ff04d9251269313ca091a92ba7802b9591032e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/core_cmFunc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,844 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file core_cmFunc.h
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Function Access Header File
+ * @version V2.01
+ * @date 06. December 2010
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M
+ * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed
+ * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
+ * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CMFUNC_H__
+#define __CORE_CMFUNC_H__
+
+/* ########################### Core Function Access ########################### */
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+ \defgroup CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions CMSIS Core Register Access Functions
+ @{
+ */
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------ RealView Compiler ----------------*/
+/* ARM armcc specific functions */
+
+/* intrinsic void __enable_irq(); */
+/* intrinsic void __disable_irq(); */
+
+/** \brief Get Control Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the Control Register.
+
+ \return Control Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control");
+ return(__regControl);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Control Register
+
+ This function writes the given value to the Control Register.
+
+ \param [in] control Control Register value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control");
+ __regControl = control;
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get ISPR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the ISPR Register.
+
+ \return ISPR Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern uint32_t __get_IPSR(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regIPSR __ASM("ipsr");
+ return(__regIPSR);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get APSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the APSR Register.
+
+ \return APSR Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern uint32_t __get_APSR(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regAPSR __ASM("apsr");
+ return(__regAPSR);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get xPSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the xPSR Register.
+
+ \return xPSR Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern uint32_t __get_xPSR(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regXPSR __ASM("xpsr");
+ return(__regXPSR);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \return PSP Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern uint32_t __get_PSP(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp");
+ return(__regProcessStackPointer);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp");
+ __regProcessStackPointer = topOfProcStack;
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \return MSP Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern uint32_t __get_MSP(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp");
+ return(__regMainStackPointer);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp");
+ __regMainStackPointer = topOfMainStack;
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get Priority Mask
+
+ This function returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \return Priority Mask value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask");
+ return(__regPriMask);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Priority Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \param [in] priMask Priority Mask
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask");
+ __regPriMask = (priMask);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03)
+
+/** \brief Enable FIQ
+
+ This function enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+#define __enable_fault_irq __enable_fiq
+
+
+/** \brief Disable FIQ
+
+ This function disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+#define __disable_fault_irq __disable_fiq
+
+
+/** \brief Get Base Priority
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Base Priority register.
+
+ \return Base Priority register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri");
+ return(__regBasePri);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Base Priority
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Base Priority register.
+
+ \param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri");
+ __regBasePri = (basePri & 0xff);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get Fault Mask
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Fault Mask register.
+
+ \return Fault Mask register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask");
+ return(__regFaultMask);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Fault Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register.
+
+ \param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+static __INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask");
+ __regFaultMask = (faultMask & 1);
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04)
+
+/** \brief Get FPSCR
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \return Floating Point Status/Control register value
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr");
+ return(__regfpscr);
+#else
+ return(0);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set FPSCR
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set
+ */
+static __INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr");
+ __regfpscr = (fpscr);
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) */
+
+
+ #elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*---------------- ICC Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* IAR iccarm specific functions */
+
+#if defined (__ICCARM__)
+ #include <intrinsics.h> /* IAR Intrinsics */
+#endif
+
+#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940
+
+/** \brief Enable IRQ Interrupts
+
+ This function enables IRQ interrupts by clearing the I-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+#define __enable_irq __enable_interrupt
+
+
+/** \brief Disable IRQ Interrupts
+
+ This function disables IRQ interrupts by setting the I-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+#define __disable_irq __disable_interrupt
+
+
+/* intrinsic unsigned long __get_CONTROL( void ); (see intrinsic.h) */
+/* intrinsic void __set_CONTROL( unsigned long ); (see intrinsic.h) */
+
+
+/** \brief Get ISPR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the ISPR Register.
+
+ \return ISPR Register value
+ */
+static uint32_t __get_IPSR(void)
+{
+ __ASM("mrs r0, ipsr");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get APSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the APSR Register.
+
+ \return APSR Register value
+ */
+static uint32_t __get_APSR(void)
+{
+ __ASM("mrs r0, apsr");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get xPSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the xPSR Register.
+
+ \return xPSR Register value
+ */
+static uint32_t __get_xPSR(void)
+{
+ __ASM("mrs r0, psr"); // assembler does not know "xpsr"
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \return PSP Register value
+ */
+static uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
+{
+ __ASM("mrs r0, psp");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+static void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
+{
+ __ASM("msr psp, r0");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \return MSP Register value
+ */
+static uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
+{
+ __ASM("mrs r0, msp");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+static void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
+{
+ __ASM("msr msp, r0");
+}
+
+
+/* intrinsic unsigned long __get_PRIMASK( void ); (see intrinsic.h) */
+/* intrinsic void __set_PRIMASK( unsigned long ); (see intrinsic.h) */
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03)
+
+/** \brief Enable FIQ
+
+ This function enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+static __INLINE void __enable_fault_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM ("cpsie f");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Disable FIQ
+
+ This function disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+static __INLINE void __disable_fault_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM ("cpsid f");
+}
+
+
+/* intrinsic unsigned long __get_BASEPRI( void ); (see intrinsic.h) */
+/* intrinsic void __set_BASEPRI( unsigned long ); (see intrinsic.h) */
+/* intrinsic unsigned long __get_FAULTMASK( void ); (see intrinsic.h) */
+/* intrinsic void __set_FAULTMASK(unsigned long); (see intrinsic.h) */
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04)
+
+/** \brief Get FPSCR
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \return Floating Point Status/Control register value
+ */
+static uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ __ASM("vmrs r0, fpscr");
+#else
+ return(0);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set FPSCR
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set
+ */
+static void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ __ASM("vmsr fpscr, r0");
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) */
+
+#pragma diag_default=Pe940
+
+
+#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* GNU gcc specific functions */
+
+/** \brief Enable IRQ Interrupts
+
+ This function enables IRQ interrupts by clearing the I-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __enable_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("cpsie i");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Disable IRQ Interrupts
+
+ This function disables IRQ interrupts by setting the I-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __disable_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("cpsid i");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Control Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the Control Register.
+
+ \return Control Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, control" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Control Register
+
+ This function writes the given value to the Control Register.
+
+ \param [in] control Control Register value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR control, %0" : : "r" (control) );
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get ISPR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the ISPR Register.
+
+ \return ISPR Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, ipsr" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get APSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the APSR Register.
+
+ \return APSR Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, apsr" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get xPSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the xPSR Register.
+
+ \return xPSR Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, xpsr" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \return PSP Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, psp\n" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR psp, %0\n" : : "r" (topOfProcStack) );
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \return MSP Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, msp\n" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR msp, %0\n" : : "r" (topOfMainStack) );
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Priority Mask
+
+ This function returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \return Priority Mask value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, primask" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Priority Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \param [in] priMask Priority Mask
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR primask, %0" : : "r" (priMask) );
+}
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03)
+
+/** \brief Enable FIQ
+
+ This function enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __enable_fault_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("cpsie f");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Disable FIQ
+
+ This function disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __disable_fault_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("cpsid f");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Base Priority
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Base Priority register.
+
+ \return Base Priority register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, basepri_max" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Base Priority
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Base Priority register.
+
+ \param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t value)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR basepri, %0" : : "r" (value) );
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Fault Mask
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Fault Mask register.
+
+ \return Fault Mask register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, faultmask" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Fault Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register.
+
+ \param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR faultmask, %0" : : "r" (faultMask) );
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04)
+
+/** \brief Get FPSCR
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \return Floating Point Status/Control register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, fpscr" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+#else
+ return(0);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set FPSCR
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR fpscr, %0" : : "r" (fpscr) );
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) */
+
+
+#elif (defined (__TASKING__)) /*--------------- TASKING Compiler -----------------*/
+/* TASKING carm specific functions */
+
+/*
+ * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler.
+ * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all instrinsics,
+ * Including the CMSIS ones.
+ */
+
+#endif
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions */
+
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CMFUNC_H__ */
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/core_cmInstr.h b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/core_cmInstr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..95ce06cb27ed1f8752ffa189c03e047619b70b6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/core_cmInstr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,775 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file core_cmInstr.h
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Instruction Access Header File
+ * @version V2.01
+ * @date 06. December 2010
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M
+ * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed
+ * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
+ * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CMINSTR_H__
+#define __CORE_CMINSTR_H__
+
+
+/* ########################## Core Instruction Access ######################### */
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface CMSIS Core Instruction Interface
+ Access to dedicated instructions
+ @{
+*/
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------ RealView Compiler ----------------*/
+/* ARM armcc specific functions */
+
+/** \brief No Operation
+
+ No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes.
+ */
+#define __NOP __nop
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Interrupt
+
+ Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution
+ until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+#define __WFI __wfi
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Event
+
+ Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter
+ a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+#define __WFE __wfe
+
+
+/** \brief Send Event
+
+ Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU.
+ */
+#define __SEV __sev
+
+
+/** \brief Instruction Synchronization Barrier
+
+ Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor,
+ so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or
+ memory, after the instruction has been completed.
+ */
+#define __ISB() __isb(0xF)
+
+
+/** \brief Data Synchronization Barrier
+
+ This function acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier.
+ It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete.
+ */
+#define __DSB() __dsb(0xF)
+
+
+/** \brief Data Memory Barrier
+
+ This function ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before
+ and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion.
+ */
+#define __DMB() __dmb(0xF)
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (32 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in integer value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#define __REV __rev
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677)
+extern uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400677) */
+static __INLINE __ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value)
+{
+ rev16 r0, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order in signed short value
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677)
+extern int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400677) */
+static __INLINE __ASM int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value)
+{
+ revsh r0, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03)
+
+/** \brief Reverse bit order of value
+
+ This function reverses the bit order of the given value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#define __RBIT __rbit
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDREXB(ptr) ((uint8_t ) __ldrex(ptr))
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDREXH(ptr) ((uint16_t) __ldrex(ptr))
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDREXW(ptr) ((uint32_t ) __ldrex(ptr))
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive STR command for 8 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+#define __STREXB(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr)
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive STR command for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+#define __STREXH(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr)
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive STR command for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+#define __STREXW(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr)
+
+
+/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock
+
+ This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX.
+
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+extern void __CLREX(void);
+#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */
+#define __CLREX __clrex
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Signed Saturate
+
+ This function saturates a signed value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to be saturated
+ \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (1..32)
+ \return Saturated value
+ */
+#define __SSAT __ssat
+
+
+/** \brief Unsigned Saturate
+
+ This function saturates an unsigned value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to be saturated
+ \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (0..31)
+ \return Saturated value
+ */
+#define __USAT __usat
+
+
+/** \brief Count leading zeros
+
+ This function counts the number of leading zeros of a data value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to count the leading zeros
+ \return number of leading zeros in value
+ */
+#define __CLZ __clz
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */
+
+
+
+#elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*---------------- ICC Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* IAR iccarm specific functions */
+
+#include <intrinsics.h> /* IAR Intrinsics */
+
+#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940
+
+/** \brief No Operation
+
+ No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes.
+ */
+#define __NOP __no_operation
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Interrupt
+
+ Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution
+ until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+static __INLINE void __WFI(void)
+{
+ __ASM ("wfi");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Event
+
+ Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter
+ a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+static __INLINE void __WFE(void)
+{
+ __ASM ("wfe");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Send Event
+
+ Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU.
+ */
+static __INLINE void __SEV(void)
+{
+ __ASM ("sev");
+}
+
+
+/* intrinsic void __ISB(void) (see intrinsics.h) */
+/* intrinsic void __DSB(void) (see intrinsics.h) */
+/* intrinsic void __DMB(void) (see intrinsics.h) */
+/* intrinsic uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value) (see intrinsics.h) */
+/* intrinsic __SSAT (see intrinsics.h) */
+/* intrinsic __USAT (see intrinsics.h) */
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+static uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value)
+{
+ __ASM("rev16 r0, r0");
+}
+
+
+/* intrinsic uint32_t __REVSH(uint32_t value) (see intrinsics.h */
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03)
+
+/** \brief Reverse bit order of value
+
+ This function reverses the bit order of the given value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+static uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value)
+{
+ __ASM("rbit r0, r0");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+static uint8_t __LDREXB(volatile uint8_t *addr)
+{
+ __ASM("ldrexb r0, [r0]");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+static uint16_t __LDREXH(volatile uint16_t *addr)
+{
+ __ASM("ldrexh r0, [r0]");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+/* intrinsic unsigned long __LDREX(unsigned long *) (see intrinsics.h) */
+static uint32_t __LDREXW(volatile uint32_t *addr)
+{
+ __ASM("ldrex r0, [r0]");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive STR command for 8 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+static uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, volatile uint8_t *addr)
+{
+ __ASM("strexb r0, r0, [r1]");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive STR command for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+static uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, volatile uint16_t *addr)
+{
+ __ASM("strexh r0, r0, [r1]");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive STR command for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+/* intrinsic unsigned long __STREX(unsigned long, unsigned long) (see intrinsics.h )*/
+static uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, volatile uint32_t *addr)
+{
+ __ASM("strex r0, r0, [r1]");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock
+
+ This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX.
+
+ */
+static __INLINE void __CLREX(void)
+{
+ __ASM ("clrex");
+}
+
+/* intrinsic unsigned char __CLZ( unsigned long ) (see intrinsics.h) */
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */
+
+#pragma diag_default=Pe940
+
+
+
+#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* GNU gcc specific functions */
+
+/** \brief No Operation
+
+ No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __NOP(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("nop");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Interrupt
+
+ Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution
+ until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __WFI(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("wfi");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Event
+
+ Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter
+ a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __WFE(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("wfe");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Send Event
+
+ Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __SEV(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("sev");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Instruction Synchronization Barrier
+
+ Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor,
+ so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or
+ memory, after the instruction has been completed.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __ISB(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("isb");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Data Synchronization Barrier
+
+ This function acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier.
+ It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __DSB(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("dsb");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Data Memory Barrier
+
+ This function ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before
+ and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __DMB(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("dmb");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (32 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in integer value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("rev %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("rev16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order in signed short value
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("revsh %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03)
+
+/** \brief Reverse bit order of value
+
+ This function reverses the bit order of the given value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("rbit %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint8_t __LDREXB(volatile uint8_t *addr)
+{
+ uint8_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrexb %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint16_t __LDREXH(volatile uint16_t *addr)
+{
+ uint16_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrexh %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __LDREXW(volatile uint32_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrex %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive STR command for 8 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, volatile uint8_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("strexb %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive STR command for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, volatile uint16_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("strexh %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function performs a exclusive STR command for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, volatile uint32_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("strex %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock
+
+ This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX.
+
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE void __CLREX(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("clrex");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Signed Saturate
+
+ This function saturates a signed value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to be saturated
+ \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (1..32)
+ \return Saturated value
+ */
+#define __SSAT(ARG1,ARG2) \
+({ \
+ uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \
+ __ASM ("ssat %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \
+ __RES; \
+ })
+
+
+/** \brief Unsigned Saturate
+
+ This function saturates an unsigned value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to be saturated
+ \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (0..31)
+ \return Saturated value
+ */
+#define __USAT(ARG1,ARG2) \
+({ \
+ uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \
+ __ASM ("usat %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \
+ __RES; \
+ })
+
+
+/** \brief Count leading zeros
+
+ This function counts the number of leading zeros of a data value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to count the leading zeros
+ \return number of leading zeros in value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static __INLINE uint8_t __CLZ(uint32_t value)
+{
+ uint8_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("clz %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */
+
+
+
+
+#elif (defined (__TASKING__)) /*--------------- TASKING Compiler -----------------*/
+/* TASKING carm specific functions */
+
+/*
+ * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler.
+ * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all instrinsics,
+ * Including the CMSIS ones.
+ */
+
+#endif
+
+/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface */
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CMINSTR_H__ */
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/system_LPC17xx.h b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/system_LPC17xx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e58767e9cd70a1bcf2707b214b12945b72db29aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/inc/system_LPC17xx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file system_LPC17xx.h
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File
+ * for the NXP LPC17xx Device Series
+ * @version V1.02
+ * @date 08. September 2009
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M
+ * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed
+ * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
+ * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __SYSTEM_LPC17xx_H
+#define __SYSTEM_LPC17xx_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */
+
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the system
+ *
+ * @param none
+ * @return none
+ *
+ * @brief Setup the microcontroller system.
+ * Initialize the System and update the SystemCoreClock variable.
+ */
+extern void SystemInit (void);
+
+/**
+ * Update SystemCoreClock variable
+ *
+ * @param none
+ * @return none
+ *
+ * @brief Updates the SystemCoreClock with current core Clock
+ * retrieved from cpu registers.
+ */
+extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __SYSTEM_LPC17xx_H */
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/src/core_cm3.c b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/src/core_cm3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..fd052ce27c92d20ef02223b036b51c56b74e1b53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/src/core_cm3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file core_cm3.c
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Source File
+ * @version V2.00
+ * @date 13. September 2010
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M
+ * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed
+ * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
+ * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* define compiler specific symbols */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only avaiable in High optimization mode! */
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* ########################## Core Instruction Access ######################### */
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------ RealView Compiler ----------------*/
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677)
+__ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value)
+{
+ rev16 r0, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order in signed short value
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677)
+__ASM int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value)
+{
+ revsh r0, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock
+
+ This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX.
+
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM void __CLREX(void)
+{
+ clrex
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+#elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*---------------- ICC Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* obsolete */
+#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* obsolete */
+#elif (defined (__TASKING__)) /*--------------- TASKING Compiler -----------------*/
+/* obsolete */
+#endif
+
+
+/* ########################### Core Function Access ########################### */
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------ RealView Compiler ----------------*/
+
+/** \brief Get Control Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the Control Register.
+
+ \return Control Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
+{
+ mrs r0, control
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Control Register
+
+ This function writes the given value to the Control Register.
+
+ \param [in] control Control Register value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
+{
+ msr control, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get ISPR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the ISPR Register.
+
+ \return ISPR Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM uint32_t __get_IPSR(void)
+{
+ mrs r0, ipsr
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get APSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the APSR Register.
+
+ \return APSR Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM uint32_t __get_APSR(void)
+{
+ mrs r0, apsr
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get xPSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the xPSR Register.
+
+ \return xPSR Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM uint32_t __get_xPSR(void)
+{
+ mrs r0, xpsr
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \return PSP Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
+{
+ mrs r0, psp
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
+{
+ msr psp, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \return MSP Register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
+{
+ mrs r0, msp
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM void __set_MSP(uint32_t mainStackPointer)
+{
+ msr msp, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get Base Priority
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Base Priority register.
+
+ \return Base Priority register value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
+{
+ mrs r0, basepri
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Base Priority
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Base Priority register.
+
+ \param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri)
+{
+ msr basepri, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+/** \brief Get Priority Mask
+
+ This function returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \return Priority Mask value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
+{
+ mrs r0, primask
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set Priority Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \param [in] priMask Priority Mask
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
+{
+ msr primask, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Get Fault Mask
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Fault Mask Register.
+
+ \return Fault Mask value
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
+{
+ mrs r0, faultmask
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+/** \brief Set the Fault Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Fault Mask Register.
+
+ \param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value value to set
+ */
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
+__ASM void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
+{
+ msr faultmask, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
+
+
+
+#elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*---------------- ICC Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* obsolete */
+#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* obsolete */
+#elif (defined (__TASKING__)) /*--------------- TASKING Compiler -----------------*/
+/* obsolete */
+#endif
diff --git a/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/src/system_LPC17xx.c b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/src/system_LPC17xx.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b9d674ab0eb93fca549764c66144dfff77871109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx/src/system_LPC17xx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file system_LPC17xx.c
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer Source File
+ * for the NXP LPC17xx Device Series
+ * @version V1.08
+ * @date 12. May 2010
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M
+ * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed
+ * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
+ * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+
+/*
+//-------- <<< Use Configuration Wizard in Context Menu >>> ------------------
+*/
+
+/*--------------------- Clock Configuration ----------------------------------
+//
+// <e> Clock Configuration
+// <h> System Controls and Status Register (SCS)
+// <o1.4> OSCRANGE: Main Oscillator Range Select
+// <0=> 1 MHz to 20 MHz
+// <1=> 15 MHz to 24 MHz
+// <e1.5> OSCEN: Main Oscillator Enable
+// </e>
+// </h>
+//
+// <h> Clock Source Select Register (CLKSRCSEL)
+// <o2.0..1> CLKSRC: PLL Clock Source Selection
+// <0=> Internal RC oscillator
+// <1=> Main oscillator
+// <2=> RTC oscillator
+// </h>
+//
+// <e3> PLL0 Configuration (Main PLL)
+// <h> PLL0 Configuration Register (PLL0CFG)
+// <i> F_cco0 = (2 * M * F_in) / N
+// <i> F_in must be in the range of 32 kHz to 50 MHz
+// <i> F_cco0 must be in the range of 275 MHz to 550 MHz
+// <o4.0..14> MSEL: PLL Multiplier Selection
+// <6-32768><#-1>
+// <i> M Value
+// <o4.16..23> NSEL: PLL Divider Selection
+// <1-256><#-1>
+// <i> N Value
+// </h>
+// </e>
+//
+// <e5> PLL1 Configuration (USB PLL)
+// <h> PLL1 Configuration Register (PLL1CFG)
+// <i> F_usb = M * F_osc or F_usb = F_cco1 / (2 * P)
+// <i> F_cco1 = F_osc * M * 2 * P
+// <i> F_cco1 must be in the range of 156 MHz to 320 MHz
+// <o6.0..4> MSEL: PLL Multiplier Selection
+// <1-32><#-1>
+// <i> M Value (for USB maximum value is 4)
+// <o6.5..6> PSEL: PLL Divider Selection
+// <0=> 1
+// <1=> 2
+// <2=> 4
+// <3=> 8
+// <i> P Value
+// </h>
+// </e>
+//
+// <h> CPU Clock Configuration Register (CCLKCFG)
+// <o7.0..7> CCLKSEL: Divide Value for CPU Clock from PLL0
+// <1-256><#-1>
+// </h>
+//
+// <h> USB Clock Configuration Register (USBCLKCFG)
+// <o8.0..3> USBSEL: Divide Value for USB Clock from PLL0
+// <0-15>
+// <i> Divide is USBSEL + 1
+// </h>
+//
+// <h> Peripheral Clock Selection Register 0 (PCLKSEL0)
+// <o9.0..1> PCLK_WDT: Peripheral Clock Selection for WDT
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.2..3> PCLK_TIMER0: Peripheral Clock Selection for TIMER0
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.4..5> PCLK_TIMER1: Peripheral Clock Selection for TIMER1
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.6..7> PCLK_UART0: Peripheral Clock Selection for UART0
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.8..9> PCLK_UART1: Peripheral Clock Selection for UART1
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.12..13> PCLK_PWM1: Peripheral Clock Selection for PWM1
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.14..15> PCLK_I2C0: Peripheral Clock Selection for I2C0
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.16..17> PCLK_SPI: Peripheral Clock Selection for SPI
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.20..21> PCLK_SSP1: Peripheral Clock Selection for SSP1
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.22..23> PCLK_DAC: Peripheral Clock Selection for DAC
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.24..25> PCLK_ADC: Peripheral Clock Selection for ADC
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o9.26..27> PCLK_CAN1: Peripheral Clock Selection for CAN1
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 6
+// <o9.28..29> PCLK_CAN2: Peripheral Clock Selection for CAN2
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 6
+// <o9.30..31> PCLK_ACF: Peripheral Clock Selection for ACF
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 6
+// </h>
+//
+// <h> Peripheral Clock Selection Register 1 (PCLKSEL1)
+// <o10.0..1> PCLK_QEI: Peripheral Clock Selection for the Quadrature Encoder Interface
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.2..3> PCLK_GPIO: Peripheral Clock Selection for GPIOs
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.4..5> PCLK_PCB: Peripheral Clock Selection for the Pin Connect Block
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.6..7> PCLK_I2C1: Peripheral Clock Selection for I2C1
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.10..11> PCLK_SSP0: Peripheral Clock Selection for SSP0
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.12..13> PCLK_TIMER2: Peripheral Clock Selection for TIMER2
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.14..15> PCLK_TIMER3: Peripheral Clock Selection for TIMER3
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.16..17> PCLK_UART2: Peripheral Clock Selection for UART2
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.18..19> PCLK_UART3: Peripheral Clock Selection for UART3
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.20..21> PCLK_I2C2: Peripheral Clock Selection for I2C2
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.22..23> PCLK_I2S: Peripheral Clock Selection for I2S
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.26..27> PCLK_RIT: Peripheral Clock Selection for the Repetitive Interrupt Timer
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.28..29> PCLK_SYSCON: Peripheral Clock Selection for the System Control Block
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// <o10.30..31> PCLK_MC: Peripheral Clock Selection for the Motor Control PWM
+// <0=> Pclk = Cclk / 4
+// <1=> Pclk = Cclk
+// <2=> Pclk = Cclk / 2
+// <3=> Pclk = Hclk / 8
+// </h>
+//
+// <h> Power Control for Peripherals Register (PCONP)
+// <o11.1> PCTIM0: Timer/Counter 0 power/clock enable
+// <o11.2> PCTIM1: Timer/Counter 1 power/clock enable
+// <o11.3> PCUART0: UART 0 power/clock enable
+// <o11.4> PCUART1: UART 1 power/clock enable
+// <o11.6> PCPWM1: PWM 1 power/clock enable
+// <o11.7> PCI2C0: I2C interface 0 power/clock enable
+// <o11.8> PCSPI: SPI interface power/clock enable
+// <o11.9> PCRTC: RTC power/clock enable
+// <o11.10> PCSSP1: SSP interface 1 power/clock enable
+// <o11.12> PCAD: A/D converter power/clock enable
+// <o11.13> PCCAN1: CAN controller 1 power/clock enable
+// <o11.14> PCCAN2: CAN controller 2 power/clock enable
+// <o11.15> PCGPIO: GPIOs power/clock enable
+// <o11.16> PCRIT: Repetitive interrupt timer power/clock enable
+// <o11.17> PCMC: Motor control PWM power/clock enable
+// <o11.18> PCQEI: Quadrature encoder interface power/clock enable
+// <o11.19> PCI2C1: I2C interface 1 power/clock enable
+// <o11.21> PCSSP0: SSP interface 0 power/clock enable
+// <o11.22> PCTIM2: Timer 2 power/clock enable
+// <o11.23> PCTIM3: Timer 3 power/clock enable
+// <o11.24> PCUART2: UART 2 power/clock enable
+// <o11.25> PCUART3: UART 3 power/clock enable
+// <o11.26> PCI2C2: I2C interface 2 power/clock enable
+// <o11.27> PCI2S: I2S interface power/clock enable
+// <o11.29> PCGPDMA: GP DMA function power/clock enable
+// <o11.30> PCENET: Ethernet block power/clock enable
+// <o11.31> PCUSB: USB interface power/clock enable
+// </h>
+//
+// <h> Clock Output Configuration Register (CLKOUTCFG)
+// <o12.0..3> CLKOUTSEL: Selects clock source for CLKOUT
+// <0=> CPU clock
+// <1=> Main oscillator
+// <2=> Internal RC oscillator
+// <3=> USB clock
+// <4=> RTC oscillator
+// <o12.4..7> CLKOUTDIV: Selects clock divider for CLKOUT
+// <1-16><#-1>
+// <o12.8> CLKOUT_EN: CLKOUT enable control
+// </h>
+//
+// </e>
+*/
+#define CLOCK_SETUP 1
+#define SCS_Val 0x00000020
+#define CLKSRCSEL_Val 0x00000001
+#define PLL0_SETUP 1
+#define PLL0CFG_Val 0x00050063
+#define PLL1_SETUP 1
+#define PLL1CFG_Val 0x00000023
+#define CCLKCFG_Val 0x00000003
+#define USBCLKCFG_Val 0x00000000
+#define PCLKSEL0_Val 0x00000000
+#define PCLKSEL1_Val 0x00000000
+#define PCONP_Val 0x042887DE
+#define CLKOUTCFG_Val 0x00000000
+
+
+/*--------------------- Flash Accelerator Configuration ----------------------
+//
+// <e> Flash Accelerator Configuration
+// <o1.12..15> FLASHTIM: Flash Access Time
+// <0=> 1 CPU clock (for CPU clock up to 20 MHz)
+// <1=> 2 CPU clocks (for CPU clock up to 40 MHz)
+// <2=> 3 CPU clocks (for CPU clock up to 60 MHz)
+// <3=> 4 CPU clocks (for CPU clock up to 80 MHz)
+// <4=> 5 CPU clocks (for CPU clock up to 100 MHz)
+// <5=> 6 CPU clocks (for any CPU clock)
+// </e>
+*/
+#define FLASH_SETUP 1
+#define FLASHCFG_Val 0x00004000
+
+/*
+//-------- <<< end of configuration section >>> ------------------------------
+*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Check the register settings
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define CHECK_RANGE(val, min, max) ((val < min) || (val > max))
+#define CHECK_RSVD(val, mask) (val & mask)
+
+/* Clock Configuration -------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if (CHECK_RSVD((SCS_Val), ~0x00000030))
+ #error "SCS: Invalid values of reserved bits!"
+#endif
+
+#if (CHECK_RANGE((CLKSRCSEL_Val), 0, 2))
+ #error "CLKSRCSEL: Value out of range!"
+#endif
+
+#if (CHECK_RSVD((PLL0CFG_Val), ~0x00FF7FFF))
+ #error "PLL0CFG: Invalid values of reserved bits!"
+#endif
+
+#if (CHECK_RSVD((PLL1CFG_Val), ~0x0000007F))
+ #error "PLL1CFG: Invalid values of reserved bits!"
+#endif
+
+#if (PLL0_SETUP) /* if PLL0 is used */
+ #if (CCLKCFG_Val < 2) /* CCLKSEL must be greater then 1 */
+ #error "CCLKCFG: CCLKSEL must be greater then 1 if PLL0 is used!"
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#if (CHECK_RANGE((CCLKCFG_Val), 2, 255))
+ #error "CCLKCFG: Value out of range!"
+#endif
+
+#if (CHECK_RSVD((USBCLKCFG_Val), ~0x0000000F))
+ #error "USBCLKCFG: Invalid values of reserved bits!"
+#endif
+
+#if (CHECK_RSVD((PCLKSEL0_Val), 0x000C0C00))
+ #error "PCLKSEL0: Invalid values of reserved bits!"
+#endif
+
+#if (CHECK_RSVD((PCLKSEL1_Val), 0x03000300))
+ #error "PCLKSEL1: Invalid values of reserved bits!"
+#endif
+
+#if (CHECK_RSVD((PCONP_Val), 0x10100821))
+ #error "PCONP: Invalid values of reserved bits!"
+#endif
+
+#if (CHECK_RSVD((CLKOUTCFG_Val), ~0x000001FF))
+ #error "CLKOUTCFG: Invalid values of reserved bits!"
+#endif
+
+/* Flash Accelerator Configuration -------------------------------------------*/
+#if (CHECK_RSVD((FLASHCFG_Val), ~0x0000F000))
+ #error "FLASHCFG: Invalid values of reserved bits!"
+#endif
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ DEFINES
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Define clocks
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define XTAL (12000000UL) /* Oscillator frequency */
+#define OSC_CLK ( XTAL) /* Main oscillator frequency */
+#define RTC_CLK ( 32000UL) /* RTC oscillator frequency */
+#define IRC_OSC ( 4000000UL) /* Internal RC oscillator frequency */
+
+
+/* F_cco0 = (2 * M * F_in) / N */
+#define __M (((PLL0CFG_Val ) & 0x7FFF) + 1)
+#define __N (((PLL0CFG_Val >> 16) & 0x00FF) + 1)
+#define __FCCO(__F_IN) ((2ULL * __M * __F_IN) / __N)
+#define __CCLK_DIV (((CCLKCFG_Val ) & 0x00FF) + 1)
+
+/* Determine core clock frequency according to settings */
+ #if (PLL0_SETUP)
+ #if ((CLKSRCSEL_Val & 0x03) == 1)
+ #define __CORE_CLK (__FCCO(OSC_CLK) / __CCLK_DIV)
+ #elif ((CLKSRCSEL_Val & 0x03) == 2)
+ #define __CORE_CLK (__FCCO(RTC_CLK) / __CCLK_DIV)
+ #else
+ #define __CORE_CLK (__FCCO(IRC_OSC) / __CCLK_DIV)
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #if ((CLKSRCSEL_Val & 0x03) == 1)
+ #define __CORE_CLK (OSC_CLK / __CCLK_DIV)
+ #elif ((CLKSRCSEL_Val & 0x03) == 2)
+ #define __CORE_CLK (RTC_CLK / __CCLK_DIV)
+ #else
+ #define __CORE_CLK (IRC_OSC / __CCLK_DIV)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Clock Variable definitions
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+uint32_t SystemCoreClock = __CORE_CLK;/*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock)*/
+
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Clock functions
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void) /* Get Core Clock Frequency */
+{
+ /* Determine clock frequency according to clock register values */
+ if (((LPC_SC->PLL0STAT >> 24) & 3) == 3) { /* If PLL0 enabled and connected */
+ switch (LPC_SC->CLKSRCSEL & 0x03) {
+ case 0: /* Int. RC oscillator => PLL0 */
+ case 3: /* Reserved, default to Int. RC */
+ SystemCoreClock = (IRC_OSC *
+ ((2ULL * ((LPC_SC->PLL0STAT & 0x7FFF) + 1))) /
+ (((LPC_SC->PLL0STAT >> 16) & 0xFF) + 1) /
+ ((LPC_SC->CCLKCFG & 0xFF)+ 1));
+ break;
+ case 1: /* Main oscillator => PLL0 */
+ SystemCoreClock = (OSC_CLK *
+ ((2ULL * ((LPC_SC->PLL0STAT & 0x7FFF) + 1))) /
+ (((LPC_SC->PLL0STAT >> 16) & 0xFF) + 1) /
+ ((LPC_SC->CCLKCFG & 0xFF)+ 1));
+ break;
+ case 2: /* RTC oscillator => PLL0 */
+ SystemCoreClock = (RTC_CLK *
+ ((2ULL * ((LPC_SC->PLL0STAT & 0x7FFF) + 1))) /
+ (((LPC_SC->PLL0STAT >> 16) & 0xFF) + 1) /
+ ((LPC_SC->CCLKCFG & 0xFF)+ 1));
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+ switch (LPC_SC->CLKSRCSEL & 0x03) {
+ case 0: /* Int. RC oscillator => PLL0 */
+ case 3: /* Reserved, default to Int. RC */
+ SystemCoreClock = IRC_OSC / ((LPC_SC->CCLKCFG & 0xFF)+ 1);
+ break;
+ case 1: /* Main oscillator => PLL0 */
+ SystemCoreClock = OSC_CLK / ((LPC_SC->CCLKCFG & 0xFF)+ 1);
+ break;
+ case 2: /* RTC oscillator => PLL0 */
+ SystemCoreClock = RTC_CLK / ((LPC_SC->CCLKCFG & 0xFF)+ 1);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the system
+ *
+ * @param none
+ * @return none
+ *
+ * @brief Setup the microcontroller system.
+ * Initialize the System.
+ */
+void SystemInit (void)
+{
+#if (CLOCK_SETUP) /* Clock Setup */
+ LPC_SC->SCS = SCS_Val;
+ if (SCS_Val & (1 << 5)) { /* If Main Oscillator is enabled */
+ while ((LPC_SC->SCS & (1<<6)) == 0);/* Wait for Oscillator to be ready */
+ }
+
+ LPC_SC->CCLKCFG = CCLKCFG_Val; /* Setup Clock Divider */
+
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 = PCLKSEL0_Val; /* Peripheral Clock Selection */
+ LPC_SC->PCLKSEL1 = PCLKSEL1_Val;
+
+ LPC_SC->CLKSRCSEL = CLKSRCSEL_Val; /* Select Clock Source for PLL0 */
+
+#if (PLL0_SETUP)
+ LPC_SC->PLL0CFG = PLL0CFG_Val; /* configure PLL0 */
+ LPC_SC->PLL0FEED = 0xAA;
+ LPC_SC->PLL0FEED = 0x55;
+
+ LPC_SC->PLL0CON = 0x01; /* PLL0 Enable */
+ LPC_SC->PLL0FEED = 0xAA;
+ LPC_SC->PLL0FEED = 0x55;
+ while (!(LPC_SC->PLL0STAT & (1<<26)));/* Wait for PLOCK0 */
+
+ LPC_SC->PLL0CON = 0x03; /* PLL0 Enable & Connect */
+ LPC_SC->PLL0FEED = 0xAA;
+ LPC_SC->PLL0FEED = 0x55;
+ while (!(LPC_SC->PLL0STAT & ((1<<25) | (1<<24))));/* Wait for PLLC0_STAT & PLLE0_STAT */
+#endif
+
+#if (PLL1_SETUP)
+ LPC_SC->PLL1CFG = PLL1CFG_Val;
+ LPC_SC->PLL1FEED = 0xAA;
+ LPC_SC->PLL1FEED = 0x55;
+
+ LPC_SC->PLL1CON = 0x01; /* PLL1 Enable */
+ LPC_SC->PLL1FEED = 0xAA;
+ LPC_SC->PLL1FEED = 0x55;
+ while (!(LPC_SC->PLL1STAT & (1<<10)));/* Wait for PLOCK1 */
+
+ LPC_SC->PLL1CON = 0x03; /* PLL1 Enable & Connect */
+ LPC_SC->PLL1FEED = 0xAA;
+ LPC_SC->PLL1FEED = 0x55;
+ while (!(LPC_SC->PLL1STAT & ((1<< 9) | (1<< 8))));/* Wait for PLLC1_STAT & PLLE1_STAT */
+#else
+ LPC_SC->USBCLKCFG = USBCLKCFG_Val; /* Setup USB Clock Divider */
+#endif
+
+ LPC_SC->PCONP = PCONP_Val; /* Power Control for Peripherals */
+
+ LPC_SC->CLKOUTCFG = CLKOUTCFG_Val; /* Clock Output Configuration */
+#endif
+
+#if (FLASH_SETUP == 1) /* Flash Accelerator Setup */
+ LPC_SC->FLASHCFG = (LPC_SC->FLASHCFG & ~0x0000F000) | FLASHCFG_Val;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/FreeRTOS.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/FreeRTOS.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e5eb39abb4dcf9255946b75a0a0e8b2c2759868b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/FreeRTOS.h
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+#define INC_FREERTOS_H
+
+
+/*
+ * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
+#include "projdefs.h"
+
+/* Application specific configuration options. */
+#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
+
+/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
+#include "portable.h"
+
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must
+conform. */
+typedef portBASE_TYPE (*pdTASK_HOOK_CODE)( void * );
+
+
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
+ * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
+ * within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_CO_ROUTINES should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
+ #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+ #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
+ #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
+ #define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
+ #define configUSE_TIMERS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
+ #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
+ #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
+ #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
+ #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
+ #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
+#endif
+
+#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
+ #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
+ #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configASSERT
+ #define configASSERT( x )
+#endif
+
+/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+ #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
+ #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
+
+ #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
+ #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
+ #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
+
+ #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
+ #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
+ #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+ #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+ #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
+ #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
+ #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
+ #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U
+#endif
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1U )
+ #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
+ #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
+#endif
+
+
+/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
+#ifndef traceSTART
+ /* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
+ into which trace is to be written. */
+ #define traceSTART()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEND
+ /* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
+ written. */
+ #define traceEND()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
+ /* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
+ to the task control block of the selected task. */
+ #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
+ /* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
+ to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
+ #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
+ /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
+ queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
+ upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
+ task that attempted the read. */
+ #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
+ /* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
+ queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
+ upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
+ task that attempted the write. */
+ #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
+ #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
+#endif
+
+/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
+ #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
+ #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
+ #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+ #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
+ #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+ #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
+ #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
+ #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
+ #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
+ #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
+ #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
+ #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
+ #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
+ #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
+ #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
+ #define traceTASK_DELAY()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
+ #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
+ #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
+ #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
+ #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
+ #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
+ #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
+ #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
+ #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
+ #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
+ #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
+ #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
+#endif
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
+ #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
+ #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+ #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
+ #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
+ #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
+
+#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
+ #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
+ #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
+ #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x00 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
+ #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned
+ #define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef vPortFreeAligned
+ #define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree )
+#endif
+
+#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/StackMacros.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/StackMacros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1114b6d29d07273ae1f467e3ffc47954841d17ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/StackMacros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
+#define STACK_MACROS_H
+
+/*
+ * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
+ * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
+ * past.
+ *
+ * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
+ * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
+ * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
+ * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
+ * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
+ * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
+ * stack will always be recognised.
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 )
+
+ /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */
+ #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 )
+
+ /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of
+ overflow checking. */
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+ /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+ #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+ /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+ #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ \
+ /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
+ \
+ \
+ /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
+ if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ char *pcEndOfStack = ( char * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
+ static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
+ \
+ \
+ pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
+ \
+ /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
+ if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/croutine.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/croutine.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..65fdc48e082be282a857ca7f186d5baef71b04fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/croutine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,752 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
+#define CO_ROUTINE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
+control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
+the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
+typedef void * xCoRoutineHandle;
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( xCoRoutineHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE );
+
+typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
+{
+ crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
+ xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
+ xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
+ unsigned short uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
+} corCRCB; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with tskTCB. */
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate(
+ crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
+ * ready to run.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
+ * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
+ * documentation for more information.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
+ * the co-routine will run.
+ *
+ * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
+ * execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
+ * of the WEB documentation for further information.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vFlashCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
+ static const portTickType uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
+ // an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
+ // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
+ // LED to flash and how long to delay. This assumes xQueue has
+ // already been created.
+ vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
+ crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates two co-routines.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
+ // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
+ // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
+ for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
+ {
+ xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex );
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Run a co-routine.
+ *
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
+ * to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
+ * preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
+ * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
+ *
+ * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
+ * hook).
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
+ // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+ vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+
+ // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
+ // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
+ // infinite loop.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crSTART( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle );</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static long ulAVariable;
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( corCRCB * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crEND();</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static long ulAVariable;
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crEND() }
+
+/*
+ * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
+ * only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
+ */
+#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
+#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ crDELAY( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
+ *
+ * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
+ * for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
+ * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_RATE_MS
+ * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ // We are to delay for 200ms.
+ static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Delay for 200ms.
+ crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
+
+ // Do something here.
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
+ if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
+ { \
+ vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
+ } \
+ crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
+
+/**
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND(
+ xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
+ * itself.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
+ * below).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
+ * error defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
+ // a queue.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static portBASE_TYPE xNumberToPost = 0;
+ static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // This assumes the queue has already been created.
+ crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ if( xResult != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // The message was not posted!
+ }
+
+ // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
+ xNumberToPost++;
+
+ // Delay for 100 ticks.
+ crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
+ }
+
+ // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
+{ \
+ *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
+ if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
+ } \
+ if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *pxResult = pdPASS; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
+ xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
+ * crQUEUE_SEND example).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
+ * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
+ // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+ static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLEDToFlash;
+
+ // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
+ crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ {
+ // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
+ vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
+ }
+ }
+
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
+{ \
+ *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
+ if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
+ } \
+ if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
+ * that is being used from within a co-routine.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
+ * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
+ * should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
+ * the value returned from the previous call.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
+ * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
+ * the ISR.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
+ static void vReceivingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
+ // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
+ crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ // Was a character received?
+ if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Process the character here.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
+ // a co-routine.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+ // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
+ while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
+ {
+ // Obtain the character from the UART.
+ cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
+
+ // Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
+ // the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
+ // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
+ // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
+ // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
+ // many characters are posted to the queue.
+ xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
+ }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portBASE_TYPE * pxCoRoutineWoken
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
+ * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
+ * posted to the queue).
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
+ * placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
+ * pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
+ * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
+ * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
+ * pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
+ // period. The character is incremented each time.
+ static void vSendingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
+ // be declared static.
+ static char cCharToTx = 'a';
+ portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Send the next character to the queue.
+ crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ {
+ // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Could not post the character to the queue.
+ }
+
+ // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
+ // hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
+ // from the queue and send it.
+ ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
+
+ // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
+ // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
+ // declared static.
+ cCharToTx++;
+ if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
+ {
+ cCharToTx = 'a';
+ }
+ crDELAY( 100 );
+ }
+
+ // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cCharToTx;
+ portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+ while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
+ {
+ // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
+ // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
+ // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
+ // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
+ if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
+ {
+ SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
+ }
+ }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
+ * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
+ * prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
+ * writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
+ * appropriate delayed list.
+ */
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList );
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
+ * The function should not be used by application writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
+ * the pending ready list.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/list.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/list.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e8b47c4392a085b1572884066ffb3d4681e310aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/list.h
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
+ * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
+ * application code.
+ *
+ * xLists can only store pointers to xListItems. Each xListItem contains a
+ * numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
+ * descending item value order.
+ *
+ * Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
+ * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
+ * the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
+ * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
+ * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
+ * the list.
+ *
+ * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
+ * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
+ * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
+ * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
+ * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
+ * the list item itself.
+ *
+ *
+ * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
+ * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef LIST_H
+#define LIST_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+/*
+ * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
+ */
+struct xLIST_ITEM
+{
+ portTickType xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next xListItem in the list. */
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxPrevious;/*< Pointer to the previous xListItem in the list. */
+ void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
+ void * pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
+};
+typedef struct xLIST_ITEM xListItem; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
+
+struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
+{
+ portTickType xItemValue;
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxNext;
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxPrevious;
+};
+typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM xMiniListItem;
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
+ */
+typedef struct xLIST
+{
+ volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNumberOfItems;
+ volatile xListItem * pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry (). */
+ volatile xMiniListItem xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
+} xList;
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
+ * used to sort the list in descending order.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
+ * represent anything - for example a the priority of a task, or the time at
+ * which a task should be unblocked.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
+ * list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
+ * only have the value true if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
+ */
+#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
+ * and returns that entries pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
+ * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
+ * a list.
+ *
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
+{ \
+xList * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
+ /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
+ /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
+ ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
+ if( ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( xListItem * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
+ { \
+ ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
+ } \
+ ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
+ * are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
+ *
+ * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
+ * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
+ * is check to see if the container and the list match.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
+ * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
+ * @return pdTRUE is the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ * pointer against
+ */
+#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) )
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
+ * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
+ * marker to the back of the list.
+ *
+ * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialise( xList *pxList );
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
+ * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
+ *
+ * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem );
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
+ * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The item to that is to be placed in the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsert vListInsert
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem );
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
+ * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
+ * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
+ *
+ * The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list.
+ * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
+ * in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other
+ * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
+ * the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem );
+
+/*
+ * Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
+ * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
+ *
+ * @param vListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
+ * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
+ *
+ * \page vListRemove vListRemove
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/mpu_wrappers.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/mpu_wrappers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b7371b9ba9692de00ede3da58c7ec818bff2a4a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/mpu_wrappers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+
+/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
+only for ports that are using the MPU. */
+#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
+
+ /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
+ included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
+ those files. */
+ #ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+ #define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate
+ #define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
+ #define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
+ #define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
+ #define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
+ #define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
+ #define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
+ #define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
+ #define xTaskIsTaskSuspended MPU_xTaskIsTaskSuspended
+ #define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
+ #define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
+ #define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
+ #define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
+ #define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+ #define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
+ #define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+ #define vTaskStartTrace MPU_vTaskStartTrace
+ #define ulTaskEndTrace MPU_ulTaskEndTrace
+ #define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
+ #define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
+ #define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
+ #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+ #define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+ #define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+
+ #define xQueueCreate MPU_xQueueCreate
+ #define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
+ #define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
+ #define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
+ #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
+ #define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
+ #define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend
+ #define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive
+ #define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive
+ #define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+ #define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
+
+ #define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc
+ #define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree
+ #define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize
+ #define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks
+
+ #if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+ #define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
+ #define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
+ #endif
+
+ /* Remove the privileged function macro. */
+ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+
+ #else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+ /* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
+ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
+ #define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
+ //#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+
+ #endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+ #define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+ #define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/portable.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/portable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5bb784d544422e63234ade775055668596de5e94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/portable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef PORTABLE_H
+#define PORTABLE_H
+
+/* Include the macro file relevant to the port being used. */
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC18F\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC32MX\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _FEDPICC
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MSP430
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MSP430
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_GCC
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR71X_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_GCC
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR91X_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_H8S
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TERN_EE
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_HCS12
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC405
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC440
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+ /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+ FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+ #include "frconfig.h"
+ #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+ /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+ FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+ #include "frconfig.h"
+ #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
+ #ifdef __CORE__
+ #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __91467D
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __96340
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Catch all to ensure portmacro.h is included in the build. Newer demos
+have the path as part of the project options, rather than as relative from
+the project location. If portENTER_CRITICAL() has not been defined then
+portmacro.h has not yet been included - as every portmacro.h provides a
+portENTER_CRITICAL() definition. Check the demo application for your demo
+to find the path to the correct portmacro.h file. */
+#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
+ #error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
+ #define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/*
+ * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
+ * scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
+ * the order that the port expects to find them.
+ *
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters, portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#else
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters );
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
+ */
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
+ * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
+ * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
+ * executing.
+ */
+void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
+ * port layer.
+ *
+ * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
+ * contained in xRegions.
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ struct xMEMORY_REGION;
+ void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, portSTACK_TYPE *pxBottomOfStack, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/projdefs.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/projdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..bf118a8ac1bcc2a939ee08ac9bf1f3bf359d7c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/projdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
+#define PROJDEFS_H
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*pdTASK_CODE)( void * );
+
+#define pdTRUE ( 1 )
+#define pdFALSE ( 0 )
+
+#define pdPASS ( 1 )
+#define pdFAIL ( 0 )
+#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( 0 )
+#define errQUEUE_FULL ( 0 )
+
+/* Error definitions. */
+#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
+#define errNO_TASK_TO_RUN ( -2 )
+#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
+#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
+
+#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/queue.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/queue.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..47add266f8ca0e7f3e0f583239f0ca24ed083a3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/queue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1270 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef QUEUE_H
+#define QUEUE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include queue.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/**
+ * Type by which queues are referenced. For example, a call to xQueueCreate
+ * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xQueueHandle variable that can then
+ * be used as a parameter to xQueueSend(), xQueueReceive(), etc.
+ */
+typedef void * xQueueHandle;
+
+
+/* For internal use only. */
+#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 )
+#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreate(
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new queue instance. This allocates the storage required by the
+ * new queue and returns a handle for the queue.
+ *
+ * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain.
+ *
+ * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes
+ * that will be copied for each posted item. Each item on the queue must be
+ * the same size.
+ *
+ * @return If the queue is successfully create then a handle to the newly
+ * created queue is returned. If the queue cannot be created then 0 is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ };
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+ if( xQueue1 == 0 )
+ {
+ // Queue was not created and must not be used.
+ }
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue2 == 0 )
+ {
+ // Queue was not created and must not be used.
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToToFront(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the front of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by
+ * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
+ * in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSendToFront( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBack(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by
+ * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
+ * in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the queue
+ * is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSendToBack( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSend(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). It is included for
+ * backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
+ * include the xQueueSendToFront() and xQueueSendToBack() macros. It is
+ * equivalent to xQueueSendToBack().
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSend( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and
+ * xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueGenericSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueGenericSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueuePeek(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function.
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
+ * The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be
+ * provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer was defined when
+ * the queue was created.
+ *
+ * Successfully received items remain on the queue so will be returned again
+ * by the next call, or a call to xQueueReceive().
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used in an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ * xQueuePeek() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is 0 and the queue
+ * is empty.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to peek the data from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+ if( xQueue != 0 )
+ {
+ // Peek a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a
+ // message is not immediately available.
+ if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+ {
+ // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+ // by vATask, but the item still remains on the queue.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueuePeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceive(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function.
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of
+ * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer
+ * was defined when the queue was created.
+ *
+ * Successfully received items are removed from the queue.
+ *
+ * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call. xQueueReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait
+ * is zero and the queue is empty. The time is defined in tick periods so the
+ * constant portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is
+ * required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to receive from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+ if( xQueue != 0 )
+ {
+ // Receive a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a
+ // message is not immediately available.
+ if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+ {
+ // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+ // by vATask.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macro xQueueReceive() be used rather than calling
+ * this function directly.
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of
+ * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer
+ * was defined when the queue was created.
+ *
+ * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ * xQueueGenericReceive() will return immediately if the queue is empty and
+ * xTicksToWait is 0.
+ *
+ * @param xJustPeek When set to true, the item received from the queue is not
+ * actually removed from the queue - meaning a subsequent call to
+ * xQueueReceive() will return the same item. When set to false, the item
+ * being received from the queue is also removed from the queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to receive from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+ if( xQueue != 0 )
+ {
+ // Receive a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a
+ // message is not immediately available.
+ if( xQueueGenericReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+ {
+ // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+ // by vATask.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue );</pre>
+ *
+ * Return the number of messages stored in a queue.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of messages available in the queue.
+ *
+ * \page uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items
+ * placed on the queue.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue to be deleted.
+ *
+ * \page vQueueDelete vQueueDelete
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the front of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post the byte.
+ xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueSendToBackFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post the byte.
+ xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToBackFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). It is included
+ * for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
+ * include the xQueueSendToBackFromISR() and xQueueSendToFrontFromISR()
+ * macros.
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this function from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post the byte.
+ xQueueSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+ {
+ // Actual macro used here is port specific.
+ taskYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
+ portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(),
+ * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place
+ * of calling this function directly.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an
+ * interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueGenericSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post each byte.
+ xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary. Note that the
+ // name of the yield function required is port specific.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
+ {
+ taskYIELD_YIELD_FROM_ISR();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an
+ * interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to
+ * unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
+ * remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Function to create a queue and post some values.
+ void vAFunction( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ char cValueToPost;
+ const portTickType xBlockTime = ( portTickType )0xff;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 characters.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( char ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Post some characters that will be used within an ISR. If the queue
+ // is full then this task will block for xBlockTime ticks.
+ cValueToPost = 'a';
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+ cValueToPost = 'b';
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+
+ // ... keep posting characters ... this task may block when the queue
+ // becomes full.
+
+ cValueToPost = 'c';
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+ }
+
+ // ISR that outputs all the characters received on the queue.
+ void vISR_Routine( void )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskWokenByReceive = pdFALSE;
+ char cRxedChar;
+
+ while( xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueue, ( void * ) &cRxedChar, &xTaskWokenByReceive) )
+ {
+ // A character was received. Output the character now.
+ vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
+
+ // If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
+ // posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
+ // pdTRUE. No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
+ // task will be woken.
+ }
+
+ if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken );
+
+/*
+ * Utilities to query queue that are safe to use from an ISR. These utilities
+ * should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+
+
+/*
+ * xQueueAltGenericSend() is an alternative version of xQueueGenericSend().
+ * Likewise xQueueAltGenericReceive() is an alternative version of
+ * xQueueGenericReceive().
+ *
+ * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
+ * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
+ * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
+ * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
+ * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
+ * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
+ * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
+ * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking );
+#define xQueueAltSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+#define xQueueAltSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+#define xQueueAltReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE )
+#define xQueueAltPeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE )
+
+/*
+ * The functions defined above are for passing data to and from tasks. The
+ * functions below are the equivalents for passing data to and from
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * These functions are called from the co-routine macro implementation and
+ * should not be called directly from application code. Instead use the macro
+ * wrappers defined within croutine.h.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait );
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() instead of calling these functions directly.
+ */
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void );
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount );
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or
+ * xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime );
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex );
+
+/*
+ * The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to
+ * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes. Call vQueueAddToRegistry() add
+ * a queue, semaphore or mutex handle to the registry if you want the handle
+ * to be available to a kernel aware debugger. If you are not using a kernel
+ * aware debugger then this function can be ignored.
+ *
+ * configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the
+ * registry can hold. configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0
+ * within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available. Its value
+ * does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
+ * created - just the number that the registry can hold.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry. This
+ * is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate(). Semaphore and mutex
+ * handles can also be passed in here.
+ *
+ * @param pcName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the
+ * name that the kernel aware debugger will display.
+ */
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0U
+ void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcName );
+#endif
+
+/* Not a public API function, hence the 'Restricted' in the name. */
+void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait );
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* QUEUE_H */
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/semphr.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/semphr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..0130f1d79aee4bd7d3863ab84ceed0d6798c37bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/semphr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
+#define SEMAPHORE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include semphr.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "queue.h"
+
+typedef xQueueHandle xSemaphoreHandle;
+
+#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 1U )
+#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 0U )
+#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U )
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
+ * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
+ * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
+ * queue is empty or full.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
+ * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type xSemaphoreHandle.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
+ // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) { \
+ ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ); \
+ if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \
+ { \
+ xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreTake(
+ * xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
+ * portTickType xBlockTime
+ * )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
+ * the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block
+ * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE
+ * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a semaphore.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+ vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the semaphore.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // ... Do other things.
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available
+ // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
+ // shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the
+ // semaphore.
+ xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
+ // the shared resource safely.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
+ * xSemaphoreHandle xMutex,
+ * portTickType xBlockTime
+ * )
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If
+ * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
+ * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime
+ * expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+ xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // ... Do other things.
+
+ if( xMutex != NULL )
+ {
+ // See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
+ // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+ // shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+ // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+ // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
+ // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+ // no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+ // a more complex call structure.
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+
+ // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+ // available to another task until it has also been given back
+ // three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+ // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
+ // call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes.
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+ // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+ // the shared resource safely.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+
+/*
+ * xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake().
+ *
+ * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
+ * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
+ * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
+ * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
+ * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
+ * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
+ * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
+ * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
+ * an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred.
+ * Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is
+ * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
+ * semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+ vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
+ // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
+ }
+
+ // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
+ // immediately available.
+ if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 0 ) )
+ {
+ // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
+ // semaphore.
+ if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
+ // obtained the semaphore to get here.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+ xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // ... Do other things.
+
+ if( xMutex != NULL )
+ {
+ // See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
+ // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+ // shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+ // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+ // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
+ // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+ // no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+ // a more complex call structure.
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+
+ // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+ // available to another task until it has also been given back
+ // three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+ // these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
+ // to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
+ // unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes.
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+ // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+ // the shared resource safely.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
+
+/*
+ * xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive().
+ *
+ * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
+ * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
+ * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
+ * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
+ * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
+ * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
+ * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
+ * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
+ signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
+ * must not be used with this macro.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
+ \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // Repetitive task.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore
+ // was created before this task was started.
+
+ // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
+ if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // It is time to execute.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where
+ // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
+ // again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
+ // ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Timer ISR
+ void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ static unsigned char ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ static signed portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+ // A timer tick has occurred.
+
+ // ... Do other time functions.
+
+ // Is it time for vATask () to run?
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ ucLocalTickCount++;
+ if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
+ {
+ // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
+ xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
+ ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ // We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an
+ // ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port
+ // to find the syntax required.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue
+ * mechanism.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
+ * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
+ * xSemaphoreHandle.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex()
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue
+ * mechanism.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The
+ * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used.
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
+ * xSemaphoreHandle.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex()
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateCounting( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxCount, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing
+ * queue mechanism.
+ *
+ * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
+ *
+ * 1) Counting events.
+ *
+ * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
+ * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
+ * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
+ * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore
+ * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
+ * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the
+ * initial count value to be zero.
+ *
+ * 2) Resource management.
+ *
+ * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
+ * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
+ * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value
+ * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the
+ * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
+ * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
+ * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
+ *
+ * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the
+ * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
+ *
+ * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
+ * created.
+ *
+ * @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be
+ * created.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
+ // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
+ xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
+
+
+#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
+
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/task.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/task.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3c44904dc3ecbe036989a918752a6d3fc0dad564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/task.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1307 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef TASK_H
+#define TASK_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include task.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "portable.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER "V7.0.1"
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Type by which tasks are referenced. For example, a call to xTaskCreate
+ * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xTaskHandle variable that can then
+ * be used as a parameter to vTaskDelete to delete the task.
+ *
+ * \page xTaskHandle xTaskHandle
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+typedef void * xTaskHandle;
+
+/*
+ * Used internally only.
+ */
+typedef struct xTIME_OUT
+{
+ portBASE_TYPE xOverflowCount;
+ portTickType xTimeOnEntering;
+} xTimeOutType;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the memory ranges allocated to the task when an MPU is used.
+ */
+typedef struct xMEMORY_REGION
+{
+ void *pvBaseAddress;
+ unsigned long ulLengthInBytes;
+ unsigned long ulParameters;
+} xMemoryRegion;
+
+/*
+ * Parameters required to create an MPU protected task.
+ */
+typedef struct xTASK_PARAMTERS
+{
+ pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode;
+ const signed char * const pcName;
+ unsigned short usStackDepth;
+ void *pvParameters;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
+ portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer;
+ xMemoryRegion xRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ];
+} xTaskParameters;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the priority used by the idle task. This must not be modified.
+ *
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+#define tskIDLE_PRIORITY ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro for forcing a context switch.
+ *
+ * \page taskYIELD taskYIELD
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskYIELD() portYIELD()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to mark the start of a critical code region. Preemptive context
+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
+ * so must be used with care!
+ *
+ * \page taskENTER_CRITICAL taskENTER_CRITICAL
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to mark the end of a critical code region. Preemptive context
+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
+ * so must be used with care!
+ *
+ * \page taskEXIT_CRITICAL taskEXIT_CRITICAL
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to disable all maskable interrupts.
+ *
+ * \page taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to enable microcontroller interrupts.
+ *
+ * \page taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()
+
+/* Definitions returned by xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
+#define taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED 0
+#define taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING 1
+#define taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED 2
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CREATION API
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *<pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreate(
+ pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode,
+ const char * const pcName,
+ unsigned short usStackDepth,
+ void *pvParameters,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
+ xTaskHandle *pvCreatedTask
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
+ *
+ * xTaskCreate() can only be used to create a task that has unrestricted
+ * access to the entire microcontroller memory map. Systems that include MPU
+ * support can alternatively create an MPU constrained task using
+ * xTaskCreateRestricted().
+ *
+ * @param pvTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function. Tasks
+ * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop).
+ *
+ * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task. This is mainly used to
+ * facilitate debugging. Max length defined by tskMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - default
+ * is 16.
+ *
+ * @param usStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of
+ * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes. For example, if
+ * the stack is 16 bits wide and usStackDepth is defined as 100, 200 bytes
+ * will be allocated for stack storage.
+ *
+ * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task
+ * being created.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task should run. Systems that
+ * include MPU support can optionally create tasks in a privileged (system)
+ * mode by setting bit portPRIVILEGE_BIT of the priority parameter. For
+ * example, to create a privileged task at priority 2 the uxPriority parameter
+ * should be set to ( 2 | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ).
+ *
+ * @param pvCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Task to be created.
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates a task.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ static unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create the task, storing the handle. Note that the passed parameter ucParameterToPass
+ // must exist for the lifetime of the task, so in this case is declared static. If it was just an
+ // an automatic stack variable it might no longer exist, or at least have been corrupted, by the time
+ // the new task attempts to access it.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, &ucParameterToPass, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // Use the handle to delete the task.
+ vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreate xTaskCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define xTaskCreate( pvTaskCode, pcName, usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ( pvTaskCode ), ( pcName ), ( usStackDepth ), ( pvParameters ), ( uxPriority ), ( pxCreatedTask ), ( NULL ), ( NULL ) )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *<pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreateRestricted( xTaskParameters *pxTaskDefinition, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * xTaskCreateRestricted() should only be used in systems that include an MPU
+ * implementation.
+ *
+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
+ * The function parameters define the memory regions and associated access
+ * permissions allocated to the task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskDefinition Pointer to a structure that contains a member
+ * for each of the normal xTaskCreate() parameters (see the xTaskCreate() API
+ * documentation) plus an optional stack buffer and the memory region
+ * definitions.
+ *
+ * @param pxCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+// Create an xTaskParameters structure that defines the task to be created.
+static const xTaskParameters xCheckTaskParameters =
+{
+ vATask, // pvTaskCode - the function that implements the task.
+ "ATask", // pcName - just a text name for the task to assist debugging.
+ 100, // usStackDepth - the stack size DEFINED IN WORDS.
+ NULL, // pvParameters - passed into the task function as the function parameters.
+ ( 1UL | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),// uxPriority - task priority, set the portPRIVILEGE_BIT if the task should run in a privileged state.
+ cStackBuffer,// puxStackBuffer - the buffer to be used as the task stack.
+
+ // xRegions - Allocate up to three separate memory regions for access by
+ // the task, with appropriate access permissions. Different processors have
+ // different memory alignment requirements - refer to the FreeRTOS documentation
+ // for full information.
+ {
+ // Base address Length Parameters
+ { cReadWriteArray, 32, portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+ { cReadOnlyArray, 32, portMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY },
+ { cPrivilegedOnlyAccessArray, 128, portMPU_REGION_PRIVILEGED_READ_WRITE }
+ }
+};
+
+int main( void )
+{
+xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task from the const structure defined above. The task handle
+ // is requested (the second parameter is not NULL) but in this case just for
+ // demonstration purposes as its not actually used.
+ xTaskCreateRestricted( &xRegTest1Parameters, &xHandle );
+
+ // Start the scheduler.
+ vTaskStartScheduler();
+
+ // Will only get here if there was insufficient memory to create the idle
+ // task.
+ for( ;; );
+}
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define xTaskCreateRestricted( x, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ((x)->pvTaskCode), ((x)->pcName), ((x)->usStackDepth), ((x)->pvParameters), ((x)->uxPriority), (pxCreatedTask), ((x)->puxStackBuffer), ((x)->xRegions) )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *<pre>
+ void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions );</pre>
+ *
+ * Memory regions are assigned to a restricted task when the task is created by
+ * a call to xTaskCreateRestricted(). These regions can be redefined using
+ * vTaskAllocateMPURegions().
+ *
+ * @param xTask The handle of the task being updated.
+ *
+ * @param xRegions A pointer to an xMemoryRegion structure that contains the
+ * new memory region definitions.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+// Define an array of xMemoryRegion structures that configures an MPU region
+// allowing read/write access for 1024 bytes starting at the beginning of the
+// ucOneKByte array. The other two of the maximum 3 definable regions are
+// unused so set to zero.
+static const xMemoryRegion xAltRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ] =
+{
+ // Base address Length Parameters
+ { ucOneKByte, 1024, portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+ { 0, 0, 0 },
+ { 0, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+{
+ // This task was created such that it has access to certain regions of
+ // memory as defined by the MPU configuration. At some point it is
+ // desired that these MPU regions are replaced with that defined in the
+ // xAltRegions const struct above. Use a call to vTaskAllocateMPURegions()
+ // for this purpose. NULL is used as the task handle to indicate that this
+ // function should modify the MPU regions of the calling task.
+ vTaskAllocateMPURegions( NULL, xAltRegions );
+
+ // Now the task can continue its function, but from this point on can only
+ // access its stack and the ucOneKByte array (unless any other statically
+ // defined or shared regions have been declared elsewhere).
+}
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Remove a task from the RTOS real time kernels management. The task being
+ * deleted will be removed from all ready, blocked, suspended and event lists.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The idle task is responsible for freeing the kernel allocated
+ * memory from tasks that have been deleted. It is therefore important that
+ * the idle task is not starved of microcontroller processing time if your
+ * application makes any calls to vTaskDelete (). Memory allocated by the
+ * task code is not automatically freed, and should be freed before the task
+ * is deleted.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file death.c for sample code that utilises
+ * vTaskDelete ().
+ *
+ * @param pxTask The handle of the task to be deleted. Passing NULL will
+ * cause the calling task to be deleted.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create the task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // Use the handle to delete the task.
+ vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelete vTaskDelete
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CONTROL API
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delay a task for a given number of ticks. The actual time that the
+ * task remains blocked depends on the tick rate. The constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick
+ * rate - with the resolution of one tick period.
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ *
+ * vTaskDelay() specifies a time at which the task wishes to unblock relative to
+ * the time at which vTaskDelay() is called. For example, specifying a block
+ * period of 100 ticks will cause the task to unblock 100 ticks after
+ * vTaskDelay() is called. vTaskDelay() does not therefore provide a good method
+ * of controlling the frequency of a cyclical task as the path taken through the
+ * code, as well as other task and interrupt activity, will effect the frequency
+ * at which vTaskDelay() gets called and therefore the time at which the task
+ * next executes. See vTaskDelayUntil() for an alternative API function designed
+ * to facilitate fixed frequency execution. It does this by specifying an
+ * absolute time (rather than a relative time) at which the calling task should
+ * unblock.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToDelay The amount of time, in tick periods, that
+ * the calling task should block.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Block for 500ms.
+ const portTickType xDelay = 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Simply toggle the LED every 500ms, blocking between each toggle.
+ vToggleLED();
+ vTaskDelay( xDelay );
+ }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelay vTaskDelay
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType *pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Delay a task until a specified time. This function can be used by cyclical
+ * tasks to ensure a constant execution frequency.
+ *
+ * This function differs from vTaskDelay () in one important aspect: vTaskDelay () will
+ * cause a task to block for the specified number of ticks from the time vTaskDelay () is
+ * called. It is therefore difficult to use vTaskDelay () by itself to generate a fixed
+ * execution frequency as the time between a task starting to execute and that task
+ * calling vTaskDelay () may not be fixed [the task may take a different path though the
+ * code between calls, or may get interrupted or preempted a different number of times
+ * each time it executes].
+ *
+ * Whereas vTaskDelay () specifies a wake time relative to the time at which the function
+ * is called, vTaskDelayUntil () specifies the absolute (exact) time at which it wishes to
+ * unblock.
+ *
+ * The constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick
+ * rate - with the resolution of one tick period.
+ *
+ * @param pxPreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the
+ * task was last unblocked. The variable must be initialised with the current time
+ * prior to its first use (see the example below). Following this the variable is
+ * automatically updated within vTaskDelayUntil ().
+ *
+ * @param xTimeIncrement The cycle time period. The task will be unblocked at
+ * time *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement. Calling vTaskDelayUntil with the
+ * same xTimeIncrement parameter value will cause the task to execute with
+ * a fixed interface period.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Perform an action every 10 ticks.
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ portTickType xLastWakeTime;
+ const portTickType xFrequency = 10;
+
+ // Initialise the xLastWakeTime variable with the current time.
+ xLastWakeTime = xTaskGetTickCount ();
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Wait for the next cycle.
+ vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastWakeTime, xFrequency );
+
+ // Perform action here.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelayUntil vTaskDelayUntil
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_xTaskPriorityGet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Obtain the priority of any task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTask Handle of the task to be queried. Passing a NULL
+ * handle results in the priority of the calling task being returned.
+ *
+ * @return The priority of pxTask.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to obtain the priority of the created task.
+ // It was created with tskIDLE_PRIORITY, but may have changed
+ // it itself.
+ if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) != tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+ {
+ // The task has changed it's priority.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Is our priority higher than the created task?
+ if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) < uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) )
+ {
+ // Our priority (obtained using NULL handle) is higher.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup uxTaskPriorityGet uxTaskPriorityGet
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Set the priority of any task.
+ *
+ * A context switch will occur before the function returns if the priority
+ * being set is higher than the currently executing task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTask Handle to the task for which the priority is being set.
+ * Passing a NULL handle results in the priority of the calling task being set.
+ *
+ * @param uxNewPriority The priority to which the task will be set.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to raise the priority of the created task.
+ vTaskPrioritySet( xHandle, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use a NULL handle to raise our priority to the same value.
+ vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskPrioritySet vTaskPrioritySet
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Suspend any task. When suspended a task will never get any microcontroller
+ * processing time, no matter what its priority.
+ *
+ * Calls to vTaskSuspend are not accumulative -
+ * i.e. calling vTaskSuspend () twice on the same task still only requires one
+ * call to vTaskResume () to ready the suspended task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskToSuspend Handle to the task being suspended. Passing a NULL
+ * handle will cause the calling task to be suspended.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+ vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+ // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+ //...
+
+
+ // Suspend ourselves.
+ vTaskSuspend( NULL );
+
+ // We cannot get here unless another task calls vTaskResume
+ // with our handle as the parameter.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspend vTaskSuspend
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Resumes a suspended task.
+ *
+ * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
+ * vTaskResume ().
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+ vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+ // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+ //...
+
+
+ // Resume the suspended task ourselves.
+ vTaskResume( xHandle );
+
+ // The created task will once again get microcontroller processing
+ // time in accordance with it priority within the system.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskResume vTaskResume
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR must be defined as 1 for this function to be
+ * available. See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * An implementation of vTaskResume() that can be called from within an ISR.
+ *
+ * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
+ * xTaskResumeFromISR ().
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskResumeFromISR vTaskResumeFromISR
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER CONTROL
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskStartScheduler( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Starts the real time kernel tick processing. After calling the kernel
+ * has control over which tasks are executed and when. This function
+ * does not return until an executing task calls vTaskEndScheduler ().
+ *
+ * At least one task should be created via a call to xTaskCreate ()
+ * before calling vTaskStartScheduler (). The idle task is created
+ * automatically when the first application task is created.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file main.c for an example of creating
+ * tasks and starting the kernel.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+ // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+ vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+ // Will not get here unless a task calls vTaskEndScheduler ()
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskStartScheduler vTaskStartScheduler
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskEndScheduler( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Stops the real time kernel tick. All created tasks will be automatically
+ * deleted and multitasking (either preemptive or cooperative) will
+ * stop. Execution then resumes from the point where vTaskStartScheduler ()
+ * was called, as if vTaskStartScheduler () had just returned.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file main. c in the demo/PC directory for an
+ * example that uses vTaskEndScheduler ().
+ *
+ * vTaskEndScheduler () requires an exit function to be defined within the
+ * portable layer (see vPortEndScheduler () in port. c for the PC port). This
+ * performs hardware specific operations such as stopping the kernel tick.
+ *
+ * vTaskEndScheduler () will cause all of the resources allocated by the
+ * kernel to be freed - but will not free resources allocated by application
+ * tasks.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+
+ // At some point we want to end the real time kernel processing
+ // so call ...
+ vTaskEndScheduler ();
+ }
+ }
+
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+ // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+ vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+ // Will only get here when the vTaskCode () task has called
+ // vTaskEndScheduler (). When we get here we are back to single task
+ // execution.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskEndScheduler vTaskEndScheduler
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskSuspendAll( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Suspends all real time kernel activity while keeping interrupts (including the
+ * kernel tick) enabled.
+ *
+ * After calling vTaskSuspendAll () the calling task will continue to execute
+ * without risk of being swapped out until a call to xTaskResumeAll () has been
+ * made.
+ *
+ * API functions that have the potential to cause a context switch (for example,
+ * vTaskDelayUntil(), xQueueSend(), etc.) must not be called while the scheduler
+ * is suspended.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+ // which it does not want to get swapped out. It cannot use
+ // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+ // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+ // ticks.
+
+ // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+ vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+ // Perform the operation here. There is no need to use critical
+ // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+ // During this time interrupts will still operate and the kernel
+ // tick count will be maintained.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The operation is complete. Restart the kernel.
+ xTaskResumeAll ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspendAll vTaskSuspendAll
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>char xTaskResumeAll( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Resumes real time kernel activity following a call to vTaskSuspendAll ().
+ * After a call to vTaskSuspendAll () the kernel will take control of which
+ * task is executing at any time.
+ *
+ * @return If resuming the scheduler caused a context switch then pdTRUE is
+ * returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+ // which it does not want to get swapped out. It cannot use
+ // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+ // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+ // ticks.
+
+ // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+ vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+ // Perform the operation here. There is no need to use critical
+ // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+ // During this time interrupts will still operate and the real
+ // time kernel tick count will be maintained.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The operation is complete. Restart the kernel. We want to force
+ // a context switch - but there is no point if resuming the scheduler
+ // caused a context switch already.
+ if( !xTaskResumeAll () )
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskResumeAll xTaskResumeAll
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
+ * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
+ * is in any other state.
+ *
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK UTILITIES
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
+ *
+ * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
+ *
+ * This is a version of xTaskGetTickCount() that is safe to be called from an
+ * ISR - provided that portTickType is the natural word size of the
+ * microcontroller being used or interrupt nesting is either not supported or
+ * not being used.
+ *
+ * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>unsigned short uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * @return The number of tasks that the real time kernel is currently managing.
+ * This includes all ready, blocked and suspended tasks. A task that
+ * has been deleted but not yet freed by the idle task will also be
+ * included in the count.
+ *
+ * \page uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>void vTaskList( char *pcWriteBuffer );</PRE>
+ *
+ * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must be defined as 1 for this function to be
+ * available. See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is
+ * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid.
+ *
+ * Lists all the current tasks, along with their current state and stack
+ * usage high water mark.
+ *
+ * Tasks are reported as blocked ('B'), ready ('R'), deleted ('D') or
+ * suspended ('S').
+ *
+ * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the above mentioned details
+ * will be written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large
+ * enough to contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per
+ * task should be sufficient.
+ *
+ * \page vTaskList vTaskList
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer );</PRE>
+ *
+ * configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS must be defined as 1 for this function
+ * to be available. The application must also then provide definitions
+ * for portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and
+ * portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE to configure a peripheral timer/counter
+ * and return the timers current count value respectively. The counter
+ * should be at least 10 times the frequency of the tick count.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is
+ * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid.
+ *
+ * Setting configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS to 1 will result in a total
+ * accumulated execution time being stored for each task. The resolution
+ * of the accumulated time value depends on the frequency of the timer
+ * configured by the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() macro.
+ * Calling vTaskGetRunTimeStats() writes the total execution time of each
+ * task into a buffer, both as an absolute count value and as a percentage
+ * of the total system execution time.
+ *
+ * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the execution times will be
+ * written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large enough to
+ * contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per task should
+ * be sufficient.
+ *
+ * \page vTaskGetRunTimeStats vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>void vTaskStartTrace( char * pcBuffer, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBufferSize );</PRE>
+ *
+ * Starts a real time kernel activity trace. The trace logs the identity of
+ * which task is running when.
+ *
+ * The trace file is stored in binary format. A separate DOS utility called
+ * convtrce.exe is used to convert this into a tab delimited text file which
+ * can be viewed and plotted in a spread sheet.
+ *
+ * @param pcBuffer The buffer into which the trace will be written.
+ *
+ * @param ulBufferSize The size of pcBuffer in bytes. The trace will continue
+ * until either the buffer in full, or ulTaskEndTrace () is called.
+ *
+ * \page vTaskStartTrace vTaskStartTrace
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * Stops a kernel activity trace. See vTaskStartTrace ().
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that have been written into the trace buffer.
+ *
+ * \page usTaskEndTrace usTaskEndTrace
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * <PRE>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask );</PRE>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * this function to be available.
+ *
+ * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask. That is,
+ * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine
+ * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started. The smaller the returned
+ * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked.
+ * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task.
+ *
+ * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in bytes)
+ * since the task referenced by xTask was created.
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* When using trace macros it is sometimes necessary to include tasks.h before
+FreeRTOS.h. When this is done pdTASK_HOOK_CODE will not yet have been defined,
+so the following two prototypes will cause a compilation error. This can be
+fixed by simply guarding against the inclusion of these two prototypes unless
+they are explicitly required by the configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG configuration
+constant. */
+#ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
+ #if configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1
+ /**
+ * task.h
+ * <pre>void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );</pre>
+ *
+ * Sets pxHookFunction to be the task hook function used by the task xTask.
+ * Passing xTask as NULL has the effect of setting the calling tasks hook
+ * function.
+ */
+ void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+ /**
+ * task.h
+ * <pre>void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.
+ */
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG ==1 */
+#endif /* ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * <pre>portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );</pre>
+ *
+ * Calls the hook function associated with xTask. Passing xTask as NULL has
+ * the effect of calling the Running tasks (the calling task) hook function.
+ *
+ * pvParameter is passed to the hook function for the task to interpret as it
+ * wants.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY
+ * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS
+ * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * Called from the real time kernel tick (either preemptive or cooperative),
+ * this increments the tick count and checks if any tasks that are blocked
+ * for a finite period required removing from a blocked list and placing on
+ * a ready list.
+ */
+void vTaskIncrementTick( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * Removes the calling task from the ready list and places it both
+ * on the list of tasks waiting for a particular event, and the
+ * list of delayed tasks. The task will be removed from both lists
+ * and replaced on the ready list should either the event occur (and
+ * there be no higher priority tasks waiting on the same event) or
+ * the delay period expires.
+ *
+ * @param pxEventList The list containing tasks that are blocked waiting
+ * for the event to occur.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait
+ * for the event to occur. This is specified in kernel ticks,the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert kernel ticks into a real time
+ * period.
+ */
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * This function performs nearly the same function as vTaskPlaceOnEventList().
+ * The difference being that this function does not permit tasks to block
+ * indefinitely, whereas vTaskPlaceOnEventList() does.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task
+ * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * Removes a task from both the specified event list and the list of blocked
+ * tasks, and places it on a ready queue.
+ *
+ * xTaskRemoveFromEventList () will be called if either an event occurs to
+ * unblock a task, or the block timeout period expires.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task
+ * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources and INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1
+ * for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Empties the ready and delayed queues of task control blocks, freeing the
+ * memory allocated for the task control block and task stacks as it goes.
+ */
+void vTaskCleanUpResources( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY
+ * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS
+ * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * Sets the pointer to the current TCB to the TCB of the highest priority task
+ * that is ready to run.
+ */
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Return the handle of the calling task.
+ */
+xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Capture the current time status for future reference.
+ */
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Compare the time status now with that previously captured to see if the
+ * timeout has expired.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Shortcut used by the queue implementation to prevent unnecessary call to
+ * taskYIELD();
+ */
+void vTaskMissedYield( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Returns the scheduler state as taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING,
+ * taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED or taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Raises the priority of the mutex holder to that of the calling task should
+ * the mutex holder have a priority less than the calling task.
+ */
+void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Set the priority of a task back to its proper priority in the case that it
+ * inherited a higher priority while it was holding a semaphore.
+ */
+void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Generic version of the task creation function which is in turn called by the
+ * xTaskCreate() and xTaskCreateRestricted() macros.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* TASK_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/timers.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/timers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3d78c0ae035a58d9677d80a5432212ca81d9ec21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_include/timers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,936 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef TIMERS_H
+#define TIMERS_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "portable.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to
+be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
+as defined below. */
+#define tmrCOMMAND_START 0
+#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP 1
+#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD 2
+#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE 3
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+ /**
+ * Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to
+ * xTimerCreate() returns an xTimerHandle variable that can then be used to
+ * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
+ * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
+ */
+typedef void * xTimerHandle;
+
+/* Define the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*tmrTIMER_CALLBACK)( xTimerHandle xTimer );
+
+/**
+ * xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName,
+ * portTickType xTimerPeriod,
+ * unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload,
+ * void * pvTimerID,
+ * tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction );
+ *
+ * Creates a new software timer instance. This allocates the storage required
+ * by the new timer, initialises the new timers internal state, and returns a
+ * handle by which the new timer can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
+ * active state.
+ *
+ * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer. This is done
+ * purely to assist debugging. The kernel itself only ever references a timer by
+ * its handle, and never by its name.
+ *
+ * @param xTimerPeriod The timer period. The time is defined in tick periods so
+ * the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time that has been
+ * specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must expire after 100
+ * ticks, then xTimerPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, if the timer
+ * must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set to ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS )
+ * provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriod parameter. If
+ * uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
+ *
+ * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
+ * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
+ * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
+ * timer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
+ * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by tmrTIMER_CALLBACK,
+ * which is "void vCallbackFunction( xTIMER *xTimer );".
+ *
+ * @return If the timer is successfully create then a handle to the newly
+ * created timer is returned. If the timer cannot be created (because either
+ * there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
+ * structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then 0 is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ *
+ * #define NUM_TIMERS 5
+ *
+ * // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
+ * xTimerHandle xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
+ *
+ * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
+ * long lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
+ *
+ * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
+ * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
+ * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
+ * // 10 times.
+ * void vTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * long lArrayIndex;
+ * const long xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
+ *
+ * // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
+ * configASSERT( pxTimer );
+ *
+ * // Which timer expired?
+ * lArrayIndex = ( long ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
+ *
+ * // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
+ * lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
+ *
+ * // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
+ * if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
+ * {
+ * // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
+ * // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
+ * xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * long x;
+ *
+ * // Create then start some timers. Starting the timers before the scheduler
+ * // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
+ * // the scheduler starts.
+ * for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
+ * {
+ * xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ * ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks.
+ * pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
+ * ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
+ * vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
+ * );
+ *
+ * if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
+ * {
+ * // The timer was not created.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ * // started.
+ * if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * // ...
+ * // Create tasks here.
+ * // ...
+ *
+ * // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
+ * // been set into the active state.
+ * xTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ * // Should not reach here.
+ * for( ;; );
+ * }
+ */
+xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void * pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer );
+ *
+ * Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
+ *
+ * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
+ * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
+ *
+ * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
+ * ID can be used within the callback function to identify which timer actually
+ * expired.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer );
+ *
+ * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
+ *
+ * A timer will be dormant if:
+ * 1) It has been created but not started, or
+ * 2) It is an expired on-shot timer that has not been restarted.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
+ * active state.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant. A value other than
+ * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
+ * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+ * {
+ * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is active, do something.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is not active, do something else.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStart( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
+ * to the xTimerReset() API function.
+ *
+ * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStart() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStop( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
+ * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
+ *
+ * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStop() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriod( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portTickType xNewPeriod,
+ * portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
+ * created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
+ * dormant state timer.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
+ * sent to the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed.
+ * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
+ * command queue. When the command is actually processed will depend on the
+ * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
+ * system. The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
+ * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. If the timer
+ * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
+ * // is deleted. If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
+ * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
+ * // started.
+ * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+ * {
+ * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is already active - delete it.
+ * xTimerDelete( xTimer );
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms. This will also
+ * // cause the timer to start. Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
+ * // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
+ * // command queue.
+ * if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The command was successfully sent.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
+ * // to pass. Take appropriate action here.
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+ #define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerDelete( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerDelete() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerDelete() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerDelete()
+ * is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerReset( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
+ * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
+ * called. If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
+ * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
+ *
+ * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerReset() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
+ *
+ * xTimerHandle xBacklightTimer = NULL;
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press event handler.
+ * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
+ * {
+ * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ * // key inactivity. Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
+ * // if it cannot be sent immediately.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ * if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * long x;
+ *
+ * // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
+ * // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
+ * xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ * ( 5000 / portTICK_RATE_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
+ * pdFALSE, // The timer is a one-shot timer.
+ * 0, // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
+ * vBacklightTimerCallback // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
+ * );
+ *
+ * if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
+ * {
+ * // The timer was not created.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ * // started.
+ * if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * // ...
+ * // Create tasks here.
+ * // ...
+ *
+ * // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
+ * // been set into the active state.
+ * xTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ * // Should not reach here.
+ * for( ;; );
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStartFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function. If
+ * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
+ * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
+ * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ * // declared (in this function).
+ * if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The start command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStopFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function. If
+ * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ * if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The stop command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portTickType xNewPeriod,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
+ * service routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
+ * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
+ * daemon task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
+ * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
+ * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function. If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
+ * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
+ * interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
+ * could not be sent to the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the
+ * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command
+ * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
+ * task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ * if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The command to change the timers period was not executed
+ * // successfully. Take appropriate action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerResetFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
+ * restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function. If
+ * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
+ * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ * // declared (in this function).
+ * if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/*
+ * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
+ * for use by the kernel only.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* TIMERS_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_1.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f063be198986f515d3a43bad75852f47361c03ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+ * The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc(). Note that this
+ * implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
+ *
+ * See heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the memory
+ * management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. The struct is used to force byte
+alignment without using any non-portable code. */
+static union xRTOS_HEAP
+{
+ #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+ volatile portDOUBLE dDummy;
+ #else
+ volatile unsigned long ulDummy;
+ #endif
+ unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+} xHeap;
+
+static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+ /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
+ #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1
+ if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
+ {
+ /* Byte alignment required. */
+ xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */
+ if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
+ ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte ) )/* Check for overflow. */
+ {
+ /* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
+ block. */
+ pvReturn = &( xHeap.ucHeap[ xNextFreeByte ] );
+ xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
+ }
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pvReturn == NULL )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+ vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+ /* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme. See heap_2.c and heap_3.c
+ for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
+ ( void ) pv;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+ /* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
+ xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+ return ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_2.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1d1c76a60e48af77f6e69e93bc1328b0ac1dea82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
+ * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
+ * into a single larger block.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the memory
+ * management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. The struct is used to force byte
+alignment without using any non-portable code. */
+static union xRTOS_HEAP
+{
+ #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+ volatile portDOUBLE dDummy;
+ #else
+ volatile unsigned long ulDummy;
+ #endif
+ unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+} xHeap;
+
+/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
+of their size. */
+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
+{
+ struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
+ size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
+} xBlockLink;
+
+
+static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) + portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) % portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ) );
+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
+
+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
+static xBlockLink xStart, xEnd;
+
+/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
+fragmentation. */
+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
+
+/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
+
+/*
+ * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
+ * the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
+ * of the list.
+ */
+#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \
+{ \
+xBlockLink *pxIterator; \
+size_t xBlockSize; \
+ \
+ xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \
+ \
+ /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \
+ /* than the block we are inserting. */ \
+ for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \
+ { \
+ /* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \
+ } \
+ \
+ /* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \
+ /* position. */ \
+ pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \
+ pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define prvHeapInit() \
+{ \
+xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock; \
+ \
+ /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free */ \
+ /* blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */ \
+ xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \
+ xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0; \
+ \
+ /* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */ \
+ xEnd.xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \
+ xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL; \
+ \
+ /* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the \
+ entire heap space. */ \
+ pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \
+ pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \
+ pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd; \
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
+static portBASE_TYPE xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
+ initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
+ if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvHeapInit();
+ xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink
+ structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
+ if( xWantedSize > 0 )
+ {
+ xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+ /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
+ if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
+ {
+ /* Byte alignment required. */
+ xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ) )
+ {
+ /* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
+ (smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
+ pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
+ pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+ while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) )
+ {
+ pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
+ pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+ }
+
+ /* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
+ if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
+ {
+ /* Return the memory space - jumping over the xBlockLink structure
+ at its start. */
+ pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
+
+ /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken our of the
+ list of free blocks. */
+ pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+ /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
+ if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
+ {
+ /* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block
+ following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
+ used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
+ pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
+
+ /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
+ block. */
+ pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
+ pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
+
+ /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
+ prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
+ }
+
+ xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pvReturn == NULL )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+ vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv;
+xBlockLink *pxLink;
+
+ if( pv )
+ {
+ /* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately
+ before it. */
+ puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+ /* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
+ pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
+ prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) );
+ xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+ return xFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+ /* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
+}
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_3.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..fa799a0c21ae6cf15560ffc7ba286847f124d496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+ * Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
+ * compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
+ *
+ * This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
+ * a heap memory area.
+ *
+ * See heap_2.c and heap_1.c for alternative implementations, and the memory
+ * management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+void *pvReturn;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pvReturn == NULL )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+ vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+ if( pv )
+ {
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ free( pv );
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/port.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/port.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..70c74912a48a5c884d610f69ba505d692e32a969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/port.c
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM3 port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Scheduler includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+/* For backward compatibility, ensure configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is
+defined. The value should also ensure backward compatibility.
+FreeRTOS.org versions prior to V4.4.0 did not include this definition. */
+#ifndef configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY
+ #define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255
+#endif
+
+/* Constants required to manipulate the NVIC. */
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e010 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e014 )
+#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed04 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2 ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed20 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK 0x00000004
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT 0x00000002
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE 0x00000001
+#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET 0x10000000
+#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24 )
+
+/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
+#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 )
+
+/* The priority used by the kernel is assigned to a variable to make access
+from inline assembler easier. */
+const unsigned long ulKernelPriority = configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY;
+
+/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
+variable. */
+static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
+
+/*
+ * Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts.
+ */
+static void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
+
+/*
+ * Exception handlers.
+ */
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
+void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*
+ * Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
+ */
+void vPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters )
+{
+ /* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
+ interrupt. */
+ pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */
+ *pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */
+ pxTopOfStack--;
+ *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pxCode; /* PC */
+ pxTopOfStack--;
+ *pxTopOfStack = 0; /* LR */
+ pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
+ *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
+ pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
+
+ return pxTopOfStack;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortSVCHandler( void )
+{
+ __asm volatile (
+ " ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2 \n" /* Restore the context. */
+ " ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
+ " ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+ " ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
+ " msr psp, r0 \n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
+ " mov r0, #0 \n"
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n"
+ " orr r14, #0xd \n"
+ " bx r14 \n"
+ " \n"
+ " .align 2 \n"
+ "pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
+ );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortStartFirstTask( void )
+{
+ __asm volatile(
+ " ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 \n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
+ " ldr r0, [r0] \n"
+ " ldr r0, [r0] \n"
+ " msr msp, r0 \n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
+ " cpsie i \n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
+ " svc 0 \n" /* System call to start first task. */
+ " nop \n"
+ );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void )
+{
+ /* Make PendSV, CallSV and SysTick the same priroity as the kernel. */
+ *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
+ *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
+
+ /* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
+ here already. */
+ prvSetupTimerInterrupt();
+
+ /* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
+ uxCriticalNesting = 0;
+
+ /* Start the first task. */
+ vPortStartFirstTask();
+
+ /* Should not get here! */
+ return 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEndScheduler( void )
+{
+ /* It is unlikely that the CM3 port will require this function as there
+ is nothing to return to. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortYieldFromISR( void )
+{
+ /* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */
+ *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEnterCritical( void )
+{
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ uxCriticalNesting++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortExitCritical( void )
+{
+ uxCriticalNesting--;
+ if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
+{
+ /* This is a naked function. */
+
+ __asm volatile
+ (
+ " mrs r0, psp \n"
+ " \n"
+ " ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst \n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
+ " ldr r2, [r3] \n"
+ " \n"
+ " stmdb r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Save the remaining registers. */
+ " str r0, [r2] \n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
+ " \n"
+ " stmdb sp!, {r3, r14} \n"
+ " mov r0, %0 \n"
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n"
+ " bl vTaskSwitchContext \n"
+ " mov r0, #0 \n"
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n"
+ " ldmia sp!, {r3, r14} \n"
+ " \n" /* Restore the context, including the critical nesting count. */
+ " ldr r1, [r3] \n"
+ " ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+ " ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers. */
+ " msr psp, r0 \n"
+ " bx r14 \n"
+ " \n"
+ " .align 2 \n"
+ "pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
+ ::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
+ );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
+{
+unsigned long ulDummy;
+
+ /* If using preemption, also force a context switch. */
+ #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1
+ *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET;
+ #endif
+
+ ulDummy = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ {
+ vTaskIncrementTick();
+ }
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ulDummy );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
+ * frequency.
+ */
+void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
+{
+ /* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
+ *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD) = ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
+ *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL) = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/portmacro.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/portmacro.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..461bf90521b9837f0c0728c20b385c09e6f52e3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_portable/portmacro.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
+#define PORTMACRO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Port specific definitions.
+ *
+ * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
+ * given hardware and compiler.
+ *
+ * These settings should not be altered.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* Type definitions. */
+#define portCHAR char
+#define portFLOAT float
+#define portDOUBLE double
+#define portLONG long
+#define portSHORT short
+#define portSTACK_TYPE unsigned portLONG
+#define portBASE_TYPE long
+
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+ typedef unsigned portSHORT portTickType;
+ #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffff
+#else
+ typedef unsigned portLONG portTickType;
+ #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffffffff
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Architecture specifics. */
+#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
+#define portTICK_RATE_MS ( ( portTickType ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
+#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/* Scheduler utilities. */
+extern void vPortYieldFromISR( void );
+
+#define portYIELD() vPortYieldFromISR()
+
+#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired ) vPortYieldFromISR()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/* Critical section management. */
+
+/*
+ * Set basepri to portMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY without effecting other
+ * registers. r0 is clobbered.
+ */
+#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK() \
+ __asm volatile \
+ ( \
+ " mov r0, %0 \n" \
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n" \
+ ::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY):"r0" \
+ )
+
+/*
+ * Set basepri back to 0 without effective other registers.
+ * r0 is clobbered.
+ */
+#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK() \
+ __asm volatile \
+ ( \
+ " mov r0, #0 \n" \
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n" \
+ :::"r0" \
+ )
+
+#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0;portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK()
+#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK();(void)x
+
+
+extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
+extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
+
+#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK()
+#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK()
+#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical()
+#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. */
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+
+#define portNOP()
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/croutine.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/croutine.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..58fb1bf4b846b0fd1d11fdeb335db97e4a591b85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/croutine.c
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+ #define static
+#endif
+
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
+static xList pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
+static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
+static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static xList * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
+static xList * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static xList xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+corCRCB * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
+static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
+static portTickType xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
+
+/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
+#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
+ * for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ *
+ * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
+ * used from within an ISR.
+ */
+#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
+{ \
+ if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
+ { \
+ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
+ } \
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
+
+/*
+ * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
+ * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
+ * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
+ * list by the co-routine scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
+ * see if any require waking.
+ *
+ * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
+ * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
+ * we need not look any further down the list.
+ */
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+corCRCB *pxCoRoutine;
+
+ /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
+ pxCoRoutine = ( corCRCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( corCRCB ) );
+ if( pxCoRoutine )
+ {
+ /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
+ be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
+ if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
+ {
+ pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
+ prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
+ }
+
+ /* Check the priority is within limits. */
+ if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
+ {
+ uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
+ pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
+ pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+ pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
+ pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
+
+ /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the xListItem.
+ This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
+ in a list. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+
+ /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority );
+
+ /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
+ list at the correct priority. */
+ prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList )
+{
+portTickType xTimeToWake;
+
+ /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+ not a problem. */
+ xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+ ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+ both lists. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+ if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
+ {
+ /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
+ overflow list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
+ current block list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ if( pxEventList )
+ {
+ /* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
+ function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
+ vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
+{
+ /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
+ are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
+ the ready lists itself. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+
+ /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
+{
+corCRCB *pxCRCB;
+
+ xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
+ while( xPassedTicks )
+ {
+ xCoRoutineTickCount++;
+ xPassedTicks--;
+
+ /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
+ if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
+ {
+ xList * pxTemp;
+
+ /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
+ any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
+ pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
+ pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
+ pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
+ }
+
+ /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ pxCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
+
+ if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+ {
+ /* Timeout not yet expired. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ /* The event could have occurred just before this critical
+ section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
+ have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
+ line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
+ been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
+ if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
+ }
+ }
+
+ xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
+{
+ /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
+ prvCheckPendingReadyList();
+
+ /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
+ prvCheckDelayedList();
+
+ /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+ {
+ if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
+ {
+ /* No more co-routines to check. */
+ return;
+ }
+ --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
+ }
+
+ /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
+ of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+ /* Call the co-routine. */
+ ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
+
+ return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
+
+ for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
+
+ /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
+ pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
+ pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
+ pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList )
+{
+corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
+ event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
+ check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
+ pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
+ {
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/list.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/list.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..c3ef2a89dd717defcc730c4d1d94a9187600db33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialise( xList *pxList )
+{
+ /* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
+ end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
+ as the only list entry. */
+ pxList->pxIndex = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
+
+ /* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
+ ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
+ pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
+
+ /* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
+ when the list is empty. */
+ pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
+ pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
+
+ pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem )
+{
+ /* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
+ pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem )
+{
+volatile xListItem * pxIndex;
+
+ /* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
+ makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
+ pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry. This means it has to be the item pointed to by
+ the pxIndex member. */
+ pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
+
+ pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex->pxNext;
+ pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxList->pxIndex;
+ pxIndex->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+ pxIndex->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+ pxList->pxIndex = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+
+ /* Remember which list the item is in. */
+ pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
+
+ ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem )
+{
+volatile xListItem *pxIterator;
+portTickType xValueOfInsertion;
+
+ /* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in ulListItem order. */
+ xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
+
+ /* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then
+ the new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which
+ are stored in ready lists (all of which have the same ulListItem value)
+ get an equal share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as
+ the back marker the iteration loop below will not end. This means we need
+ to guard against this by checking the value first and modifying the
+ algorithm slightly if necessary. */
+ if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
+ {
+ pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
+ If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are:
+ 1) Stack overflow -
+ see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
+ 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M3
+ parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
+ interrupt priories, which can seem counter intuitive. See
+ configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
+ 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
+ the scheduler is suspended.
+ 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
+ before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
+ before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
+ See http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for more tips.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+ for( pxIterator = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext )
+ {
+ /* There is nothing to do here, we are just iterating to the
+ wanted insertion position. */
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
+ pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+ pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
+ pxIterator->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+
+ /* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
+ item later. */
+ pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
+
+ ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove )
+{
+xList * pxList;
+
+ pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+ pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
+
+ /* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
+ item. */
+ pxList = ( xList * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
+
+ /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
+ if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
+ {
+ pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+ }
+
+ pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
+ ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/queue.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/queue.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..2ae7c7030d709346aaca69cd83296bcd0b1ed95f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/queue.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1539 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
+#define queueUNLOCKED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) -1 )
+#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+
+#define queueERRONEOUS_UNBLOCK ( -1 )
+
+/* For internal use only. */
+#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 )
+#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 )
+
+/* Effectively make a union out of the xQUEUE structure. */
+#define pxMutexHolder pcTail
+#define uxQueueType pcHead
+#define uxRecursiveCallCount pcReadFrom
+#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX NULL
+
+/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an items size of
+zero. */
+#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( 0 )
+#define queueDONT_BLOCK ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
+#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not reference.
+ */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition
+{
+ signed char *pcHead; /*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
+ signed char *pcTail; /*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area. Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
+
+ signed char *pcWriteTo; /*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
+ signed char *pcReadFrom; /*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from. */
+
+ xList xTasksWaitingToSend; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue. Stored in priority order. */
+ xList xTasksWaitingToReceive; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue. Stored in priority order. */
+
+ volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLength; /*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize; /*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xRxLock; /*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xTxLock; /*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+
+} xQUEUE;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Inside this file xQueueHandle is a pointer to a xQUEUE structure.
+ * To keep the definition private the API header file defines it as a
+ * pointer to void.
+ */
+typedef xQUEUE * xQueueHandle;
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for public functions are included here so we don't have to
+ * include the API header file (as it defines xQueueHandle differently). These
+ * functions are documented in the API header file.
+ */
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Co-routine queue functions differ from task queue functions. Co-routines are
+ * an optional component.
+ */
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
+ * queue structures. It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
+ */
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+
+ /* The type stored within the queue registry array. This allows a name
+ to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
+ more user friendly. */
+ typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
+ {
+ signed char *pcQueueName;
+ xQueueHandle xHandle;
+ } xQueueRegistryItem;
+
+ /* The queue registry is simply an array of xQueueRegistryItem structures.
+ The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
+ array position being vacant. */
+ xQueueRegistryItem xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
+
+ /* Removes a queue from the registry by simply setting the pcQueueName
+ member to NULL. */
+ static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue. Locking a queue does not
+ * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
+ * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists. If an ISR finds a
+ * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
+ * to indicate that a task may require unblocking. When the queue in unlocked
+ * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
+ */
+static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
+ */
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
+ * back of the queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item out of a queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro to mark a queue as locked. Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
+ * accessing the queue event lists.
+ */
+#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue ) \
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL(); \
+ { \
+ if( ( pxQueue )->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ ( pxQueue )->xRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
+ } \
+ if( ( pxQueue )->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ ( pxQueue )->xTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC QUEUE MANAGEMENT API documented in queue.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize )
+{
+xQUEUE *pxNewQueue;
+size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
+xQueueHandle xReturn = NULL;
+
+ /* Allocate the new queue structure. */
+ if( uxQueueLength > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) );
+ if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Create the list of pointers to queue items. The queue is one byte
+ longer than asked for to make wrap checking easier/faster. */
+ xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ) + ( size_t ) 1;
+
+ pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( signed char * ) pvPortMalloc( xQueueSizeInBytes );
+ if( pxNewQueue->pcHead != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Initialise the queue members as described above where the
+ queue type is defined. */
+ pxNewQueue->pcTail = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize );
+ pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+ pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = pxNewQueue->pcHead;
+ pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( ( uxQueueLength - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U ) * uxItemSize );
+ pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
+ pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
+ pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+ /* Likewise ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+
+ traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
+ xReturn = pxNewQueue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED();
+ vPortFree( pxNewQueue );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( xReturn );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void )
+ {
+ xQUEUE *pxNewQueue;
+
+ /* Allocate the new queue structure. */
+ pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) );
+ if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Information required for priority inheritance. */
+ pxNewQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL;
+ pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
+
+ /* Queues used as a mutex no data is actually copied into or out
+ of the queue. */
+ pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = NULL;
+ pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = NULL;
+
+ /* Each mutex has a length of 1 (like a binary semaphore) and
+ an item size of 0 as nothing is actually copied into or out
+ of the mutex. */
+ pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+ pxNewQueue->uxLength = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+ pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+ pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+ /* Ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+
+ /* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
+ xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( portTickType ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+ traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( pxNewQueue );
+ return pxNewQueue;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+ /* If this is the task that holds the mutex then pxMutexHolder will not
+ change outside of this task. If this task does not hold the mutex then
+ pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
+ this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
+ pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task. Therefore no
+ mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
+ if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+ {
+ traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+ /* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if pxMutexHolder is equal to
+ the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required. Also,
+ uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
+ there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
+ uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
+ ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
+
+ /* Have we unwound the call count? */
+ if( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount == 0 )
+ {
+ /* Return the mutex. This will automatically unblock any other
+ task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
+ xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We cannot give the mutex because we are not the holder. */
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+ traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+ /* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
+ xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
+
+ traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+ if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+ {
+ ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueGenericReceive( pxMutex, NULL, xBlockTime, pdFALSE );
+
+ /* pdPASS will only be returned if we successfully obtained the mutex,
+ we may have blocked to reach here. */
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle pxHandle;
+
+ pxHandle = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) uxCountValue, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH );
+
+ if( pxHandle != NULL )
+ {
+ pxHandle->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+ traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( pxHandle );
+ return pxHandle;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+ statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest
+ of execution time efficiency. */
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be
+ the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+ /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+ queue then unblock it now. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+ our own so yield immediately. Yes it is ok to do
+ this from within the critical section - the kernel
+ takes care of that. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the
+ function. */
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
+ the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
+ the function. */
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
+ configure the timeout structure. */
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+ now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+ /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+
+ /* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
+ event list. It is possible that interrupts occurring now
+ remove this task from the event list again - but as the
+ scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
+ ready last instead of the actual ready list. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+ /* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
+ ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
+ task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which
+ case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
+ is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
+ if( !xTaskResumeAll() )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try again. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The timeout has expired. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the
+ function. */
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition )
+ {
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+ xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be
+ the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+ /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+ queue then unblock it now. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+ our own so yield immediately. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking )
+ {
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+ xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+ signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */
+ pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom;
+
+ prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+
+ if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are actually removing data. */
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ /* Record the information required to implement
+ priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+ pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read
+ pointer. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+ any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+ the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ portENTER_CRITICAL();
+ vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
+ portEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ /* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except we don't block if there is no room
+ in the queue. Also we don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a
+ queue read, instead we return a flag to say whether a context switch is
+ required or not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken
+ by this post). */
+ uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+ /* If the queue is locked we do not alter the event list. This will
+ be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+ if( pxQueue->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+ context switch is required. */
+ *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+ knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+ ++( pxQueue->xTxLock );
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+ statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest
+ of execution time efficiency. */
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Is there data in the queue now? To be running we must be
+ the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */
+ pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom;
+
+ prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+
+ if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are actually removing data. */
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ /* Record the information required to implement
+ priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+ pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read
+ pointer. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+ any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+ the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+ the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+ configure the timeout structure. */
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+ now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+ /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ portENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
+ }
+ portEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ if( !xTaskResumeAll() )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try again. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( pxTaskWoken );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ {
+ /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+ prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+
+ /* If the queue is locked we will not modify the event list. Instead
+ we update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue will know
+ that an ISR has removed data while the queue was locked. */
+ if( pxQueue->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
+ force a context switch. */
+ *pxTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+ knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
+ ++( pxQueue->xRxLock );
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ }
+ }
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+ uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+ return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+ traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
+ vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
+ vPortFree( pxQueue->pcHead );
+ vPortFree( pxQueue );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition )
+{
+ if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ /* The mutex is no longer being held. */
+ vTaskPriorityDisinherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
+ pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+ {
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ }
+ }
+
+ ++( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer )
+{
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType != queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+ /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+ /* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
+ removed from the queue while the queue was locked. When a queue is
+ locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
+ updated. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
+ while( pxQueue->xTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+ {
+ /* Data was posted while the queue was locked. Are any tasks
+ blocked waiting for data to become available? */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+ the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+ context switch is required. */
+ vTaskMissedYield();
+ }
+
+ --( pxQueue->xTxLock );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ while( pxQueue->xRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vTaskMissedYield();
+ }
+
+ --( pxQueue->xRxLock );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 );
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength );
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* If the queue is already full we may have to block. A critical section
+ is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
+ between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ /* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
+ posting? */
+ if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
+ return indicating that we need to block. */
+ vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ portNOP();
+
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ /* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+ /* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+ into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+ Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+ the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
+ that a yield might be appropriate. */
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* If the queue is already empty we may have to block. A critical section
+ is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
+ between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
+ leave with nothing? */
+ if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
+ indicating that we need to block. */
+ vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ portNOP();
+
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Data is available from the queue. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+ /* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+ into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+ Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+ the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+{
+ /* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
+ exit without doing anything. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+ /* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
+ co-routine has not already been woken. */
+ if( !xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ return pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxCoRoutineWoken )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
+ not then just leave without doing anything. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Copy the data from the queue. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+ if( !( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ *pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+
+ void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux;
+
+ /* See if there is an empty space in the registry. A NULL name denotes
+ a free slot. */
+ for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+ {
+ if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL )
+ {
+ /* Store the information on this queue. */
+ xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
+ xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+
+ static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux;
+
+ /* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
+ registry. */
+ for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+ {
+ if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+ {
+ /* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
+ xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+ void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+ {
+ /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+ 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is
+ designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
+ It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
+ possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
+ so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
+ section. */
+
+ /* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue. This function
+ will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
+ list. It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
+ time a yield will be performed. If an item is added to the queue while
+ the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
+ calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
+ prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U )
+ {
+ /* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+ }
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ }
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/readme.txt b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..81518ecb4339e35363d844853fde09116e314cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
+components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are
+specific to a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the three files that are common to
+every port - list.c, queue.c and tasks.c. The kernel is contained within these
+three files. croutine.c implements the optional co-routine functionality - which
+is normally only used on very memory limited systems.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory contains the files that are specific to
+a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source/include directory contains the real time kernel header
+files.
+
+See the readme file in the FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory for more
+information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/tasks.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/tasks.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..94afbe3e1fcc5deeeb1b225681719c54ef573f78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/tasks.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2542 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "StackMacros.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/*
+ * Macro to define the amount of stack available to the idle task.
+ */
+#define tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
+
+/*
+ * Task control block. A task control block (TCB) is allocated to each task,
+ * and stores the context of the task.
+ */
+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock
+{
+ volatile portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; /*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack. THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */
+
+ #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ xMPU_SETTINGS xMPUSettings; /*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer. THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */
+ #endif
+
+ xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in ready and blocked queues. */
+ xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in event lists. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the task where 0 is the lowest priority. */
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxStack; /*< Points to the start of the stack. */
+ signed char pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created. Facilitates debugging only. */
+
+ #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxEndOfStack; /*< Used for stack overflow checking on architectures where the stack grows up from low memory. */
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting;
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTCBNumber; /*< This is used for tracing the scheduler and making debugging easier only. */
+ #endif
+ #if ( configHEPIA_TRACING == 1 )
+ unsigned char task_id;
+ #endif
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBasePriority; /*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxTaskTag;
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+ unsigned long ulRunTimeCounter; /*< Used for calculating how much CPU time each task is utilising. */
+ #endif
+
+} tskTCB;
+
+#if ( configHEPIA_TRACING == 1 )
+void write_trace(uint8_t sig_idx, short val);
+static unsigned previous_id_in=0xFF;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+ #define static
+#endif
+
+/*lint -e956 */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA tskTCB * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------*/
+
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList1; /*< Delayed tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList2; /*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxDelayedTaskList ; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xPendingReadyList; /*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended. They will be moved to the ready queue when the scheduler is resumed. */
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile xList xTasksWaitingTermination; /*< Tasks that have been deleted - but the their memory not yet freed. */
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTasksDeleted = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+
+#endif
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xSuspendedTaskList; /*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* File private variables. --------------------------------*/
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentNumberOfTasks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portTickType xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopUsedPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopReadyPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed portBASE_TYPE xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSchedulerSuspended = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMissedTicks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xMissedYield = ( portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xNumOfOverflows = ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskNumber = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static portTickType xNextTaskUnblockTime = ( portTickType ) portMAX_DELAY;
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatsString[ 50 ] ;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned long ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL; /*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
+ static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/* Debugging and trace facilities private variables and macros. ------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created. This
+ * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
+ */
+#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE ( 0xa5U )
+
+/*
+ * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
+ */
+#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'B' )
+#define tskREADY_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'R' )
+#define tskDELETED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'D' )
+#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'S' )
+
+/*
+ * Macros and private variables used by the trace facility.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ #define tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ( ( unsigned long ) ( sizeof( unsigned long ) + sizeof( unsigned long ) ) )
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed char * volatile pcTraceBuffer;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferStart;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferEnd;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed portBASE_TYPE xTracing = pdFALSE;
+ static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPreviousTask = 255U;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatusString[ 50 ];
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro that writes a trace of scheduler activity to a buffer. This trace
+ * shows which task is running when and is very useful as a debugging tool.
+ * As this macro is called each context switch it is a good idea to undefine
+ * it if not using the facility.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ #define vWriteTraceToBuffer() \
+ { \
+ if( xTracing ) \
+ { \
+ if( uxPreviousTask != pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber ) \
+ { \
+ if( ( pcTraceBuffer + tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ) < pcTraceBufferEnd ) \
+ { \
+ uxPreviousTask = pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber; \
+ *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) xTickCount; \
+ pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \
+ *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) uxPreviousTask; \
+ pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ xTracing = pdFALSE; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#else
+
+ #define vWriteTraceToBuffer()
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready queue for
+ * the task. It is inserted at the end of the list. One quirk of this is
+ * that if the task being inserted is at the same priority as the currently
+ * executing task, then it will only be rescheduled after the currently
+ * executing task has been rescheduled.
+ */
+#define prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ) \
+ if( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority > uxTopReadyPriority ) \
+ { \
+ uxTopReadyPriority = ( pxTCB )->uxPriority; \
+ } \
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xGenericListItem ) )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of tasks that are currently delayed to see if
+ * any require waking.
+ *
+ * Tasks are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - meaning
+ * once one tasks has been found whose timer has not expired we need not look
+ * any further down the list.
+ */
+#define prvCheckDelayedTasks() \
+{ \
+portTickType xItemValue; \
+ \
+ /* Is the tick count greater than or equal to the wake time of the first \
+ task referenced from the delayed tasks list? */ \
+ if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) \
+ { \
+ for( ;; ) \
+ { \
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE ) \
+ { \
+ /* The delayed list is empty. Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the \
+ maximum possible value so it is extremely unlikely that the \
+ if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass next \
+ time through. */ \
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ /* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the item at \
+ the head of the delayed list. This is the time at which the \
+ task at the head of the delayed list should be removed from \
+ the Blocked state. */ \
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); \
+ xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+ \
+ if( xTickCount < xItemValue ) \
+ { \
+ /* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the item \
+ value is the time at which the task at the head of the \
+ blocked list should be removed from the Blocked state - \
+ so record the item value in xNextTaskUnblockTime. */ \
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ \
+ /* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */ \
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+ \
+ /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ \
+ if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) \
+ { \
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); \
+ } \
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Several functions take an xTaskHandle parameter that can optionally be NULL,
+ * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
+ * task should be used in place of the parameter. This macro simply checks to
+ * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
+ */
+#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB : ( tskTCB * ) ( pxHandle ) )
+
+/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/
+extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( xTaskHandle *pxTask, signed char *pcTaskName );
+extern void vApplicationTickHook( void );
+
+/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready a TCB for a given task. Mainly just copies the parameters
+ * into the TCB structure.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
+ * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
+ * creation of the first user task.
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters );
+
+/*
+ * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
+ * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
+ *
+ * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
+ * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
+ */
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) )
+
+ static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Used only by the idle task. This checks to see if anything has been placed
+ * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted. If so the task is cleaned up
+ * and its TCB deleted.
+ */
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state. Add the task to
+ * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
+ */
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Allocates memory from the heap for a TCB and associated stack. Checks the
+ * allocation was successful.
+ */
+static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called from vTaskList. vListTasks details all the tasks currently under
+ * control of the scheduler. The tasks may be in one of a number of lists.
+ * prvListTaskWithinSingleList accepts a list and details the tasks from
+ * within just that list.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
+ * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
+ * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
+ * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
+ */
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
+
+ static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*lint +e956 */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CREATION API documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+tskTCB * pxNewTCB;
+
+ configASSERT( pxTaskCode );
+ configASSERT( ( uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
+
+ /* Allocate the memory required by the TCB and stack for the new task,
+ checking that the allocation was successful. */
+ pxNewTCB = prvAllocateTCBAndStack( usStackDepth, puxStackBuffer );
+
+ if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+ {
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack;
+
+ #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ /* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
+ portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged;
+ if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0x00 )
+ {
+ xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
+ }
+ uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
+ #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
+
+ /* Calculate the top of stack address. This depends on whether the
+ stack grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or visa versa.
+ portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as
+ required by the port. */
+ #if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+ {
+ pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - ( unsigned short ) 1 );
+ pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ( unsigned long ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+
+ /* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
+ configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
+
+ /* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
+ configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+ /* If we want to use stack checking on architectures that use
+ a positive stack growth direction then we also need to store the
+ other extreme of the stack space. */
+ pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - 1 );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Setup the newly allocated TCB with the initial state of the task. */
+ prvInitialiseTCBVariables( pxNewTCB, pcName, uxPriority, xRegions, usStackDepth );
+
+ /* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
+ but had been interrupted by the scheduler. The return address is set
+ to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
+ the top of stack variable is updated. */
+ #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ {
+ pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Check the alignment of the initialised stack. */
+ configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+ if( ( void * ) pxCreatedTask != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Pass the TCB out - in an anonymous way. The calling function/
+ task can use this as a handle to delete the task later if
+ required.*/
+ *pxCreatedTask = ( xTaskHandle ) pxNewTCB;
+ }
+
+ /* We are going to manipulate the task queues to add this task to a
+ ready list, so must make sure no interrupts occur. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
+ if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
+ {
+ /* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
+ the suspended state - make this the current task. */
+ pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+
+ if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
+ {
+ /* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
+ initialisation required. We will not recover if this call
+ fails, but we will report the failure. */
+ prvInitialiseTaskLists();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
+ current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
+ so far. */
+ if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= uxPriority )
+ {
+ pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Remember the top priority to make context switching faster. Use
+ the priority in pxNewTCB as this has been capped to a valid value. */
+ if( pxNewTCB->uxPriority > uxTopUsedPriority )
+ {
+ uxTopUsedPriority = pxNewTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+ {
+ /* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
+ pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
+ }
+ #endif
+ #if ( configHEPIA_TRACING == 1 )
+ {
+ pxNewTCB->task_id = (unsigned char)uxTaskNumber;
+ }
+ #endif
+ uxTaskNumber++;
+
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxNewTCB );
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+ traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED();
+ }
+
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
+ then it should run now. */
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < uxPriority )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being
+ deleted. */
+ if( pxTaskToDelete == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ pxTaskToDelete = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToDelete );
+
+ /* Remove task from the ready list and place in the termination list.
+ This will stop the task from be scheduled. The idle task will check
+ the termination list and free up any memory allocated by the
+ scheduler for the TCB and stack. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+ if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
+ there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
+ check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
+ ++uxTasksDeleted;
+
+ /* Increment the uxTaskNumberVariable also so kernel aware debuggers
+ can detect that the task lists need re-generating. */
+ uxTaskNumber++;
+
+ traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Force a reschedule if we have just deleted the current task. */
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( ( void * ) pxTaskToDelete == NULL )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CONTROL API documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement )
+ {
+ portTickType xTimeToWake;
+ portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
+
+ configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
+ configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0 ) );
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
+ xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
+
+ if( xTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
+ {
+ /* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
+ lasted called. In this case the only time we should ever
+ actually delay is if the wake time has also overflowed,
+ and the wake time is greater than the tick time. When this
+ is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
+ if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) )
+ {
+ xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The tick time has not overflowed. In this case we will
+ delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
+ tick time is less than the wake time. */
+ if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) )
+ {
+ xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
+ *pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
+
+ if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL();
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+ ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+ both lists. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ }
+ xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+ have put ourselves to sleep. */
+ if( !xAlreadyYielded )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay )
+ {
+ portTickType xTimeToWake;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+ /* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
+ if( xTicksToDelay > ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ traceTASK_DELAY();
+
+ /* A task that is removed from the event list while the
+ scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
+ list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
+ is resumed.
+
+ This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
+ executing task. */
+
+ /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+ not a problem. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+ ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+ both lists. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+
+ /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+ have put ourselves to sleep. */
+ if( !xAlreadyYielded )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the
+ priority of the calling function. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask );
+ uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return uxReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentPriority;
+ portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+ configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
+
+ /* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
+ if( uxNewPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+ {
+ uxNewPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+ }
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( pxTask == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ pxTask = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the
+ priority of the calling function. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask );
+
+ traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( uxCurrentPriority != uxNewPriority )
+ {
+ /* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
+ priority than the calling task. */
+ if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentPriority )
+ {
+ if( pxTask != NULL )
+ {
+ /* The priority of another task is being raised. If we
+ were raising the priority of the currently running task
+ there would be no need to switch as it must have already
+ been the highest priority task. */
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else if( pxTask == NULL )
+ {
+ /* Setting our own priority down means there may now be another
+ task of higher priority that is ready to execute. */
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+
+
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ /* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
+ currently using an inherited priority. */
+ if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+ }
+
+ /* The base priority gets set whatever. */
+ pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxNewPriority ) );
+
+ /* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
+ nothing more than change it's priority variable. However, if
+ the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
+ in the queue appropriate to its new priority. */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxCurrentPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+ {
+ /* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before adding
+ it to it's new ready list. As we are in a critical section we
+ can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+
+ if( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being
+ suspended. */
+ if( pxTaskToSuspend == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ pxTaskToSuspend = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are suspending ourselves. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToSuspend );
+
+ traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
+
+ /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the suspended list. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+ if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ if( ( void * ) pxTaskToSuspend == NULL )
+ {
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* We have just suspended the current task. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
+ to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
+ must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
+ if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
+ {
+ /* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
+ NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
+ be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
+ is. */
+ pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vTaskSwitchContext();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ const tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+
+ /* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
+ configASSERT( xTask );
+
+ /* Is the task we are attempting to resume actually in the
+ suspended list? */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the
+ Suspended state? It is possible to be in the suspended
+ list because it is blocked on a task with no timeout
+ specified. */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ /* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
+ configASSERT( pxTaskToResume );
+
+ /* Remove the task from whichever list it is currently in, and place
+ it in the ready list. */
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume;
+
+ /* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
+ currently executing task. */
+ if( ( pxTCB != NULL ) && ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
+
+ /* As we are in a critical section we can access the ready
+ lists even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+
+ /* We may have just resumed a higher priority task. */
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ /* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run, but
+ will leave the lists in the correct state for the next yield. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ configASSERT( pxTaskToResume );
+
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume;
+
+ if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
+
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xYieldRequired = ( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this
+ task pending until the scheduler is resumed, at which point a
+ yield will be performed if necessary. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xYieldRequired;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC SCHEDULER CONTROL documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
+ xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvIdleTask, ( signed char * ) "IDLE", tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) NULL, ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+ {
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ /* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
+ before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler(). The stacks of
+ the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
+ so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
+ starts to run.
+
+ STEPPING THROUGH HERE USING A DEBUGGER CAN CAUSE BIG PROBLEMS IF THE
+ DEBUGGER ALLOWS INTERRUPTS TO BE PROCESSED. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
+ xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0;
+
+ /* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
+ macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
+ the run time counter time base. */
+ portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
+
+ /* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
+ portable interface. */
+ if( xPortStartScheduler() )
+ {
+ /* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
+ function will not return. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started. */
+ configASSERT( xReturn );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
+{
+ /* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
+ routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary. The port
+ layer must ensure interrupts enable bit is left in the correct state. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+ vPortEndScheduler();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
+{
+ /* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
+ portBASE_TYPE. */
+ ++uxSchedulerSuspended;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void )
+{
+register tskTCB *pxTCB;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+ /* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
+ previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
+ configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
+
+ /* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
+ list while the scheduler was suspended. If this was the case then the
+ removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList. Once the
+ scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
+ tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ --uxSchedulerSuspended;
+
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+ /* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
+ appropriate ready list. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+
+ /* If we have moved a task that has a priority higher than
+ the current task then we should yield. */
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
+ they should be processed now. This ensures the tick count does not
+ slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct time. */
+ if( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ while( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ vTaskIncrementTick();
+ --uxMissedTicks;
+ }
+
+ /* As we have processed some ticks it is appropriate to yield
+ to ensure the highest priority task that is ready to run is
+ the task actually running. */
+ #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1
+ {
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if( ( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE ) || ( xMissedYield == pdTRUE ) )
+ {
+ xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
+ xMissedYield = pdFALSE;
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xAlreadyYielded;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC TASK UTILITIES documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void )
+{
+portTickType xTicks;
+
+ /* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ xTicks = xTickCount;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
+{
+portTickType xReturn;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+ uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ xReturn = xTickCount;
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
+{
+ /* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
+ portBASE_TYPE. */
+ return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue;
+
+ /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only.
+ It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB and
+ report the task name, state and stack high water mark. */
+
+ *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00;
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" );
+
+ uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+
+ do
+ {
+ uxQueue--;
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), tskREADY_CHAR );
+ }
+ }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR );
+ }
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR );
+ }
+
+ #if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, tskDELETED_CHAR );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, tskSUSPENDED_CHAR );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue;
+ unsigned long ulTotalRunTime;
+
+ /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only.
+ It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
+ #else
+ ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* Divide ulTotalRunTime by 100 to make the percentage caluclations
+ simpler in the prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList() function. */
+ ulTotalRunTime /= 100UL;
+
+ /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB,
+ generating a table of run timer percentages in the provided
+ buffer. */
+
+ *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00;
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" );
+
+ uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+
+ do
+ {
+ uxQueue--;
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+ }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize )
+ {
+ configASSERT( pcBuffer );
+ configASSERT( ulBufferSize );
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ pcTraceBuffer = ( signed char * )pcBuffer;
+ pcTraceBufferStart = pcBuffer;
+ pcTraceBufferEnd = pcBuffer + ( ulBufferSize - tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE );
+ xTracing = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void )
+ {
+ unsigned long ulBufferLength;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xTracing = pdFALSE;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ ulBufferLength = ( unsigned long ) ( pcTraceBuffer - pcTraceBufferStart );
+
+ return ulBufferLength;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES
+ * documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+void vTaskIncrementTick( void )
+{
+tskTCB * pxTCB;
+
+ /* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
+ Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
+ tasks to be unblocked. */
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ ++xTickCount;
+ if( xTickCount == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ xList *pxTemp;
+
+ /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists.
+ If there are any items in pxDelayedTaskList here then there is
+ an error! */
+ configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );
+
+ pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;
+ pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;
+ pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;
+ xNumOfOverflows++;
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The new current delayed list is empty. Set
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime to the maximum possible value so it is
+ extremely unlikely that the
+ if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
+ there is an item in the delayed list. */
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
+ the item at the head of the delayed list. This is the time at
+ which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
+ from the Blocked state. */
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList );
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+ prvCheckDelayedTasks();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ++uxMissedTicks;
+
+ /* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
+ scheduler is locked. */
+ #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ vApplicationTickHook();
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ /* Guard against the tick hook being called when the missed tick
+ count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked. */
+ if( uxMissedTicks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U )
+ {
+ vApplicationTickHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+ void vTaskCleanUpResources( void )
+ {
+ unsigned short usQueue;
+ volatile tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ usQueue = ( unsigned short ) uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned short ) 1;
+
+ /* Remove any TCB's from the ready queues. */
+ do
+ {
+ usQueue--;
+
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+ }while( usQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
+
+ /* Remove any TCB's from the delayed queue. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList1 ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+
+ /* Remove any TCB's from the overflow delayed queue. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList2 ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xSuspendedTaskList );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction )
+ {
+ tskTCB *xTCB;
+
+ /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */
+ if( xTask == NULL )
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as
+ the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask )
+ {
+ tskTCB *xTCB;
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xReturn;
+
+ /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */
+ if( xTask == NULL )
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as
+ the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter )
+ {
+ tskTCB *xTCB;
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
+ if( xTask == NULL )
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+ }
+
+ if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
+ {
+ xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
+{
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
+ switch. */
+ xMissedYield = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
+ //id_out=pxCurrentTCB->task_id;
+
+
+ #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+ {
+ unsigned long ulTempCounter;
+
+ #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTempCounter );
+ #else
+ ulTempCounter = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the accumulated
+ time so far. The time the task started running was stored in
+ ulTaskSwitchedInTime. Note that there is no overflow protection here
+ so count values are only valid until the timer overflows. Generally
+ this will be about 1 hour assuming a 1uS timer increment. */
+ pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTempCounter - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
+ ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTempCounter;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+ taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+
+ /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+ {
+ configASSERT( uxTopReadyPriority );
+ --uxTopReadyPriority;
+ }
+
+ /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the tasks of the
+ same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+ traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+ /*if (previous_id_in!=pxCurrentTCB->task_id)
+ {
+ if (previous_id_in!=0xFF)
+ write_trace_vcd(previous_id_in, 0);
+ write_trace_vcd(pxCurrentTCB->task_id, 1);
+ previous_id_in=pxCurrentTCB->task_id;
+ }*/
+ vWriteTraceToBuffer();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+{
+portTickType xTimeToWake;
+
+ configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+ /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+ SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+ /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+ This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
+ is the first to be woken by the event. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding ourselves
+ to the blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. We have
+ exclusive access to the ready lists as the scheduler is locked. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+ {
+ /* Add ourselves to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
+ list to ensure we are not woken by a timing event. We will block
+ indefinitely. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does
+ not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does
+ not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+ void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+ {
+ portTickType xTimeToWake;
+
+ configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+ /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+ 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is
+ designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
+ it should be called from a critical section. */
+
+
+ /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+ In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
+ be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
+ can be used in place of vListInsert. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* We must remove this task from the ready list before adding it to the
+ blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. This
+ function is called form a critical section. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does
+ not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList )
+{
+tskTCB *pxUnblockedTCB;
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+ SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. It can also be called from within an ISR. */
+
+ /* The event list is sorted in priority order, so we can remove the
+ first in the list, remove the TCB from the delayed list, and add
+ it to the ready list.
+
+ If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
+ get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead. This
+ means we can always expect exclusive access to the event list here.
+
+ This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
+ pxEventList is not empty. */
+ pxUnblockedTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+ configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedTCB );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this
+ task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ /* Return true if the task removed from the event list has
+ a higher priority than the calling task. This allows
+ the calling task to know if it should force a context
+ switch now. */
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+ configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+ pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+ pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+ configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ /* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time specified is
+ the maximum block time then the task should block indefinitely, and
+ therefore never time out. */
+ if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+ else /* We are not blocking indefinitely, perform the checks below. */
+ #endif
+
+ if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount >= ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) )
+ {
+ /* The tick count is greater than the time at which vTaskSetTimeout()
+ was called, but has also overflowed since vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.
+ It must have wrapped all the way around and gone past us again. This
+ passed since vTaskSetTimeout() was called. */
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else if( ( ( portTickType ) ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) < ( portTickType ) *pxTicksToWait )
+ {
+ /* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
+ *pxTicksToWait -= ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering );
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskMissedYield( void )
+{
+ xMissedYield = pdTRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------
+ * The Idle task.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
+{
+ /* Stop warnings. */
+ ( void ) pvParameters;
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ /* See if any tasks have been deleted. */
+ prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
+
+ #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+ {
+ /* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
+ see if any other task has become available. If we are using
+ preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
+ will automatically get the processor anyway. */
+ taskYIELD();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
+ {
+ /* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
+ timesliced. If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
+ to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
+ timeslice.
+
+ A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
+ the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter. If
+ the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
+ then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
+ if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
+ {
+ taskYIELD();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
+
+ /* Call the user defined function from within the idle task. This
+ allows the application designer to add background functionality
+ without the overhead of a separate task.
+ NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
+ CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
+ vApplicationIdleHook();
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+} /*lint !e715 pvParameters is not accessed but all task functions require the same prototype. */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * File private functions documented at the top of the file.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth )
+{
+ /* Store the function name in the TCB. */
+ #if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN > 1
+ {
+ /* Don't bring strncpy into the build unnecessarily. */
+ strncpy( ( char * ) pxTCB->pcTaskName, ( const char * ) pcName, ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
+ }
+ #endif
+ pxTCB->pcTaskName[ ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - ( unsigned short ) 1 ] = ( signed char ) '\0';
+
+ /* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large. First
+ remove the privilege bit if one is present. */
+ if( uxPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+ {
+ uxPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+ }
+
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* Set the pxTCB as a link back from the xListItem. This is so we can get
+ back to the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ), pxTCB );
+
+ /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), pxTCB );
+
+ #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ {
+ vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxTCB->pxStack, usStackDepth );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ ( void ) xRegions;
+ ( void ) usStackDepth;
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTaskToModify, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ if( xTaskToModify == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ xTaskToModify = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
+
+ vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
+ }
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+#endif
+
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
+
+ for( uxPriority = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList );
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
+ using list2. */
+ pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
+ pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
+{
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xListIsEmpty;
+
+ /* ucTasksDeleted is used to prevent vTaskSuspendAll() being called
+ too often in the idle task. */
+ if( uxTasksDeleted > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ xListIsEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ if( xListIsEmpty == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination ) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+ --uxTasksDeleted;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake )
+{
+ /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+ if( xTimeToWake < xTickCount )
+ {
+ /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the overflow list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the current block list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
+ list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
+ too. */
+ if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+ {
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer )
+{
+tskTCB *pxNewTCB;
+
+ /* Allocate space for the TCB. Where the memory comes from depends on
+ the implementation of the port malloc function. */
+ pxNewTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( tskTCB ) );
+
+ if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
+ The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
+ be deleted later if required. */
+ pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) pvPortMallocAligned( ( ( ( size_t )usStackDepth ) * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) ), puxStackBuffer );
+
+ if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
+ {
+ /* Could not allocate the stack. Delete the allocated TCB. */
+ vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
+ pxNewTCB = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Just to help debugging. */
+ memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, usStackDepth * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return pxNewTCB;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus )
+ {
+ volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
+ unsigned short usStackRemaining;
+
+ /* Write the details of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );
+ do
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList );
+ #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+ {
+ usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxEndOfStack );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxStack );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ sprintf( pcStatusString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxPriority, usStackRemaining, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxTCBNumber );
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatusString );
+
+ } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime )
+ {
+ volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
+ unsigned long ulStatsAsPercentage;
+
+ /* Write the run time stats of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );
+ do
+ {
+ /* Get next TCB in from the list. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList );
+
+ /* Divide by zero check. */
+ if( ulTotalRunTime > 0UL )
+ {
+ /* Has the task run at all? */
+ if( pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter == 0 )
+ {
+ /* The task has used no CPU time at all. */
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t0\t\t0%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
+ This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
+ ulTotalRunTime has already been divided by 100. */
+ ulStatsAsPercentage = pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalRunTime;
+
+ if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
+ {
+ #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+ {
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+ printf() library can be used. */
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage );
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
+ consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
+ #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+ {
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+ printf() library can be used. */
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter );
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatsString );
+ }
+
+ } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
+
+ static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte )
+ {
+ register unsigned short usCount = 0;
+
+ while( *pucStackByte == tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
+ {
+ pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
+ usCount++;
+ }
+
+ usCount /= sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE );
+
+ return usCount;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
+
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+ unsigned char *pcEndOfStack;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+ #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+ {
+ pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ uxReturn = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pcEndOfStack );
+
+ return uxReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) )
+
+ static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB )
+ {
+ /* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task. It is up to
+ the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */
+ vPortFreeAligned( pxTCB->pxStack );
+ vPortFree( pxTCB );
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+
+ xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xReturn;
+
+ /* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
+ an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
+ individual execution thread. */
+ xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder )
+ {
+ tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder;
+
+ configASSERT( pxMutexHolder );
+
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ /* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new priority. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+
+ /* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need to
+ be moved in to a new list. */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Just inherit the priority. */
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder )
+ {
+ tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder;
+
+ if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+ {
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
+ {
+ /* We must be the running task to be able to give the mutex back.
+ Remove ourselves from the ready list we currently appear in. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Disinherit the priority before adding ourselves into the new
+ ready list. */
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxTCB->uxPriority );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
+ {
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+void vTaskExitCritical( void )
+{
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0 )
+ {
+ ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
+
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/timers.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/timers.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7e5ef22addaf00433a7a10800cca496cdca84111
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/FreeRTOS_src/timers.c
@@ -0,0 +1,649 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom
+of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
+configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+/* Misc definitions. */
+#define tmrNO_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0U
+
+/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerControl
+{
+ const signed char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */
+ xListItem xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
+ portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one shot timer. */
+ void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
+ tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
+} xTIMER;
+
+/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer
+queue. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
+{
+ portBASE_TYPE xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
+ portTickType xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
+ xTIMER * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
+} xTIMER_MESSAGE;
+
+
+/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire
+time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the
+timer service task is allowed to access xActiveTimerList. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList1;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList2;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxCurrentTimerList;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxOverflowTimerList;
+
+/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xQueueHandle xTimerQueue = NULL;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
+ * been initialised already.
+ */
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this
+ * task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
+ * xTimerQueue queue.
+ */
+static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
+ * received on the timer queue.
+ */
+static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
+ * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
+ */
+static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an
+ * auto reload timer, then call its callback.
+ */
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
+ * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
+ */
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
+ * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
+ */
+static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
+ * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the
+ * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
+ * to pdTRUE.
+ */
+static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task
+ * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
+ */
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+ /* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
+ configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the
+ timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already
+ been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
+ prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+ if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY, NULL);
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( xReturn );
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void *pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction )
+{
+xTIMER *pxNewTimer;
+
+ /* Allocate the timer structure. */
+ if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( portTickType ) 0U )
+ {
+ pxNewTimer = NULL;
+ configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pxNewTimer = ( xTIMER * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xTIMER ) );
+ if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
+ created/initialised. */
+ prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+ /* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */
+ pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
+ pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+ pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
+ pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
+ pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+
+ traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ( xTimerHandle ) pxNewTimer;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
+xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
+
+ /* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
+ on a particular timer definition. */
+ if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
+ xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
+ xMessage.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
+ xMessage.pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
+
+ if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken == NULL )
+ {
+ if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xBlockTime );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ }
+
+ traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow )
+{
+xTIMER *pxTimer;
+portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ /* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already
+ been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
+ pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+ /* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
+ expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
+ if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* This is the only time a timer is inserted into a list using
+ a time relative to anything other than the current time. It
+ will therefore be inserted into the correct list relative to
+ the time this task thinks it is now, even if a command to
+ switch lists due to a tick count overflow is already waiting in
+ the timer queue. */
+ if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
+ list. Reload it now. */
+ xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ configASSERT( xResult );
+ ( void ) xResult;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Call the timer callback. */
+ pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
+{
+portTickType xNextExpireTime;
+portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty;
+
+ /* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
+ ( void ) pvParameters;
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ /* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
+ obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
+ xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
+
+ /* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task
+ until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
+ prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
+
+ /* Empty the command queue. */
+ prvProcessReceivedCommands();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty )
+{
+portTickType xTimeNow;
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
+ has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
+ then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
+ when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
+ prvSampelTimeNow() function. */
+ xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+ if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
+ if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
+ {
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
+ time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore
+ block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
+ received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot
+ be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
+ case when the current timer list is empty. */
+ vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) );
+
+ if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the block time
+ to expire. If a command arrived between the critical section being
+ exited and this yield then the yield will not cause the task
+ to block. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty )
+{
+portTickType xNextExpireTime;
+
+ /* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
+ referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which
+ the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no
+ active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause
+ this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
+ timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
+ re-assessed. */
+ *pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
+ xNextExpireTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
+ }
+
+ return xNextExpireTime;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
+{
+portTickType xTimeNow;
+static portTickType xLastTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
+
+ xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
+
+ if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
+ {
+ prvSwitchTimerLists( xLastTime );
+ *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
+ }
+
+ xLastTime = xTimeNow;
+
+ return xTimeNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
+
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+
+ if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
+ {
+ /* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
+ timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
+ if( ( ( portTickType ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks )
+ {
+ /* The time between a command being issued and the command being
+ processed actually exceeds the timers period. */
+ xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
+ {
+ /* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
+ but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
+ its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
+ xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xProcessTimerNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
+{
+xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
+xTIMER *pxTimer;
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
+portTickType xTimeNow;
+
+ /* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but it
+ must be present in the function call. */
+ xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+
+ while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL )
+ {
+ pxTimer = xMessage.pxTimer;
+
+ /* Is the timer already in a list of active timers? When the command
+ is trmCOMMAND_PROCESS_TIMER_OVERFLOW, the timer will be NULL as the
+ command is to the task rather than to an individual timer. */
+ if( pxTimer != NULL )
+ {
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.xMessageValue );
+
+ switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
+ {
+ case tmrCOMMAND_START :
+ /* Start or restart a timer. */
+ if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
+ list. Process it now. */
+ pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
+
+ if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
+ {
+ xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ configASSERT( xResult );
+ ( void ) xResult;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
+ /* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
+ There is nothing to do here. */
+ break;
+
+ case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
+ pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.xMessageValue;
+ configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+ prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
+ break;
+
+ case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
+ /* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
+ just free up the memory. */
+ vPortFree( pxTimer );
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Don't expect to get here. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime )
+{
+portTickType xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
+xList *pxTemp;
+xTIMER *pxTimer;
+portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ /* Remove compiler warnings if configASSERT() is not defined. */
+ ( void ) xLastTime;
+
+ /* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched.
+ If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
+ then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
+ are switched. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+
+ /* Remove the timer from the list. */
+ pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+
+ /* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
+ it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists
+ have not yet been switched. */
+ pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
+
+ if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
+ the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
+ and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
+ processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent
+ to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
+ the lists have been swapped. */
+ xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
+ if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
+ {
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+ vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ configASSERT( xResult );
+ ( void ) xResult;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
+ pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
+ pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
+{
+ /* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
+ queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
+ initialised. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
+ vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
+ pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
+ pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
+ xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( xTIMER_MESSAGE ) );
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsInActiveList;
+xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
+
+ /* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
+ it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
+ one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
+ xTimerIsInActiveList = !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xTimerIsInActiveList;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+{
+xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
+
+ return pxTimer->pvTimerID;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer
+functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/FreeRTOSConfig.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/FreeRTOSConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ef80ce43ce0b372f0188c55665e7ebfb4c43adca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/FreeRTOSConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Application specific definitions.
+ *
+ * These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
+ * application requirements.
+ *
+ * THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
+ * FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1
+#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 5 )
+#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
+#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( ( unsigned long ) 100000000 )
+#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ( ( portTickType ) 100 )
+#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ( ( unsigned short ) 80 )
+#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( 20 * 1024 ) )
+#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ( 12 )
+#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0
+#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
+#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 0
+#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
+#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
+#define configHEPIA_TRACING 1
+#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0 /*configHEPIA_TRACING*/
+
+#if configHEPIA_TRACING
+// TRACE WITHOUT TRACING TASK:
+// condition task_id!=uxTaskNumber-1 can be useful to avoid tracing the tracing task itself!
+/*#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() {if (previous_id_in!=pxCurrentTCB->task_id) {\
+ if (previous_id_in!=0xFF && previous_id_in!=uxTaskNumber-1) \
+ write_trace(previous_id_in, 0); \
+ if (pxCurrentTCB->task_id!=uxTaskNumber-1) \
+ write_trace(pxCurrentTCB->task_id, 1); \
+ previous_id_in=pxCurrentTCB->task_id;}}*/
+
+// TRACE INCLUDING TRACING TASK:
+#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() {if (previous_id_in!=pxCurrentTCB->task_id) {\
+ if (previous_id_in!=0xFF) \
+ write_trace(previous_id_in, 0); \
+ write_trace(pxCurrentTCB->task_id, 1); \
+ previous_id_in=pxCurrentTCB->task_id;}}
+#endif
+
+
+#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ( 2 )
+
+#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1
+#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
+#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
+#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1
+#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 10
+#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
+
+/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
+to exclude the API function. */
+
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 1
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Ethernet configuration.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* MAC address configuration. */
+#define configMAC_ADDR0 0x00
+#define configMAC_ADDR1 0x12
+#define configMAC_ADDR2 0x13
+#define configMAC_ADDR3 0x10
+#define configMAC_ADDR4 0x15
+#define configMAC_ADDR5 0x11
+
+/* IP address configuration. */
+#define configIP_ADDR0 192
+#define configIP_ADDR1 168
+#define configIP_ADDR2 0
+#define configIP_ADDR3 201
+
+/* Netmask configuration. */
+#define configNET_MASK0 255
+#define configNET_MASK1 255
+#define configNET_MASK2 255
+#define configNET_MASK3 0
+
+/* Use the system definition, if there is one */
+#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+ #define configPRIO_BITS __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+#else
+ #define configPRIO_BITS 5 /* 32 priority levels */
+#endif
+
+/* The lowest priority. */
+#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( 31 << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
+/* Priority 5, or 160 as only the top three bits are implemented. */
+#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( 5 << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
+
+/* Priorities passed to NVIC_SetPriority() do not require shifting as the
+function does the shifting itself. Note these priorities need to be equal to
+or lower than configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY - therefore the numeric
+value needs to be equal to or greater than 5 (on the Cortex-M3 the lower the
+numeric value the higher the interrupt priority). */
+#define configEMAC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 5
+#define configUSB_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 6
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Macros required to setup the timer for the run time stats.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern void vConfigureTimerForRunTimeStats( void );
+
+#define portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE() LPC_TIM0->TC
+
+
+#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/cr_startup_lpc17.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/cr_startup_lpc17.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..18fe10b82f3dab2a9f238800eba12ddf7f24a9d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/cr_startup_lpc17.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+//*****************************************************************************
+// +--+
+// | ++----+
+// +-++ |
+// | |
+// +-+--+ |
+// | +--+--+
+// +----+ Copyright (c) 2009-10 Code Red Technologies Ltd.
+//
+// Microcontroller Startup code for use with Red Suite
+//
+// Software License Agreement
+//
+// The software is owned by Code Red Technologies and/or its suppliers, and is
+// protected under applicable copyright laws. All rights are reserved. Any
+// use in violation of the foregoing restrictions may subject the user to criminal
+// sanctions under applicable laws, as well as to civil liability for the breach
+// of the terms and conditions of this license.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
+// OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+// MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
+// USE OF THIS SOFTWARE FOR COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND/OR EDUCATION IS SUBJECT
+// TO A CURRENT END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (COMMERCIAL OR EDUCATIONAL) WITH
+// CODE RED TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+#ifdef __REDLIB__
+#error Redlib does not support C++
+#else
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The entry point for the C++ library startup
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern "C" {
+ extern void __libc_init_array(void);
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
+#define ALIAS(f) __attribute__ ((weak, alias (#f)))
+
+// Code Red - if CMSIS is being used, then SystemInit() routine
+// will be called by startup code rather than in application's main()
+#if defined (__USE_CMSIS)
+#include "system_LPC17xx.h"
+#endif
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Forward declaration of the default handlers. These are aliased.
+// When the application defines a handler (with the same name), this will
+// automatically take precedence over these weak definitions
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+ void ResetISR(void);
+WEAK void NMI_Handler(void);
+WEAK void HardFault_Handler(void);
+WEAK void MemManage_Handler(void);
+WEAK void BusFault_Handler(void);
+WEAK void UsageFault_Handler(void);
+WEAK void SVCall_Handler(void);
+WEAK void DebugMon_Handler(void);
+WEAK void PendSV_Handler(void);
+WEAK void SysTick_Handler(void);
+WEAK void IntDefaultHandler(void);
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Forward declaration of the specific IRQ handlers. These are aliased
+// to the IntDefaultHandler, which is a 'forever' loop. When the application
+// defines a handler (with the same name), this will automatically take
+// precedence over these weak definitions
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+void WDT_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER3_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART3_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void PWM1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2C0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2C1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2C2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void SPI_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void SSP0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void SSP1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void PLL0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void RTC_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT3_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void ADC_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void BOD_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void USB_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void CAN_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void DMA_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2S_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void ENET_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void RIT_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void MCPWM_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void QEI_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void PLL1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void USBActivity_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void CANActivity_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+
+extern void xPortSysTickHandler(void);
+extern void xPortPendSVHandler(void);
+extern void vPortSVCHandler( void );
+extern void vEMAC_ISR( void );
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The entry point for the application.
+// __main() is the entry point for Redlib based applications
+// main() is the entry point for Newlib based applications
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__REDLIB__)
+extern void __main(void);
+#endif
+extern int main(void);
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// External declaration for the pointer to the stack top from the Linker Script
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern void _vStackTop(void);
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The vector table.
+// This relies on the linker script to place at correct location in memory.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern void (* const g_pfnVectors[])(void);
+__attribute__ ((section(".isr_vector")))
+void (* const g_pfnVectors[])(void) =
+{
+ // Core Level - CM3
+ (void *)&_vStackTop, // The initial stack pointer
+ ResetISR, // The reset handler
+ NMI_Handler, // The NMI handler
+ HardFault_Handler, // The hard fault handler
+ MemManage_Handler, // The MPU fault handler
+ BusFault_Handler, // The bus fault handler
+ UsageFault_Handler, // The usage fault handler
+ 0, // Reserved
+ 0, // Reserved
+ 0, // Reserved
+ 0, // Reserved
+ vPortSVCHandler, // SVCall handler
+ DebugMon_Handler, // Debug monitor handler
+ 0, // Reserved
+ xPortPendSVHandler, // The PendSV handler
+ xPortSysTickHandler, // The SysTick handler
+
+ // Chip Level - LPC17
+ WDT_IRQHandler, // 16, 0x40 - WDT
+ TIMER0_IRQHandler, // 17, 0x44 - TIMER0
+ TIMER1_IRQHandler, // 18, 0x48 - TIMER1
+ TIMER2_IRQHandler, // 19, 0x4c - TIMER2
+ TIMER3_IRQHandler, // 20, 0x50 - TIMER3
+ UART0_IRQHandler, // 21, 0x54 - UART0
+ UART1_IRQHandler, // 22, 0x58 - UART1
+ UART2_IRQHandler, // 23, 0x5c - UART2
+ UART3_IRQHandler, // 24, 0x60 - UART3
+ PWM1_IRQHandler, // 25, 0x64 - PWM1
+ I2C0_IRQHandler, // 26, 0x68 - I2C0
+ I2C1_IRQHandler, // 27, 0x6c - I2C1
+ I2C2_IRQHandler, // 28, 0x70 - I2C2
+ SPI_IRQHandler, // 29, 0x74 - SPI
+ SSP0_IRQHandler, // 30, 0x78 - SSP0
+ SSP1_IRQHandler, // 31, 0x7c - SSP1
+ PLL0_IRQHandler, // 32, 0x80 - PLL0 (Main PLL)
+ RTC_IRQHandler, // 33, 0x84 - RTC
+ EINT0_IRQHandler, // 34, 0x88 - EINT0
+ EINT1_IRQHandler, // 35, 0x8c - EINT1
+ EINT2_IRQHandler, // 36, 0x90 - EINT2
+ EINT3_IRQHandler, // 37, 0x94 - EINT3
+ ADC_IRQHandler, // 38, 0x98 - ADC
+ BOD_IRQHandler, // 39, 0x9c - BOD
+ USB_IRQHandler, // 40, 0xA0 - USB
+ CAN_IRQHandler, // 41, 0xa4 - CAN
+ DMA_IRQHandler, // 42, 0xa8 - GP DMA
+ I2S_IRQHandler, // 43, 0xac - I2S
+ ENET_IRQHandler, // Ethernet.
+ RIT_IRQHandler, // 45, 0xb4 - RITINT
+ MCPWM_IRQHandler, // 46, 0xb8 - Motor Control PWM
+ QEI_IRQHandler, // 47, 0xbc - Quadrature Encoder
+ PLL1_IRQHandler, // 48, 0xc0 - PLL1 (USB PLL)
+ USBActivity_IRQHandler, // 49, 0xc4 - USB Activity interrupt to wakeup
+ CANActivity_IRQHandler, // 50, 0xc8 - CAN Activity interrupt to wakeup
+};
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The following are constructs created by the linker, indicating where the
+// the "data" and "bss" segments reside in memory. The initializers for the
+// for the "data" segment resides immediately following the "text" segment.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern unsigned long _etext;
+extern unsigned long _data;
+extern unsigned long _edata;
+extern unsigned long _bss;
+extern unsigned long _ebss;
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+// Reset entry point for your code.
+// Sets up a simple runtime environment and initializes the C/C++
+// library.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+void
+ResetISR(void) {
+ unsigned long *pulSrc, *pulDest;
+
+ //
+ // Copy the data segment initializers from flash to SRAM.
+ //
+ pulSrc = &_etext;
+ for(pulDest = &_data; pulDest < &_edata; )
+ {
+ *pulDest++ = *pulSrc++;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Zero fill the bss segment. This is done with inline assembly since this
+ // will clear the value of pulDest if it is not kept in a register.
+ //
+ __asm(" ldr r0, =_bss\n"
+ " ldr r1, =_ebss\n"
+ " mov r2, #0\n"
+ " .thumb_func\n"
+ "zero_loop:\n"
+ " cmp r0, r1\n"
+ " it lt\n"
+ " strlt r2, [r0], #4\n"
+ " blt zero_loop");
+
+#ifdef __USE_CMSIS
+ SystemInit();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+ //
+ // Call C++ library initialisation
+ //
+ __libc_init_array();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__REDLIB__)
+ // Call the Redlib library, which in turn calls main()
+ __main() ;
+#else
+ main();
+#endif
+
+ //
+ // main() shouldn't return, but if it does, we'll just enter an infinite loop
+ //
+ while (1) {
+ ;
+ }
+}
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// This is the code that gets called when the processor receives a NMI. This
+// simply enters an infinite loop, preserving the system state for examination
+// by a debugger.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+void NMI_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+void HardFault_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+void MemManage_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+void BusFault_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+void UsageFault_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+
+void DebugMon_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Processor ends up here if an unexpected interrupt occurs or a handler
+// is not present in the application code.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+void IntDefaultHandler(void)
+{
+ //
+ // Go into an infinite loop.
+ //
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/main.c b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5b5767f3b60285cb4118bbcd684cb17f3df15df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/**
+* Created on : 19.01.2014
+ * Author : VP
+ * Description : exercice 1 of serie 4
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __USE_CMSIS
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "semphr.h"
+#include "uart.h"
+
+void write_trace(uint8_t sig_idx, short val) {}
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ uart0_init_ref(115200, NULL, NULL);
+
+ return 1;
+}
diff --git a/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/uart.h b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/uart.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ccd49ea0b9d00e460ae60ef185d8f1e6842380ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FreeRTOSWithTraces/src/uart.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Description: UART 0 driver
+ * Created on : 30 sept. 2013
+ * Author : VP
+ */
+#ifndef __UART_H
+#define __UART_H
+
+#define IER_RX 0x1 // interrupt enable flags
+#define IER_TX 0x2
+
+#define IIR_TX 0x2 // interrupt identification flags
+#define IIR_RX 0x4
+#define IS_TX_EMPTY (1<<5) // status flags on LSR register
+#define IS_RX_NOT_EMPTY (1<<2)
+
+/* Callback function prototype for UART interrupt */
+typedef void (*uart_callback_t)(int int_status);
+
+/* Description: UART 0 initialisation. Callbacks can be used, but at most once for TX and once for RX data.
+ * Note that only the first call of uart0_init_ref is setting up the baudrate, which can't be
+ * modified during further calls.
+ *
+ * Parameters: baudrate [bit/s]
+ * tx_callback: pointer on callback function called by interrupt at the end of TX character
+ * transmission. Note that calling uart0_init_ref() does NOT activate IER_THRE to avoid
+ * continuous calls of tx_callback when the transmission buffer is empty. It is up to
+ * the user to enable it when necessary (LPC_UART0->IER |= IER_THRE) and to disable it at
+ * the end of the transmission (LPC_UART0->IER &= ~IER_THRE). Once IER configured to enable
+ * the interrupt, the first interrupt can be provoked either by sending a character on the UART
+ * or by forcing the VIC to rise it with NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(UART0_IRQn). Note that if this last
+ * method is used, the int_flags of the callback parameter are not significant. In this case,
+ * LPC_UART0->LSR must be read to know if a transmission has been done.
+ * rx_callback: pointer on callback function called by interrupt on RX character
+ * receiving. if NULL is given, no interrupt is configured. The callback
+ * will be called each time a character is received.
+ */
+void uart0_init_ref(uint32_t baudrate, uart_callback_t tx_callback, uart_callback_t rx_callback);
+
+/* Description: UART 0 initialisation
+ *
+ * Parameters: data: pointer on data to be sent
+ * length: data length [bytes]
+ */
+void uart0_send_ref(uint8_t *data, uint32_t length);
+
+/* Description: stop UART0 interrupts. The switch off is only managed by the VIC. */
+void uart0_stop_interrupt();
+
+#endif
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/.project~ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/.project~
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..c29adf40c88f68491f2ed2bffe4dfab60435c79c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/.project~
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<projectDescription>
+ <name>TP22</name>
+ <comment></comment>
+ <projects>
+ <project>CMSISv2p00_LPC17xx</project>
+ </projects>
+ <buildSpec>
+ <buildCommand>
+ <name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.genmakebuilder</name>
+ <triggers>clean,full,incremental,</triggers>
+ <arguments>
+ </arguments>
+ </buildCommand>
+ <buildCommand>
+ <name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigBuilder</name>
+ <triggers>full,incremental,</triggers>
+ <arguments>
+ </arguments>
+ </buildCommand>
+ </buildSpec>
+ <natures>
+ <nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.cnature</nature>
+ <nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.managedBuildNature</nature>
+ <nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigNature</nature>
+ </natures>
+</projectDescription>
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/FreeRTOS.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/FreeRTOS.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e5eb39abb4dcf9255946b75a0a0e8b2c2759868b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/FreeRTOS.h
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+#define INC_FREERTOS_H
+
+
+/*
+ * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
+#include "projdefs.h"
+
+/* Application specific configuration options. */
+#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
+
+/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
+#include "portable.h"
+
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must
+conform. */
+typedef portBASE_TYPE (*pdTASK_HOOK_CODE)( void * );
+
+
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
+ * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
+ * within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_CO_ROUTINES should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
+ #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+ #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
+ #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
+ #define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
+ #define configUSE_TIMERS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
+ #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
+ #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
+ #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
+ #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
+ #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
+#endif
+
+#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
+ #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
+ #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configASSERT
+ #define configASSERT( x )
+#endif
+
+/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+ #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
+ #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
+
+ #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
+ #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
+ #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
+
+ #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
+ #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
+ #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+ #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+ #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
+ #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
+ #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
+ #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U
+#endif
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1U )
+ #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
+ #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
+#endif
+
+
+/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
+#ifndef traceSTART
+ /* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
+ into which trace is to be written. */
+ #define traceSTART()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEND
+ /* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
+ written. */
+ #define traceEND()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
+ /* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
+ to the task control block of the selected task. */
+ #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
+ /* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
+ to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
+ #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
+ /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
+ queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
+ upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
+ task that attempted the read. */
+ #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
+ /* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
+ queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
+ upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
+ task that attempted the write. */
+ #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
+ #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
+#endif
+
+/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
+ #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
+ #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
+ #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+ #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
+ #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+ #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
+ #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
+ #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
+ #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
+ #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
+ #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
+ #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
+ #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
+ #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
+ #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
+ #define traceTASK_DELAY()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
+ #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
+ #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
+ #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
+ #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
+ #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
+ #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
+ #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
+ #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
+ #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
+ #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
+ #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
+#endif
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
+ #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
+ #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+ #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
+ #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
+ #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
+
+#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
+ #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
+ #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
+ #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x00 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
+ #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned
+ #define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef vPortFreeAligned
+ #define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree )
+#endif
+
+#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/StackMacros.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/StackMacros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1114b6d29d07273ae1f467e3ffc47954841d17ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/StackMacros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
+#define STACK_MACROS_H
+
+/*
+ * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
+ * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
+ * past.
+ *
+ * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
+ * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
+ * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
+ * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
+ * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
+ * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
+ * stack will always be recognised.
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 )
+
+ /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */
+ #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 )
+
+ /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of
+ overflow checking. */
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+ /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+ #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+ /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+ #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ \
+ /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
+ \
+ \
+ /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
+ if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ char *pcEndOfStack = ( char * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
+ static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
+ \
+ \
+ pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
+ \
+ /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
+ if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/croutine.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/croutine.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..65fdc48e082be282a857ca7f186d5baef71b04fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/croutine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,752 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
+#define CO_ROUTINE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
+control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
+the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
+typedef void * xCoRoutineHandle;
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( xCoRoutineHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE );
+
+typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
+{
+ crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
+ xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
+ xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
+ unsigned short uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
+} corCRCB; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with tskTCB. */
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate(
+ crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
+ * ready to run.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
+ * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
+ * documentation for more information.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
+ * the co-routine will run.
+ *
+ * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
+ * execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
+ * of the WEB documentation for further information.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vFlashCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
+ static const portTickType uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
+ // an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
+ // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
+ // LED to flash and how long to delay. This assumes xQueue has
+ // already been created.
+ vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
+ crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates two co-routines.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
+ // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
+ // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
+ for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
+ {
+ xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex );
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Run a co-routine.
+ *
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
+ * to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
+ * preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
+ * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
+ *
+ * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
+ * hook).
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
+ // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+ vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+
+ // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
+ // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
+ // infinite loop.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crSTART( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle );</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static long ulAVariable;
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( corCRCB * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crEND();</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static long ulAVariable;
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crEND() }
+
+/*
+ * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
+ * only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
+ */
+#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
+#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ crDELAY( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
+ *
+ * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
+ * for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
+ * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_RATE_MS
+ * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ // We are to delay for 200ms.
+ static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Delay for 200ms.
+ crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
+
+ // Do something here.
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
+ if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
+ { \
+ vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
+ } \
+ crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
+
+/**
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND(
+ xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
+ * itself.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
+ * below).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
+ * error defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
+ // a queue.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static portBASE_TYPE xNumberToPost = 0;
+ static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // This assumes the queue has already been created.
+ crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ if( xResult != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // The message was not posted!
+ }
+
+ // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
+ xNumberToPost++;
+
+ // Delay for 100 ticks.
+ crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
+ }
+
+ // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
+{ \
+ *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
+ if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
+ } \
+ if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *pxResult = pdPASS; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
+ xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
+ * crQUEUE_SEND example).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
+ * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
+ // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+ static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLEDToFlash;
+
+ // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
+ crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ {
+ // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
+ vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
+ }
+ }
+
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
+{ \
+ *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
+ if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
+ } \
+ if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
+ * that is being used from within a co-routine.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
+ * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
+ * should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
+ * the value returned from the previous call.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
+ * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
+ * the ISR.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
+ static void vReceivingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
+ // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
+ crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ // Was a character received?
+ if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Process the character here.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
+ // a co-routine.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+ // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
+ while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
+ {
+ // Obtain the character from the UART.
+ cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
+
+ // Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
+ // the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
+ // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
+ // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
+ // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
+ // many characters are posted to the queue.
+ xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
+ }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portBASE_TYPE * pxCoRoutineWoken
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
+ * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
+ * posted to the queue).
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
+ * placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
+ * pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
+ * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
+ * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
+ * pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
+ // period. The character is incremented each time.
+ static void vSendingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
+ // be declared static.
+ static char cCharToTx = 'a';
+ portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Send the next character to the queue.
+ crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ {
+ // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Could not post the character to the queue.
+ }
+
+ // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
+ // hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
+ // from the queue and send it.
+ ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
+
+ // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
+ // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
+ // declared static.
+ cCharToTx++;
+ if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
+ {
+ cCharToTx = 'a';
+ }
+ crDELAY( 100 );
+ }
+
+ // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cCharToTx;
+ portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+ while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
+ {
+ // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
+ // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
+ // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
+ // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
+ if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
+ {
+ SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
+ }
+ }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
+ * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
+ * prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
+ * writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
+ * appropriate delayed list.
+ */
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList );
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
+ * The function should not be used by application writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
+ * the pending ready list.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/list.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/list.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e8b47c4392a085b1572884066ffb3d4681e310aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/list.h
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
+ * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
+ * application code.
+ *
+ * xLists can only store pointers to xListItems. Each xListItem contains a
+ * numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
+ * descending item value order.
+ *
+ * Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
+ * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
+ * the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
+ * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
+ * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
+ * the list.
+ *
+ * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
+ * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
+ * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
+ * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
+ * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
+ * the list item itself.
+ *
+ *
+ * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
+ * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef LIST_H
+#define LIST_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+/*
+ * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
+ */
+struct xLIST_ITEM
+{
+ portTickType xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next xListItem in the list. */
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxPrevious;/*< Pointer to the previous xListItem in the list. */
+ void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
+ void * pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
+};
+typedef struct xLIST_ITEM xListItem; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
+
+struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
+{
+ portTickType xItemValue;
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxNext;
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxPrevious;
+};
+typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM xMiniListItem;
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
+ */
+typedef struct xLIST
+{
+ volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNumberOfItems;
+ volatile xListItem * pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry (). */
+ volatile xMiniListItem xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
+} xList;
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
+ * used to sort the list in descending order.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
+ * represent anything - for example a the priority of a task, or the time at
+ * which a task should be unblocked.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
+ * list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
+ * only have the value true if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
+ */
+#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
+ * and returns that entries pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
+ * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
+ * a list.
+ *
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
+{ \
+xList * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
+ /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
+ /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
+ ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
+ if( ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( xListItem * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
+ { \
+ ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
+ } \
+ ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
+ * are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
+ *
+ * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
+ * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
+ * is check to see if the container and the list match.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
+ * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
+ * @return pdTRUE is the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ * pointer against
+ */
+#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) )
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
+ * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
+ * marker to the back of the list.
+ *
+ * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialise( xList *pxList );
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
+ * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
+ *
+ * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem );
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
+ * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The item to that is to be placed in the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsert vListInsert
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem );
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
+ * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
+ * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
+ *
+ * The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list.
+ * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
+ * in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other
+ * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
+ * the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem );
+
+/*
+ * Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
+ * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
+ *
+ * @param vListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
+ * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
+ *
+ * \page vListRemove vListRemove
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/mpu_wrappers.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/mpu_wrappers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b7371b9ba9692de00ede3da58c7ec818bff2a4a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/mpu_wrappers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+
+/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
+only for ports that are using the MPU. */
+#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
+
+ /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
+ included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
+ those files. */
+ #ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+ #define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate
+ #define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
+ #define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
+ #define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
+ #define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
+ #define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
+ #define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
+ #define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
+ #define xTaskIsTaskSuspended MPU_xTaskIsTaskSuspended
+ #define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
+ #define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
+ #define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
+ #define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
+ #define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+ #define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
+ #define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+ #define vTaskStartTrace MPU_vTaskStartTrace
+ #define ulTaskEndTrace MPU_ulTaskEndTrace
+ #define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
+ #define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
+ #define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
+ #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+ #define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+ #define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+
+ #define xQueueCreate MPU_xQueueCreate
+ #define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
+ #define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
+ #define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
+ #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
+ #define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
+ #define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend
+ #define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive
+ #define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive
+ #define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+ #define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
+
+ #define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc
+ #define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree
+ #define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize
+ #define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks
+
+ #if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+ #define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
+ #define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
+ #endif
+
+ /* Remove the privileged function macro. */
+ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+
+ #else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+ /* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
+ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
+ #define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
+ //#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+
+ #endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+ #define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+ #define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/portable.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/portable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5bb784d544422e63234ade775055668596de5e94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/portable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef PORTABLE_H
+#define PORTABLE_H
+
+/* Include the macro file relevant to the port being used. */
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC18F\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC32MX\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _FEDPICC
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MSP430
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MSP430
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_GCC
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR71X_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_GCC
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR91X_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_H8S
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TERN_EE
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_HCS12
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC405
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC440
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+ /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+ FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+ #include "frconfig.h"
+ #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+ /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+ FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+ #include "frconfig.h"
+ #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
+ #ifdef __CORE__
+ #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __91467D
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __96340
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
+#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Catch all to ensure portmacro.h is included in the build. Newer demos
+have the path as part of the project options, rather than as relative from
+the project location. If portENTER_CRITICAL() has not been defined then
+portmacro.h has not yet been included - as every portmacro.h provides a
+portENTER_CRITICAL() definition. Check the demo application for your demo
+to find the path to the correct portmacro.h file. */
+#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
+ #error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
+ #define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/*
+ * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
+ * scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
+ * the order that the port expects to find them.
+ *
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters, portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#else
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters );
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
+ */
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
+ * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
+ * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
+ * executing.
+ */
+void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
+ * port layer.
+ *
+ * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
+ * contained in xRegions.
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ struct xMEMORY_REGION;
+ void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, portSTACK_TYPE *pxBottomOfStack, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/projdefs.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/projdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..bf118a8ac1bcc2a939ee08ac9bf1f3bf359d7c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/projdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
+#define PROJDEFS_H
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*pdTASK_CODE)( void * );
+
+#define pdTRUE ( 1 )
+#define pdFALSE ( 0 )
+
+#define pdPASS ( 1 )
+#define pdFAIL ( 0 )
+#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( 0 )
+#define errQUEUE_FULL ( 0 )
+
+/* Error definitions. */
+#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
+#define errNO_TASK_TO_RUN ( -2 )
+#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
+#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
+
+#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/queue.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/queue.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..47add266f8ca0e7f3e0f583239f0ca24ed083a3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/queue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1270 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef QUEUE_H
+#define QUEUE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include queue.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/**
+ * Type by which queues are referenced. For example, a call to xQueueCreate
+ * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xQueueHandle variable that can then
+ * be used as a parameter to xQueueSend(), xQueueReceive(), etc.
+ */
+typedef void * xQueueHandle;
+
+
+/* For internal use only. */
+#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 )
+#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreate(
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new queue instance. This allocates the storage required by the
+ * new queue and returns a handle for the queue.
+ *
+ * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain.
+ *
+ * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes
+ * that will be copied for each posted item. Each item on the queue must be
+ * the same size.
+ *
+ * @return If the queue is successfully create then a handle to the newly
+ * created queue is returned. If the queue cannot be created then 0 is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ };
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+ if( xQueue1 == 0 )
+ {
+ // Queue was not created and must not be used.
+ }
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue2 == 0 )
+ {
+ // Queue was not created and must not be used.
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToToFront(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the front of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by
+ * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
+ * in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSendToFront( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBack(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by
+ * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
+ * in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the queue
+ * is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSendToBack( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSend(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). It is included for
+ * backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
+ * include the xQueueSendToFront() and xQueueSendToBack() macros. It is
+ * equivalent to xQueueSendToBack().
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSend( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and
+ * xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueGenericSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueGenericSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueuePeek(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function.
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
+ * The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be
+ * provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer was defined when
+ * the queue was created.
+ *
+ * Successfully received items remain on the queue so will be returned again
+ * by the next call, or a call to xQueueReceive().
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used in an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ * xQueuePeek() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is 0 and the queue
+ * is empty.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to peek the data from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+ if( xQueue != 0 )
+ {
+ // Peek a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a
+ // message is not immediately available.
+ if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+ {
+ // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+ // by vATask, but the item still remains on the queue.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueuePeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceive(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function.
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of
+ * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer
+ * was defined when the queue was created.
+ *
+ * Successfully received items are removed from the queue.
+ *
+ * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call. xQueueReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait
+ * is zero and the queue is empty. The time is defined in tick periods so the
+ * constant portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is
+ * required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to receive from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+ if( xQueue != 0 )
+ {
+ // Receive a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a
+ // message is not immediately available.
+ if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+ {
+ // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+ // by vATask.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macro xQueueReceive() be used rather than calling
+ * this function directly.
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of
+ * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer
+ * was defined when the queue was created.
+ *
+ * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ * xQueueGenericReceive() will return immediately if the queue is empty and
+ * xTicksToWait is 0.
+ *
+ * @param xJustPeek When set to true, the item received from the queue is not
+ * actually removed from the queue - meaning a subsequent call to
+ * xQueueReceive() will return the same item. When set to false, the item
+ * being received from the queue is also removed from the queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to receive from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+ if( xQueue != 0 )
+ {
+ // Receive a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a
+ // message is not immediately available.
+ if( xQueueGenericReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+ {
+ // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+ // by vATask.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue );</pre>
+ *
+ * Return the number of messages stored in a queue.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of messages available in the queue.
+ *
+ * \page uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items
+ * placed on the queue.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue to be deleted.
+ *
+ * \page vQueueDelete vQueueDelete
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the front of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post the byte.
+ xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueSendToBackFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post the byte.
+ xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToBackFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). It is included
+ * for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
+ * include the xQueueSendToBackFromISR() and xQueueSendToFrontFromISR()
+ * macros.
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this function from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post the byte.
+ xQueueSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+ {
+ // Actual macro used here is port specific.
+ taskYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
+ portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(),
+ * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place
+ * of calling this function directly.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an
+ * interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueGenericSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post each byte.
+ xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary. Note that the
+ // name of the yield function required is port specific.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
+ {
+ taskYIELD_YIELD_FROM_ISR();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an
+ * interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to
+ * unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
+ * remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Function to create a queue and post some values.
+ void vAFunction( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ char cValueToPost;
+ const portTickType xBlockTime = ( portTickType )0xff;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 characters.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( char ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Post some characters that will be used within an ISR. If the queue
+ // is full then this task will block for xBlockTime ticks.
+ cValueToPost = 'a';
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+ cValueToPost = 'b';
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+
+ // ... keep posting characters ... this task may block when the queue
+ // becomes full.
+
+ cValueToPost = 'c';
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+ }
+
+ // ISR that outputs all the characters received on the queue.
+ void vISR_Routine( void )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskWokenByReceive = pdFALSE;
+ char cRxedChar;
+
+ while( xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueue, ( void * ) &cRxedChar, &xTaskWokenByReceive) )
+ {
+ // A character was received. Output the character now.
+ vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
+
+ // If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
+ // posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
+ // pdTRUE. No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
+ // task will be woken.
+ }
+
+ if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken );
+
+/*
+ * Utilities to query queue that are safe to use from an ISR. These utilities
+ * should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+
+
+/*
+ * xQueueAltGenericSend() is an alternative version of xQueueGenericSend().
+ * Likewise xQueueAltGenericReceive() is an alternative version of
+ * xQueueGenericReceive().
+ *
+ * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
+ * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
+ * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
+ * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
+ * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
+ * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
+ * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
+ * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking );
+#define xQueueAltSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+#define xQueueAltSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+#define xQueueAltReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE )
+#define xQueueAltPeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE )
+
+/*
+ * The functions defined above are for passing data to and from tasks. The
+ * functions below are the equivalents for passing data to and from
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * These functions are called from the co-routine macro implementation and
+ * should not be called directly from application code. Instead use the macro
+ * wrappers defined within croutine.h.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait );
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() instead of calling these functions directly.
+ */
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void );
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount );
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or
+ * xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime );
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex );
+
+/*
+ * The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to
+ * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes. Call vQueueAddToRegistry() add
+ * a queue, semaphore or mutex handle to the registry if you want the handle
+ * to be available to a kernel aware debugger. If you are not using a kernel
+ * aware debugger then this function can be ignored.
+ *
+ * configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the
+ * registry can hold. configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0
+ * within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available. Its value
+ * does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
+ * created - just the number that the registry can hold.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry. This
+ * is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate(). Semaphore and mutex
+ * handles can also be passed in here.
+ *
+ * @param pcName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the
+ * name that the kernel aware debugger will display.
+ */
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0U
+ void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcName );
+#endif
+
+/* Not a public API function, hence the 'Restricted' in the name. */
+void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait );
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* QUEUE_H */
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/semphr.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/semphr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..0130f1d79aee4bd7d3863ab84ceed0d6798c37bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/semphr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
+#define SEMAPHORE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include semphr.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "queue.h"
+
+typedef xQueueHandle xSemaphoreHandle;
+
+#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 1U )
+#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 0U )
+#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U )
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
+ * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
+ * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
+ * queue is empty or full.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
+ * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type xSemaphoreHandle.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
+ // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) { \
+ ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ); \
+ if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \
+ { \
+ xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreTake(
+ * xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
+ * portTickType xBlockTime
+ * )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
+ * the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block
+ * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE
+ * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a semaphore.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+ vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the semaphore.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // ... Do other things.
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available
+ // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
+ // shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the
+ // semaphore.
+ xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
+ // the shared resource safely.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
+ * xSemaphoreHandle xMutex,
+ * portTickType xBlockTime
+ * )
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If
+ * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
+ * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime
+ * expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+ xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // ... Do other things.
+
+ if( xMutex != NULL )
+ {
+ // See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
+ // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+ // shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+ // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+ // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
+ // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+ // no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+ // a more complex call structure.
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+
+ // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+ // available to another task until it has also been given back
+ // three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+ // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
+ // call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes.
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+ // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+ // the shared resource safely.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+
+/*
+ * xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake().
+ *
+ * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
+ * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
+ * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
+ * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
+ * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
+ * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
+ * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
+ * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
+ * an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred.
+ * Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is
+ * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
+ * semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+ vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
+ // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
+ }
+
+ // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
+ // immediately available.
+ if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 0 ) )
+ {
+ // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
+ // semaphore.
+ if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
+ // obtained the semaphore to get here.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+ xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // ... Do other things.
+
+ if( xMutex != NULL )
+ {
+ // See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
+ // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+ // shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+ // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+ // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
+ // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+ // no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+ // a more complex call structure.
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+
+ // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+ // available to another task until it has also been given back
+ // three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+ // these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
+ // to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
+ // unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes.
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+ // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+ // the shared resource safely.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
+
+/*
+ * xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive().
+ *
+ * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
+ * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
+ * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
+ * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
+ * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
+ * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
+ * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
+ * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
+ signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
+ * must not be used with this macro.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
+ \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // Repetitive task.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore
+ // was created before this task was started.
+
+ // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
+ if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // It is time to execute.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where
+ // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
+ // again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
+ // ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Timer ISR
+ void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ static unsigned char ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ static signed portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+ // A timer tick has occurred.
+
+ // ... Do other time functions.
+
+ // Is it time for vATask () to run?
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ ucLocalTickCount++;
+ if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
+ {
+ // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
+ xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
+ ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ // We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an
+ // ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port
+ // to find the syntax required.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue
+ * mechanism.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
+ * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
+ * xSemaphoreHandle.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex()
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue
+ * mechanism.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The
+ * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used.
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
+ * xSemaphoreHandle.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex()
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateCounting( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxCount, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing
+ * queue mechanism.
+ *
+ * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
+ *
+ * 1) Counting events.
+ *
+ * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
+ * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
+ * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
+ * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore
+ * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
+ * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the
+ * initial count value to be zero.
+ *
+ * 2) Resource management.
+ *
+ * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
+ * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
+ * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value
+ * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the
+ * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
+ * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
+ * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
+ *
+ * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the
+ * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
+ *
+ * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
+ * created.
+ *
+ * @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be
+ * created.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
+ // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
+ xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
+
+
+#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
+
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/task.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/task.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3c44904dc3ecbe036989a918752a6d3fc0dad564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/task.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1307 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef TASK_H
+#define TASK_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include task.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "portable.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER "V7.0.1"
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Type by which tasks are referenced. For example, a call to xTaskCreate
+ * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xTaskHandle variable that can then
+ * be used as a parameter to vTaskDelete to delete the task.
+ *
+ * \page xTaskHandle xTaskHandle
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+typedef void * xTaskHandle;
+
+/*
+ * Used internally only.
+ */
+typedef struct xTIME_OUT
+{
+ portBASE_TYPE xOverflowCount;
+ portTickType xTimeOnEntering;
+} xTimeOutType;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the memory ranges allocated to the task when an MPU is used.
+ */
+typedef struct xMEMORY_REGION
+{
+ void *pvBaseAddress;
+ unsigned long ulLengthInBytes;
+ unsigned long ulParameters;
+} xMemoryRegion;
+
+/*
+ * Parameters required to create an MPU protected task.
+ */
+typedef struct xTASK_PARAMTERS
+{
+ pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode;
+ const signed char * const pcName;
+ unsigned short usStackDepth;
+ void *pvParameters;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
+ portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer;
+ xMemoryRegion xRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ];
+} xTaskParameters;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the priority used by the idle task. This must not be modified.
+ *
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+#define tskIDLE_PRIORITY ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro for forcing a context switch.
+ *
+ * \page taskYIELD taskYIELD
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskYIELD() portYIELD()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to mark the start of a critical code region. Preemptive context
+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
+ * so must be used with care!
+ *
+ * \page taskENTER_CRITICAL taskENTER_CRITICAL
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to mark the end of a critical code region. Preemptive context
+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
+ * so must be used with care!
+ *
+ * \page taskEXIT_CRITICAL taskEXIT_CRITICAL
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to disable all maskable interrupts.
+ *
+ * \page taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to enable microcontroller interrupts.
+ *
+ * \page taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()
+
+/* Definitions returned by xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
+#define taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED 0
+#define taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING 1
+#define taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED 2
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CREATION API
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *<pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreate(
+ pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode,
+ const char * const pcName,
+ unsigned short usStackDepth,
+ void *pvParameters,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
+ xTaskHandle *pvCreatedTask
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
+ *
+ * xTaskCreate() can only be used to create a task that has unrestricted
+ * access to the entire microcontroller memory map. Systems that include MPU
+ * support can alternatively create an MPU constrained task using
+ * xTaskCreateRestricted().
+ *
+ * @param pvTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function. Tasks
+ * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop).
+ *
+ * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task. This is mainly used to
+ * facilitate debugging. Max length defined by tskMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - default
+ * is 16.
+ *
+ * @param usStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of
+ * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes. For example, if
+ * the stack is 16 bits wide and usStackDepth is defined as 100, 200 bytes
+ * will be allocated for stack storage.
+ *
+ * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task
+ * being created.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task should run. Systems that
+ * include MPU support can optionally create tasks in a privileged (system)
+ * mode by setting bit portPRIVILEGE_BIT of the priority parameter. For
+ * example, to create a privileged task at priority 2 the uxPriority parameter
+ * should be set to ( 2 | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ).
+ *
+ * @param pvCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Task to be created.
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates a task.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ static unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create the task, storing the handle. Note that the passed parameter ucParameterToPass
+ // must exist for the lifetime of the task, so in this case is declared static. If it was just an
+ // an automatic stack variable it might no longer exist, or at least have been corrupted, by the time
+ // the new task attempts to access it.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, &ucParameterToPass, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // Use the handle to delete the task.
+ vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreate xTaskCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define xTaskCreate( pvTaskCode, pcName, usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ( pvTaskCode ), ( pcName ), ( usStackDepth ), ( pvParameters ), ( uxPriority ), ( pxCreatedTask ), ( NULL ), ( NULL ) )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *<pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreateRestricted( xTaskParameters *pxTaskDefinition, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * xTaskCreateRestricted() should only be used in systems that include an MPU
+ * implementation.
+ *
+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
+ * The function parameters define the memory regions and associated access
+ * permissions allocated to the task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskDefinition Pointer to a structure that contains a member
+ * for each of the normal xTaskCreate() parameters (see the xTaskCreate() API
+ * documentation) plus an optional stack buffer and the memory region
+ * definitions.
+ *
+ * @param pxCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+// Create an xTaskParameters structure that defines the task to be created.
+static const xTaskParameters xCheckTaskParameters =
+{
+ vATask, // pvTaskCode - the function that implements the task.
+ "ATask", // pcName - just a text name for the task to assist debugging.
+ 100, // usStackDepth - the stack size DEFINED IN WORDS.
+ NULL, // pvParameters - passed into the task function as the function parameters.
+ ( 1UL | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),// uxPriority - task priority, set the portPRIVILEGE_BIT if the task should run in a privileged state.
+ cStackBuffer,// puxStackBuffer - the buffer to be used as the task stack.
+
+ // xRegions - Allocate up to three separate memory regions for access by
+ // the task, with appropriate access permissions. Different processors have
+ // different memory alignment requirements - refer to the FreeRTOS documentation
+ // for full information.
+ {
+ // Base address Length Parameters
+ { cReadWriteArray, 32, portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+ { cReadOnlyArray, 32, portMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY },
+ { cPrivilegedOnlyAccessArray, 128, portMPU_REGION_PRIVILEGED_READ_WRITE }
+ }
+};
+
+int main( void )
+{
+xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task from the const structure defined above. The task handle
+ // is requested (the second parameter is not NULL) but in this case just for
+ // demonstration purposes as its not actually used.
+ xTaskCreateRestricted( &xRegTest1Parameters, &xHandle );
+
+ // Start the scheduler.
+ vTaskStartScheduler();
+
+ // Will only get here if there was insufficient memory to create the idle
+ // task.
+ for( ;; );
+}
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define xTaskCreateRestricted( x, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ((x)->pvTaskCode), ((x)->pcName), ((x)->usStackDepth), ((x)->pvParameters), ((x)->uxPriority), (pxCreatedTask), ((x)->puxStackBuffer), ((x)->xRegions) )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *<pre>
+ void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions );</pre>
+ *
+ * Memory regions are assigned to a restricted task when the task is created by
+ * a call to xTaskCreateRestricted(). These regions can be redefined using
+ * vTaskAllocateMPURegions().
+ *
+ * @param xTask The handle of the task being updated.
+ *
+ * @param xRegions A pointer to an xMemoryRegion structure that contains the
+ * new memory region definitions.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+// Define an array of xMemoryRegion structures that configures an MPU region
+// allowing read/write access for 1024 bytes starting at the beginning of the
+// ucOneKByte array. The other two of the maximum 3 definable regions are
+// unused so set to zero.
+static const xMemoryRegion xAltRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ] =
+{
+ // Base address Length Parameters
+ { ucOneKByte, 1024, portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+ { 0, 0, 0 },
+ { 0, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+{
+ // This task was created such that it has access to certain regions of
+ // memory as defined by the MPU configuration. At some point it is
+ // desired that these MPU regions are replaced with that defined in the
+ // xAltRegions const struct above. Use a call to vTaskAllocateMPURegions()
+ // for this purpose. NULL is used as the task handle to indicate that this
+ // function should modify the MPU regions of the calling task.
+ vTaskAllocateMPURegions( NULL, xAltRegions );
+
+ // Now the task can continue its function, but from this point on can only
+ // access its stack and the ucOneKByte array (unless any other statically
+ // defined or shared regions have been declared elsewhere).
+}
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Remove a task from the RTOS real time kernels management. The task being
+ * deleted will be removed from all ready, blocked, suspended and event lists.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The idle task is responsible for freeing the kernel allocated
+ * memory from tasks that have been deleted. It is therefore important that
+ * the idle task is not starved of microcontroller processing time if your
+ * application makes any calls to vTaskDelete (). Memory allocated by the
+ * task code is not automatically freed, and should be freed before the task
+ * is deleted.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file death.c for sample code that utilises
+ * vTaskDelete ().
+ *
+ * @param pxTask The handle of the task to be deleted. Passing NULL will
+ * cause the calling task to be deleted.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create the task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // Use the handle to delete the task.
+ vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelete vTaskDelete
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CONTROL API
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delay a task for a given number of ticks. The actual time that the
+ * task remains blocked depends on the tick rate. The constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick
+ * rate - with the resolution of one tick period.
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ *
+ * vTaskDelay() specifies a time at which the task wishes to unblock relative to
+ * the time at which vTaskDelay() is called. For example, specifying a block
+ * period of 100 ticks will cause the task to unblock 100 ticks after
+ * vTaskDelay() is called. vTaskDelay() does not therefore provide a good method
+ * of controlling the frequency of a cyclical task as the path taken through the
+ * code, as well as other task and interrupt activity, will effect the frequency
+ * at which vTaskDelay() gets called and therefore the time at which the task
+ * next executes. See vTaskDelayUntil() for an alternative API function designed
+ * to facilitate fixed frequency execution. It does this by specifying an
+ * absolute time (rather than a relative time) at which the calling task should
+ * unblock.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToDelay The amount of time, in tick periods, that
+ * the calling task should block.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Block for 500ms.
+ const portTickType xDelay = 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Simply toggle the LED every 500ms, blocking between each toggle.
+ vToggleLED();
+ vTaskDelay( xDelay );
+ }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelay vTaskDelay
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType *pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Delay a task until a specified time. This function can be used by cyclical
+ * tasks to ensure a constant execution frequency.
+ *
+ * This function differs from vTaskDelay () in one important aspect: vTaskDelay () will
+ * cause a task to block for the specified number of ticks from the time vTaskDelay () is
+ * called. It is therefore difficult to use vTaskDelay () by itself to generate a fixed
+ * execution frequency as the time between a task starting to execute and that task
+ * calling vTaskDelay () may not be fixed [the task may take a different path though the
+ * code between calls, or may get interrupted or preempted a different number of times
+ * each time it executes].
+ *
+ * Whereas vTaskDelay () specifies a wake time relative to the time at which the function
+ * is called, vTaskDelayUntil () specifies the absolute (exact) time at which it wishes to
+ * unblock.
+ *
+ * The constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick
+ * rate - with the resolution of one tick period.
+ *
+ * @param pxPreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the
+ * task was last unblocked. The variable must be initialised with the current time
+ * prior to its first use (see the example below). Following this the variable is
+ * automatically updated within vTaskDelayUntil ().
+ *
+ * @param xTimeIncrement The cycle time period. The task will be unblocked at
+ * time *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement. Calling vTaskDelayUntil with the
+ * same xTimeIncrement parameter value will cause the task to execute with
+ * a fixed interface period.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Perform an action every 10 ticks.
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ portTickType xLastWakeTime;
+ const portTickType xFrequency = 10;
+
+ // Initialise the xLastWakeTime variable with the current time.
+ xLastWakeTime = xTaskGetTickCount ();
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Wait for the next cycle.
+ vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastWakeTime, xFrequency );
+
+ // Perform action here.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelayUntil vTaskDelayUntil
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_xTaskPriorityGet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Obtain the priority of any task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTask Handle of the task to be queried. Passing a NULL
+ * handle results in the priority of the calling task being returned.
+ *
+ * @return The priority of pxTask.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to obtain the priority of the created task.
+ // It was created with tskIDLE_PRIORITY, but may have changed
+ // it itself.
+ if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) != tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+ {
+ // The task has changed it's priority.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Is our priority higher than the created task?
+ if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) < uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) )
+ {
+ // Our priority (obtained using NULL handle) is higher.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup uxTaskPriorityGet uxTaskPriorityGet
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Set the priority of any task.
+ *
+ * A context switch will occur before the function returns if the priority
+ * being set is higher than the currently executing task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTask Handle to the task for which the priority is being set.
+ * Passing a NULL handle results in the priority of the calling task being set.
+ *
+ * @param uxNewPriority The priority to which the task will be set.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to raise the priority of the created task.
+ vTaskPrioritySet( xHandle, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use a NULL handle to raise our priority to the same value.
+ vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskPrioritySet vTaskPrioritySet
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Suspend any task. When suspended a task will never get any microcontroller
+ * processing time, no matter what its priority.
+ *
+ * Calls to vTaskSuspend are not accumulative -
+ * i.e. calling vTaskSuspend () twice on the same task still only requires one
+ * call to vTaskResume () to ready the suspended task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskToSuspend Handle to the task being suspended. Passing a NULL
+ * handle will cause the calling task to be suspended.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+ vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+ // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+ //...
+
+
+ // Suspend ourselves.
+ vTaskSuspend( NULL );
+
+ // We cannot get here unless another task calls vTaskResume
+ // with our handle as the parameter.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspend vTaskSuspend
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Resumes a suspended task.
+ *
+ * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
+ * vTaskResume ().
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+ vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+ // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+ //...
+
+
+ // Resume the suspended task ourselves.
+ vTaskResume( xHandle );
+
+ // The created task will once again get microcontroller processing
+ // time in accordance with it priority within the system.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskResume vTaskResume
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR must be defined as 1 for this function to be
+ * available. See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * An implementation of vTaskResume() that can be called from within an ISR.
+ *
+ * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
+ * xTaskResumeFromISR ().
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskResumeFromISR vTaskResumeFromISR
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER CONTROL
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskStartScheduler( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Starts the real time kernel tick processing. After calling the kernel
+ * has control over which tasks are executed and when. This function
+ * does not return until an executing task calls vTaskEndScheduler ().
+ *
+ * At least one task should be created via a call to xTaskCreate ()
+ * before calling vTaskStartScheduler (). The idle task is created
+ * automatically when the first application task is created.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file main.c for an example of creating
+ * tasks and starting the kernel.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+ // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+ vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+ // Will not get here unless a task calls vTaskEndScheduler ()
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskStartScheduler vTaskStartScheduler
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskEndScheduler( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Stops the real time kernel tick. All created tasks will be automatically
+ * deleted and multitasking (either preemptive or cooperative) will
+ * stop. Execution then resumes from the point where vTaskStartScheduler ()
+ * was called, as if vTaskStartScheduler () had just returned.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file main. c in the demo/PC directory for an
+ * example that uses vTaskEndScheduler ().
+ *
+ * vTaskEndScheduler () requires an exit function to be defined within the
+ * portable layer (see vPortEndScheduler () in port. c for the PC port). This
+ * performs hardware specific operations such as stopping the kernel tick.
+ *
+ * vTaskEndScheduler () will cause all of the resources allocated by the
+ * kernel to be freed - but will not free resources allocated by application
+ * tasks.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+
+ // At some point we want to end the real time kernel processing
+ // so call ...
+ vTaskEndScheduler ();
+ }
+ }
+
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+ // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+ vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+ // Will only get here when the vTaskCode () task has called
+ // vTaskEndScheduler (). When we get here we are back to single task
+ // execution.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskEndScheduler vTaskEndScheduler
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskSuspendAll( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Suspends all real time kernel activity while keeping interrupts (including the
+ * kernel tick) enabled.
+ *
+ * After calling vTaskSuspendAll () the calling task will continue to execute
+ * without risk of being swapped out until a call to xTaskResumeAll () has been
+ * made.
+ *
+ * API functions that have the potential to cause a context switch (for example,
+ * vTaskDelayUntil(), xQueueSend(), etc.) must not be called while the scheduler
+ * is suspended.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+ // which it does not want to get swapped out. It cannot use
+ // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+ // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+ // ticks.
+
+ // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+ vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+ // Perform the operation here. There is no need to use critical
+ // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+ // During this time interrupts will still operate and the kernel
+ // tick count will be maintained.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The operation is complete. Restart the kernel.
+ xTaskResumeAll ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspendAll vTaskSuspendAll
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>char xTaskResumeAll( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Resumes real time kernel activity following a call to vTaskSuspendAll ().
+ * After a call to vTaskSuspendAll () the kernel will take control of which
+ * task is executing at any time.
+ *
+ * @return If resuming the scheduler caused a context switch then pdTRUE is
+ * returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+ // which it does not want to get swapped out. It cannot use
+ // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+ // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+ // ticks.
+
+ // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+ vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+ // Perform the operation here. There is no need to use critical
+ // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+ // During this time interrupts will still operate and the real
+ // time kernel tick count will be maintained.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The operation is complete. Restart the kernel. We want to force
+ // a context switch - but there is no point if resuming the scheduler
+ // caused a context switch already.
+ if( !xTaskResumeAll () )
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskResumeAll xTaskResumeAll
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
+ * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
+ * is in any other state.
+ *
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK UTILITIES
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
+ *
+ * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
+ *
+ * This is a version of xTaskGetTickCount() that is safe to be called from an
+ * ISR - provided that portTickType is the natural word size of the
+ * microcontroller being used or interrupt nesting is either not supported or
+ * not being used.
+ *
+ * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>unsigned short uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * @return The number of tasks that the real time kernel is currently managing.
+ * This includes all ready, blocked and suspended tasks. A task that
+ * has been deleted but not yet freed by the idle task will also be
+ * included in the count.
+ *
+ * \page uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>void vTaskList( char *pcWriteBuffer );</PRE>
+ *
+ * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must be defined as 1 for this function to be
+ * available. See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is
+ * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid.
+ *
+ * Lists all the current tasks, along with their current state and stack
+ * usage high water mark.
+ *
+ * Tasks are reported as blocked ('B'), ready ('R'), deleted ('D') or
+ * suspended ('S').
+ *
+ * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the above mentioned details
+ * will be written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large
+ * enough to contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per
+ * task should be sufficient.
+ *
+ * \page vTaskList vTaskList
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer );</PRE>
+ *
+ * configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS must be defined as 1 for this function
+ * to be available. The application must also then provide definitions
+ * for portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and
+ * portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE to configure a peripheral timer/counter
+ * and return the timers current count value respectively. The counter
+ * should be at least 10 times the frequency of the tick count.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is
+ * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid.
+ *
+ * Setting configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS to 1 will result in a total
+ * accumulated execution time being stored for each task. The resolution
+ * of the accumulated time value depends on the frequency of the timer
+ * configured by the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() macro.
+ * Calling vTaskGetRunTimeStats() writes the total execution time of each
+ * task into a buffer, both as an absolute count value and as a percentage
+ * of the total system execution time.
+ *
+ * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the execution times will be
+ * written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large enough to
+ * contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per task should
+ * be sufficient.
+ *
+ * \page vTaskGetRunTimeStats vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>void vTaskStartTrace( char * pcBuffer, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBufferSize );</PRE>
+ *
+ * Starts a real time kernel activity trace. The trace logs the identity of
+ * which task is running when.
+ *
+ * The trace file is stored in binary format. A separate DOS utility called
+ * convtrce.exe is used to convert this into a tab delimited text file which
+ * can be viewed and plotted in a spread sheet.
+ *
+ * @param pcBuffer The buffer into which the trace will be written.
+ *
+ * @param ulBufferSize The size of pcBuffer in bytes. The trace will continue
+ * until either the buffer in full, or ulTaskEndTrace () is called.
+ *
+ * \page vTaskStartTrace vTaskStartTrace
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * Stops a kernel activity trace. See vTaskStartTrace ().
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that have been written into the trace buffer.
+ *
+ * \page usTaskEndTrace usTaskEndTrace
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * <PRE>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask );</PRE>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * this function to be available.
+ *
+ * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask. That is,
+ * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine
+ * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started. The smaller the returned
+ * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked.
+ * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task.
+ *
+ * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in bytes)
+ * since the task referenced by xTask was created.
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* When using trace macros it is sometimes necessary to include tasks.h before
+FreeRTOS.h. When this is done pdTASK_HOOK_CODE will not yet have been defined,
+so the following two prototypes will cause a compilation error. This can be
+fixed by simply guarding against the inclusion of these two prototypes unless
+they are explicitly required by the configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG configuration
+constant. */
+#ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
+ #if configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1
+ /**
+ * task.h
+ * <pre>void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );</pre>
+ *
+ * Sets pxHookFunction to be the task hook function used by the task xTask.
+ * Passing xTask as NULL has the effect of setting the calling tasks hook
+ * function.
+ */
+ void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+ /**
+ * task.h
+ * <pre>void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.
+ */
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG ==1 */
+#endif /* ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * <pre>portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );</pre>
+ *
+ * Calls the hook function associated with xTask. Passing xTask as NULL has
+ * the effect of calling the Running tasks (the calling task) hook function.
+ *
+ * pvParameter is passed to the hook function for the task to interpret as it
+ * wants.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY
+ * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS
+ * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * Called from the real time kernel tick (either preemptive or cooperative),
+ * this increments the tick count and checks if any tasks that are blocked
+ * for a finite period required removing from a blocked list and placing on
+ * a ready list.
+ */
+void vTaskIncrementTick( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * Removes the calling task from the ready list and places it both
+ * on the list of tasks waiting for a particular event, and the
+ * list of delayed tasks. The task will be removed from both lists
+ * and replaced on the ready list should either the event occur (and
+ * there be no higher priority tasks waiting on the same event) or
+ * the delay period expires.
+ *
+ * @param pxEventList The list containing tasks that are blocked waiting
+ * for the event to occur.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait
+ * for the event to occur. This is specified in kernel ticks,the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert kernel ticks into a real time
+ * period.
+ */
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * This function performs nearly the same function as vTaskPlaceOnEventList().
+ * The difference being that this function does not permit tasks to block
+ * indefinitely, whereas vTaskPlaceOnEventList() does.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task
+ * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * Removes a task from both the specified event list and the list of blocked
+ * tasks, and places it on a ready queue.
+ *
+ * xTaskRemoveFromEventList () will be called if either an event occurs to
+ * unblock a task, or the block timeout period expires.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task
+ * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources and INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1
+ * for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Empties the ready and delayed queues of task control blocks, freeing the
+ * memory allocated for the task control block and task stacks as it goes.
+ */
+void vTaskCleanUpResources( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY
+ * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS
+ * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * Sets the pointer to the current TCB to the TCB of the highest priority task
+ * that is ready to run.
+ */
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Return the handle of the calling task.
+ */
+xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Capture the current time status for future reference.
+ */
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Compare the time status now with that previously captured to see if the
+ * timeout has expired.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Shortcut used by the queue implementation to prevent unnecessary call to
+ * taskYIELD();
+ */
+void vTaskMissedYield( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Returns the scheduler state as taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING,
+ * taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED or taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Raises the priority of the mutex holder to that of the calling task should
+ * the mutex holder have a priority less than the calling task.
+ */
+void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Set the priority of a task back to its proper priority in the case that it
+ * inherited a higher priority while it was holding a semaphore.
+ */
+void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Generic version of the task creation function which is in turn called by the
+ * xTaskCreate() and xTaskCreateRestricted() macros.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* TASK_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/timers.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/timers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3d78c0ae035a58d9677d80a5432212ca81d9ec21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_include/timers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,936 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef TIMERS_H
+#define TIMERS_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "portable.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to
+be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
+as defined below. */
+#define tmrCOMMAND_START 0
+#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP 1
+#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD 2
+#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE 3
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+ /**
+ * Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to
+ * xTimerCreate() returns an xTimerHandle variable that can then be used to
+ * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
+ * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
+ */
+typedef void * xTimerHandle;
+
+/* Define the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*tmrTIMER_CALLBACK)( xTimerHandle xTimer );
+
+/**
+ * xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName,
+ * portTickType xTimerPeriod,
+ * unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload,
+ * void * pvTimerID,
+ * tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction );
+ *
+ * Creates a new software timer instance. This allocates the storage required
+ * by the new timer, initialises the new timers internal state, and returns a
+ * handle by which the new timer can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
+ * active state.
+ *
+ * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer. This is done
+ * purely to assist debugging. The kernel itself only ever references a timer by
+ * its handle, and never by its name.
+ *
+ * @param xTimerPeriod The timer period. The time is defined in tick periods so
+ * the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time that has been
+ * specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must expire after 100
+ * ticks, then xTimerPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, if the timer
+ * must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set to ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS )
+ * provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriod parameter. If
+ * uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
+ *
+ * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
+ * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
+ * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
+ * timer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
+ * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by tmrTIMER_CALLBACK,
+ * which is "void vCallbackFunction( xTIMER *xTimer );".
+ *
+ * @return If the timer is successfully create then a handle to the newly
+ * created timer is returned. If the timer cannot be created (because either
+ * there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
+ * structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then 0 is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ *
+ * #define NUM_TIMERS 5
+ *
+ * // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
+ * xTimerHandle xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
+ *
+ * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
+ * long lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
+ *
+ * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
+ * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
+ * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
+ * // 10 times.
+ * void vTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * long lArrayIndex;
+ * const long xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
+ *
+ * // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
+ * configASSERT( pxTimer );
+ *
+ * // Which timer expired?
+ * lArrayIndex = ( long ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
+ *
+ * // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
+ * lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
+ *
+ * // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
+ * if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
+ * {
+ * // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
+ * // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
+ * xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * long x;
+ *
+ * // Create then start some timers. Starting the timers before the scheduler
+ * // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
+ * // the scheduler starts.
+ * for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
+ * {
+ * xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ * ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks.
+ * pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
+ * ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
+ * vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
+ * );
+ *
+ * if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
+ * {
+ * // The timer was not created.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ * // started.
+ * if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * // ...
+ * // Create tasks here.
+ * // ...
+ *
+ * // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
+ * // been set into the active state.
+ * xTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ * // Should not reach here.
+ * for( ;; );
+ * }
+ */
+xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void * pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer );
+ *
+ * Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
+ *
+ * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
+ * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
+ *
+ * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
+ * ID can be used within the callback function to identify which timer actually
+ * expired.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer );
+ *
+ * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
+ *
+ * A timer will be dormant if:
+ * 1) It has been created but not started, or
+ * 2) It is an expired on-shot timer that has not been restarted.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
+ * active state.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant. A value other than
+ * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
+ * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+ * {
+ * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is active, do something.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is not active, do something else.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStart( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
+ * to the xTimerReset() API function.
+ *
+ * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStart() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStop( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
+ * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
+ *
+ * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStop() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriod( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portTickType xNewPeriod,
+ * portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
+ * created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
+ * dormant state timer.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
+ * sent to the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed.
+ * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
+ * command queue. When the command is actually processed will depend on the
+ * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
+ * system. The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
+ * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. If the timer
+ * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
+ * // is deleted. If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
+ * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
+ * // started.
+ * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+ * {
+ * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is already active - delete it.
+ * xTimerDelete( xTimer );
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms. This will also
+ * // cause the timer to start. Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
+ * // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
+ * // command queue.
+ * if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The command was successfully sent.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
+ * // to pass. Take appropriate action here.
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+ #define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerDelete( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerDelete() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerDelete() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerDelete()
+ * is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerReset( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
+ * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
+ * called. If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
+ * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
+ *
+ * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerReset() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
+ *
+ * xTimerHandle xBacklightTimer = NULL;
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press event handler.
+ * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
+ * {
+ * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ * // key inactivity. Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
+ * // if it cannot be sent immediately.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ * if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * long x;
+ *
+ * // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
+ * // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
+ * xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ * ( 5000 / portTICK_RATE_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
+ * pdFALSE, // The timer is a one-shot timer.
+ * 0, // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
+ * vBacklightTimerCallback // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
+ * );
+ *
+ * if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
+ * {
+ * // The timer was not created.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ * // started.
+ * if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * // ...
+ * // Create tasks here.
+ * // ...
+ *
+ * // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
+ * // been set into the active state.
+ * xTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ * // Should not reach here.
+ * for( ;; );
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStartFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function. If
+ * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
+ * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
+ * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ * // declared (in this function).
+ * if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The start command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStopFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function. If
+ * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ * if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The stop command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portTickType xNewPeriod,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
+ * service routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
+ * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
+ * daemon task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
+ * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
+ * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function. If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
+ * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
+ * interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
+ * could not be sent to the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the
+ * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command
+ * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
+ * task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ * if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The command to change the timers period was not executed
+ * // successfully. Take appropriate action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerResetFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
+ * restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function. If
+ * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
+ * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ * // declared (in this function).
+ * if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/*
+ * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
+ * for use by the kernel only.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* TIMERS_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_1.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f063be198986f515d3a43bad75852f47361c03ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+ * The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc(). Note that this
+ * implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
+ *
+ * See heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the memory
+ * management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. The struct is used to force byte
+alignment without using any non-portable code. */
+static union xRTOS_HEAP
+{
+ #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+ volatile portDOUBLE dDummy;
+ #else
+ volatile unsigned long ulDummy;
+ #endif
+ unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+} xHeap;
+
+static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+ /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
+ #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1
+ if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
+ {
+ /* Byte alignment required. */
+ xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */
+ if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
+ ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte ) )/* Check for overflow. */
+ {
+ /* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
+ block. */
+ pvReturn = &( xHeap.ucHeap[ xNextFreeByte ] );
+ xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
+ }
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pvReturn == NULL )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+ vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+ /* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme. See heap_2.c and heap_3.c
+ for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
+ ( void ) pv;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+ /* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
+ xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+ return ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_2.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1d1c76a60e48af77f6e69e93bc1328b0ac1dea82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
+ * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
+ * into a single larger block.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the memory
+ * management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. The struct is used to force byte
+alignment without using any non-portable code. */
+static union xRTOS_HEAP
+{
+ #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+ volatile portDOUBLE dDummy;
+ #else
+ volatile unsigned long ulDummy;
+ #endif
+ unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+} xHeap;
+
+/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
+of their size. */
+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
+{
+ struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
+ size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
+} xBlockLink;
+
+
+static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) + portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) % portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ) );
+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
+
+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
+static xBlockLink xStart, xEnd;
+
+/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
+fragmentation. */
+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
+
+/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
+
+/*
+ * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
+ * the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
+ * of the list.
+ */
+#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \
+{ \
+xBlockLink *pxIterator; \
+size_t xBlockSize; \
+ \
+ xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \
+ \
+ /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \
+ /* than the block we are inserting. */ \
+ for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \
+ { \
+ /* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \
+ } \
+ \
+ /* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \
+ /* position. */ \
+ pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \
+ pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define prvHeapInit() \
+{ \
+xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock; \
+ \
+ /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free */ \
+ /* blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */ \
+ xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \
+ xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0; \
+ \
+ /* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */ \
+ xEnd.xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \
+ xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL; \
+ \
+ /* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the \
+ entire heap space. */ \
+ pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \
+ pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \
+ pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd; \
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
+static portBASE_TYPE xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
+ initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
+ if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvHeapInit();
+ xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink
+ structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
+ if( xWantedSize > 0 )
+ {
+ xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+ /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
+ if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
+ {
+ /* Byte alignment required. */
+ xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ) )
+ {
+ /* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
+ (smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
+ pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
+ pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+ while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) )
+ {
+ pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
+ pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+ }
+
+ /* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
+ if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
+ {
+ /* Return the memory space - jumping over the xBlockLink structure
+ at its start. */
+ pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
+
+ /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken our of the
+ list of free blocks. */
+ pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+ /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
+ if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
+ {
+ /* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block
+ following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
+ used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
+ pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
+
+ /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
+ block. */
+ pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
+ pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
+
+ /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
+ prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
+ }
+
+ xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pvReturn == NULL )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+ vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv;
+xBlockLink *pxLink;
+
+ if( pv )
+ {
+ /* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately
+ before it. */
+ puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+ /* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
+ pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
+ prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) );
+ xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+ return xFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+ /* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
+}
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_3.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..fa799a0c21ae6cf15560ffc7ba286847f124d496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+/*
+ * Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
+ * compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
+ *
+ * This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
+ * a heap memory area.
+ *
+ * See heap_2.c and heap_1.c for alternative implementations, and the memory
+ * management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+void *pvReturn;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pvReturn == NULL )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+ vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+ if( pv )
+ {
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ free( pv );
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/port.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/port.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..70c74912a48a5c884d610f69ba505d692e32a969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/port.c
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM3 port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Scheduler includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+/* For backward compatibility, ensure configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is
+defined. The value should also ensure backward compatibility.
+FreeRTOS.org versions prior to V4.4.0 did not include this definition. */
+#ifndef configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY
+ #define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255
+#endif
+
+/* Constants required to manipulate the NVIC. */
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e010 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e014 )
+#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed04 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2 ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed20 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK 0x00000004
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT 0x00000002
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE 0x00000001
+#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET 0x10000000
+#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24 )
+
+/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
+#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 )
+
+/* The priority used by the kernel is assigned to a variable to make access
+from inline assembler easier. */
+const unsigned long ulKernelPriority = configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY;
+
+/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
+variable. */
+static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
+
+/*
+ * Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts.
+ */
+static void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
+
+/*
+ * Exception handlers.
+ */
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
+void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*
+ * Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
+ */
+void vPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters )
+{
+ /* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
+ interrupt. */
+ pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */
+ *pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */
+ pxTopOfStack--;
+ *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pxCode; /* PC */
+ pxTopOfStack--;
+ *pxTopOfStack = 0; /* LR */
+ pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
+ *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
+ pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
+
+ return pxTopOfStack;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortSVCHandler( void )
+{
+ __asm volatile (
+ " ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2 \n" /* Restore the context. */
+ " ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
+ " ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+ " ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
+ " msr psp, r0 \n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
+ " mov r0, #0 \n"
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n"
+ " orr r14, #0xd \n"
+ " bx r14 \n"
+ " \n"
+ " .align 2 \n"
+ "pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
+ );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortStartFirstTask( void )
+{
+ __asm volatile(
+ " ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 \n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
+ " ldr r0, [r0] \n"
+ " ldr r0, [r0] \n"
+ " msr msp, r0 \n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
+ " cpsie i \n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
+ " svc 0 \n" /* System call to start first task. */
+ " nop \n"
+ );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void )
+{
+ /* Make PendSV, CallSV and SysTick the same priroity as the kernel. */
+ *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
+ *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
+
+ /* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
+ here already. */
+ prvSetupTimerInterrupt();
+
+ /* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
+ uxCriticalNesting = 0;
+
+ /* Start the first task. */
+ vPortStartFirstTask();
+
+ /* Should not get here! */
+ return 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEndScheduler( void )
+{
+ /* It is unlikely that the CM3 port will require this function as there
+ is nothing to return to. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortYieldFromISR( void )
+{
+ /* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */
+ *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEnterCritical( void )
+{
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ uxCriticalNesting++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortExitCritical( void )
+{
+ uxCriticalNesting--;
+ if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
+{
+ /* This is a naked function. */
+
+ __asm volatile
+ (
+ " mrs r0, psp \n"
+ " \n"
+ " ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst \n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
+ " ldr r2, [r3] \n"
+ " \n"
+ " stmdb r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Save the remaining registers. */
+ " str r0, [r2] \n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
+ " \n"
+ " stmdb sp!, {r3, r14} \n"
+ " mov r0, %0 \n"
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n"
+ " bl vTaskSwitchContext \n"
+ " mov r0, #0 \n"
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n"
+ " ldmia sp!, {r3, r14} \n"
+ " \n" /* Restore the context, including the critical nesting count. */
+ " ldr r1, [r3] \n"
+ " ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+ " ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers. */
+ " msr psp, r0 \n"
+ " bx r14 \n"
+ " \n"
+ " .align 2 \n"
+ "pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
+ ::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
+ );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
+{
+unsigned long ulDummy;
+
+ /* If using preemption, also force a context switch. */
+ #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1
+ *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET;
+ #endif
+
+ ulDummy = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ {
+ vTaskIncrementTick();
+ }
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ulDummy );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
+ * frequency.
+ */
+void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
+{
+ /* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
+ *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD) = ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
+ *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL) = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/portmacro.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/portmacro.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..461bf90521b9837f0c0728c20b385c09e6f52e3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_portable/portmacro.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
+#define PORTMACRO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Port specific definitions.
+ *
+ * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
+ * given hardware and compiler.
+ *
+ * These settings should not be altered.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* Type definitions. */
+#define portCHAR char
+#define portFLOAT float
+#define portDOUBLE double
+#define portLONG long
+#define portSHORT short
+#define portSTACK_TYPE unsigned portLONG
+#define portBASE_TYPE long
+
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+ typedef unsigned portSHORT portTickType;
+ #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffff
+#else
+ typedef unsigned portLONG portTickType;
+ #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffffffff
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Architecture specifics. */
+#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
+#define portTICK_RATE_MS ( ( portTickType ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
+#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/* Scheduler utilities. */
+extern void vPortYieldFromISR( void );
+
+#define portYIELD() vPortYieldFromISR()
+
+#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired ) vPortYieldFromISR()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/* Critical section management. */
+
+/*
+ * Set basepri to portMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY without effecting other
+ * registers. r0 is clobbered.
+ */
+#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK() \
+ __asm volatile \
+ ( \
+ " mov r0, %0 \n" \
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n" \
+ ::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY):"r0" \
+ )
+
+/*
+ * Set basepri back to 0 without effective other registers.
+ * r0 is clobbered.
+ */
+#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK() \
+ __asm volatile \
+ ( \
+ " mov r0, #0 \n" \
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n" \
+ :::"r0" \
+ )
+
+#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0;portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK()
+#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK();(void)x
+
+
+extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
+extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
+
+#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK()
+#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK()
+#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical()
+#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. */
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+
+#define portNOP()
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/croutine.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/croutine.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..58fb1bf4b846b0fd1d11fdeb335db97e4a591b85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/croutine.c
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+ #define static
+#endif
+
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
+static xList pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
+static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
+static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static xList * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
+static xList * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static xList xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+corCRCB * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
+static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
+static portTickType xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
+
+/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
+#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
+ * for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ *
+ * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
+ * used from within an ISR.
+ */
+#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
+{ \
+ if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
+ { \
+ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
+ } \
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
+
+/*
+ * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
+ * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
+ * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
+ * list by the co-routine scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
+ * see if any require waking.
+ *
+ * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
+ * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
+ * we need not look any further down the list.
+ */
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+corCRCB *pxCoRoutine;
+
+ /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
+ pxCoRoutine = ( corCRCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( corCRCB ) );
+ if( pxCoRoutine )
+ {
+ /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
+ be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
+ if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
+ {
+ pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
+ prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
+ }
+
+ /* Check the priority is within limits. */
+ if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
+ {
+ uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
+ pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
+ pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+ pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
+ pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
+
+ /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the xListItem.
+ This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
+ in a list. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+
+ /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority );
+
+ /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
+ list at the correct priority. */
+ prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList )
+{
+portTickType xTimeToWake;
+
+ /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+ not a problem. */
+ xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+ ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+ both lists. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+ if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
+ {
+ /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
+ overflow list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
+ current block list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ if( pxEventList )
+ {
+ /* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
+ function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
+ vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
+{
+ /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
+ are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
+ the ready lists itself. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+
+ /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
+{
+corCRCB *pxCRCB;
+
+ xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
+ while( xPassedTicks )
+ {
+ xCoRoutineTickCount++;
+ xPassedTicks--;
+
+ /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
+ if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
+ {
+ xList * pxTemp;
+
+ /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
+ any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
+ pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
+ pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
+ pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
+ }
+
+ /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ pxCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
+
+ if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+ {
+ /* Timeout not yet expired. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ /* The event could have occurred just before this critical
+ section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
+ have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
+ line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
+ been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
+ if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
+ }
+ }
+
+ xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
+{
+ /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
+ prvCheckPendingReadyList();
+
+ /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
+ prvCheckDelayedList();
+
+ /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+ {
+ if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
+ {
+ /* No more co-routines to check. */
+ return;
+ }
+ --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
+ }
+
+ /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
+ of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+ /* Call the co-routine. */
+ ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
+
+ return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
+
+ for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
+
+ /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
+ pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
+ pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
+ pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList )
+{
+corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
+ event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
+ check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
+ pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
+ {
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/list.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/list.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..c3ef2a89dd717defcc730c4d1d94a9187600db33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialise( xList *pxList )
+{
+ /* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
+ end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
+ as the only list entry. */
+ pxList->pxIndex = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
+
+ /* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
+ ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
+ pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
+
+ /* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
+ when the list is empty. */
+ pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
+ pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
+
+ pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem )
+{
+ /* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
+ pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem )
+{
+volatile xListItem * pxIndex;
+
+ /* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
+ makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
+ pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry. This means it has to be the item pointed to by
+ the pxIndex member. */
+ pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
+
+ pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex->pxNext;
+ pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxList->pxIndex;
+ pxIndex->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+ pxIndex->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+ pxList->pxIndex = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+
+ /* Remember which list the item is in. */
+ pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
+
+ ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem )
+{
+volatile xListItem *pxIterator;
+portTickType xValueOfInsertion;
+
+ /* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in ulListItem order. */
+ xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
+
+ /* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then
+ the new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which
+ are stored in ready lists (all of which have the same ulListItem value)
+ get an equal share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as
+ the back marker the iteration loop below will not end. This means we need
+ to guard against this by checking the value first and modifying the
+ algorithm slightly if necessary. */
+ if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
+ {
+ pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
+ If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are:
+ 1) Stack overflow -
+ see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
+ 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M3
+ parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
+ interrupt priories, which can seem counter intuitive. See
+ configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
+ 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
+ the scheduler is suspended.
+ 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
+ before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
+ before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
+ See http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for more tips.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+ for( pxIterator = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext )
+ {
+ /* There is nothing to do here, we are just iterating to the
+ wanted insertion position. */
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
+ pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+ pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
+ pxIterator->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+
+ /* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
+ item later. */
+ pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
+
+ ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove )
+{
+xList * pxList;
+
+ pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+ pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
+
+ /* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
+ item. */
+ pxList = ( xList * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
+
+ /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
+ if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
+ {
+ pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+ }
+
+ pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
+ ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/queue.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/queue.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..2ae7c7030d709346aaca69cd83296bcd0b1ed95f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/queue.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1539 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
+#define queueUNLOCKED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) -1 )
+#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+
+#define queueERRONEOUS_UNBLOCK ( -1 )
+
+/* For internal use only. */
+#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 )
+#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 )
+
+/* Effectively make a union out of the xQUEUE structure. */
+#define pxMutexHolder pcTail
+#define uxQueueType pcHead
+#define uxRecursiveCallCount pcReadFrom
+#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX NULL
+
+/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an items size of
+zero. */
+#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( 0 )
+#define queueDONT_BLOCK ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
+#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not reference.
+ */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition
+{
+ signed char *pcHead; /*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
+ signed char *pcTail; /*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area. Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
+
+ signed char *pcWriteTo; /*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
+ signed char *pcReadFrom; /*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from. */
+
+ xList xTasksWaitingToSend; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue. Stored in priority order. */
+ xList xTasksWaitingToReceive; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue. Stored in priority order. */
+
+ volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLength; /*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize; /*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xRxLock; /*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xTxLock; /*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+
+} xQUEUE;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Inside this file xQueueHandle is a pointer to a xQUEUE structure.
+ * To keep the definition private the API header file defines it as a
+ * pointer to void.
+ */
+typedef xQUEUE * xQueueHandle;
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for public functions are included here so we don't have to
+ * include the API header file (as it defines xQueueHandle differently). These
+ * functions are documented in the API header file.
+ */
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Co-routine queue functions differ from task queue functions. Co-routines are
+ * an optional component.
+ */
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
+ * queue structures. It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
+ */
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+
+ /* The type stored within the queue registry array. This allows a name
+ to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
+ more user friendly. */
+ typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
+ {
+ signed char *pcQueueName;
+ xQueueHandle xHandle;
+ } xQueueRegistryItem;
+
+ /* The queue registry is simply an array of xQueueRegistryItem structures.
+ The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
+ array position being vacant. */
+ xQueueRegistryItem xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
+
+ /* Removes a queue from the registry by simply setting the pcQueueName
+ member to NULL. */
+ static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue. Locking a queue does not
+ * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
+ * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists. If an ISR finds a
+ * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
+ * to indicate that a task may require unblocking. When the queue in unlocked
+ * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
+ */
+static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
+ */
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
+ * back of the queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item out of a queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro to mark a queue as locked. Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
+ * accessing the queue event lists.
+ */
+#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue ) \
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL(); \
+ { \
+ if( ( pxQueue )->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ ( pxQueue )->xRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
+ } \
+ if( ( pxQueue )->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ ( pxQueue )->xTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC QUEUE MANAGEMENT API documented in queue.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize )
+{
+xQUEUE *pxNewQueue;
+size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
+xQueueHandle xReturn = NULL;
+
+ /* Allocate the new queue structure. */
+ if( uxQueueLength > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) );
+ if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Create the list of pointers to queue items. The queue is one byte
+ longer than asked for to make wrap checking easier/faster. */
+ xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ) + ( size_t ) 1;
+
+ pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( signed char * ) pvPortMalloc( xQueueSizeInBytes );
+ if( pxNewQueue->pcHead != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Initialise the queue members as described above where the
+ queue type is defined. */
+ pxNewQueue->pcTail = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize );
+ pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+ pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = pxNewQueue->pcHead;
+ pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( ( uxQueueLength - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U ) * uxItemSize );
+ pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
+ pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
+ pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+ /* Likewise ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+
+ traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
+ xReturn = pxNewQueue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED();
+ vPortFree( pxNewQueue );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( xReturn );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void )
+ {
+ xQUEUE *pxNewQueue;
+
+ /* Allocate the new queue structure. */
+ pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) );
+ if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Information required for priority inheritance. */
+ pxNewQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL;
+ pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
+
+ /* Queues used as a mutex no data is actually copied into or out
+ of the queue. */
+ pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = NULL;
+ pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = NULL;
+
+ /* Each mutex has a length of 1 (like a binary semaphore) and
+ an item size of 0 as nothing is actually copied into or out
+ of the mutex. */
+ pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+ pxNewQueue->uxLength = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+ pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+ pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+ /* Ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+
+ /* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
+ xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( portTickType ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+ traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( pxNewQueue );
+ return pxNewQueue;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+ /* If this is the task that holds the mutex then pxMutexHolder will not
+ change outside of this task. If this task does not hold the mutex then
+ pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
+ this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
+ pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task. Therefore no
+ mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
+ if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+ {
+ traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+ /* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if pxMutexHolder is equal to
+ the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required. Also,
+ uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
+ there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
+ uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
+ ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
+
+ /* Have we unwound the call count? */
+ if( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount == 0 )
+ {
+ /* Return the mutex. This will automatically unblock any other
+ task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
+ xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We cannot give the mutex because we are not the holder. */
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+ traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+ /* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
+ xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
+
+ traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+ if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+ {
+ ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueGenericReceive( pxMutex, NULL, xBlockTime, pdFALSE );
+
+ /* pdPASS will only be returned if we successfully obtained the mutex,
+ we may have blocked to reach here. */
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle pxHandle;
+
+ pxHandle = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) uxCountValue, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH );
+
+ if( pxHandle != NULL )
+ {
+ pxHandle->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+ traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( pxHandle );
+ return pxHandle;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+ statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest
+ of execution time efficiency. */
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be
+ the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+ /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+ queue then unblock it now. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+ our own so yield immediately. Yes it is ok to do
+ this from within the critical section - the kernel
+ takes care of that. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the
+ function. */
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
+ the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
+ the function. */
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
+ configure the timeout structure. */
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+ now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+ /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+
+ /* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
+ event list. It is possible that interrupts occurring now
+ remove this task from the event list again - but as the
+ scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
+ ready last instead of the actual ready list. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+ /* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
+ ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
+ task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which
+ case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
+ is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
+ if( !xTaskResumeAll() )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try again. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The timeout has expired. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the
+ function. */
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition )
+ {
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+ xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be
+ the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+ /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+ queue then unblock it now. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+ our own so yield immediately. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking )
+ {
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+ xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+ signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */
+ pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom;
+
+ prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+
+ if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are actually removing data. */
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ /* Record the information required to implement
+ priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+ pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read
+ pointer. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+ any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+ the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ portENTER_CRITICAL();
+ vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
+ portEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ /* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except we don't block if there is no room
+ in the queue. Also we don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a
+ queue read, instead we return a flag to say whether a context switch is
+ required or not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken
+ by this post). */
+ uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+ /* If the queue is locked we do not alter the event list. This will
+ be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+ if( pxQueue->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+ context switch is required. */
+ *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+ knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+ ++( pxQueue->xTxLock );
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+ statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest
+ of execution time efficiency. */
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Is there data in the queue now? To be running we must be
+ the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */
+ pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom;
+
+ prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+
+ if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are actually removing data. */
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ /* Record the information required to implement
+ priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+ pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read
+ pointer. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+ any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+ the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+ the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+ configure the timeout structure. */
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+ now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+ /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ portENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
+ }
+ portEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ if( !xTaskResumeAll() )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try again. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( pxTaskWoken );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ {
+ /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+ prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+
+ /* If the queue is locked we will not modify the event list. Instead
+ we update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue will know
+ that an ISR has removed data while the queue was locked. */
+ if( pxQueue->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
+ force a context switch. */
+ *pxTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+ knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
+ ++( pxQueue->xRxLock );
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ }
+ }
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+ uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+ return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+ traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
+ vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
+ vPortFree( pxQueue->pcHead );
+ vPortFree( pxQueue );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition )
+{
+ if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ /* The mutex is no longer being held. */
+ vTaskPriorityDisinherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
+ pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+ {
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ }
+ }
+
+ ++( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer )
+{
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType != queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+ /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+ /* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
+ removed from the queue while the queue was locked. When a queue is
+ locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
+ updated. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
+ while( pxQueue->xTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+ {
+ /* Data was posted while the queue was locked. Are any tasks
+ blocked waiting for data to become available? */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+ the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+ context switch is required. */
+ vTaskMissedYield();
+ }
+
+ --( pxQueue->xTxLock );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ while( pxQueue->xRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vTaskMissedYield();
+ }
+
+ --( pxQueue->xRxLock );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 );
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength );
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* If the queue is already full we may have to block. A critical section
+ is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
+ between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ /* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
+ posting? */
+ if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
+ return indicating that we need to block. */
+ vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ portNOP();
+
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ /* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+ /* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+ into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+ Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+ the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
+ that a yield might be appropriate. */
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* If the queue is already empty we may have to block. A critical section
+ is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
+ between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
+ leave with nothing? */
+ if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
+ indicating that we need to block. */
+ vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ portNOP();
+
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Data is available from the queue. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+ /* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+ into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+ Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+ the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+{
+ /* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
+ exit without doing anything. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+ /* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
+ co-routine has not already been woken. */
+ if( !xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ return pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxCoRoutineWoken )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
+ not then just leave without doing anything. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Copy the data from the queue. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+ if( !( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ *pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+
+ void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux;
+
+ /* See if there is an empty space in the registry. A NULL name denotes
+ a free slot. */
+ for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+ {
+ if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL )
+ {
+ /* Store the information on this queue. */
+ xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
+ xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+
+ static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux;
+
+ /* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
+ registry. */
+ for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+ {
+ if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+ {
+ /* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
+ xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+ void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+ {
+ /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+ 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is
+ designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
+ It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
+ possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
+ so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
+ section. */
+
+ /* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue. This function
+ will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
+ list. It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
+ time a yield will be performed. If an item is added to the queue while
+ the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
+ calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
+ prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U )
+ {
+ /* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+ }
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ }
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/readme.txt b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..81518ecb4339e35363d844853fde09116e314cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
+components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are
+specific to a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the three files that are common to
+every port - list.c, queue.c and tasks.c. The kernel is contained within these
+three files. croutine.c implements the optional co-routine functionality - which
+is normally only used on very memory limited systems.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory contains the files that are specific to
+a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
+
++ The FreeRTOS/Source/include directory contains the real time kernel header
+files.
+
+See the readme file in the FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory for more
+information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/tasks.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/tasks.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1d9857083b34df57c2dc3cb9a3e3ae133fe4e50a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/tasks.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2542 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "StackMacros.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/*
+ * Macro to define the amount of stack available to the idle task.
+ */
+#define tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
+
+/*
+ * Task control block. A task control block (TCB) is allocated to each task,
+ * and stores the context of the task.
+ */
+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock
+{
+ volatile portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; /*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack. THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */
+
+ #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ xMPU_SETTINGS xMPUSettings; /*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer. THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */
+ #endif
+
+ xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in ready and blocked queues. */
+ xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in event lists. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the task where 0 is the lowest priority. */
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxStack; /*< Points to the start of the stack. */
+ signed char pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created. Facilitates debugging only. */
+
+ #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxEndOfStack; /*< Used for stack overflow checking on architectures where the stack grows up from low memory. */
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting;
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTCBNumber; /*< This is used for tracing the scheduler and making debugging easier only. */
+ #endif
+ #if ( configHEPIA_TRACING == 1 )
+ unsigned char task_id;
+ #endif
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBasePriority; /*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxTaskTag;
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+ unsigned long ulRunTimeCounter; /*< Used for calculating how much CPU time each task is utilising. */
+ #endif
+
+} tskTCB;
+
+#if ( configHEPIA_TRACING == 1 )
+void write_trace(unsigned char sig_idx, short val);
+static unsigned previous_id_in=0xFF;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+ #define static
+#endif
+
+/*lint -e956 */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA tskTCB * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------*/
+
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList1; /*< Delayed tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList2; /*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxDelayedTaskList ; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xPendingReadyList; /*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended. They will be moved to the ready queue when the scheduler is resumed. */
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile xList xTasksWaitingTermination; /*< Tasks that have been deleted - but the their memory not yet freed. */
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTasksDeleted = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+
+#endif
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xSuspendedTaskList; /*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* File private variables. --------------------------------*/
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentNumberOfTasks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portTickType xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopUsedPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopReadyPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed portBASE_TYPE xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSchedulerSuspended = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMissedTicks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xMissedYield = ( portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xNumOfOverflows = ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskNumber = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static portTickType xNextTaskUnblockTime = ( portTickType ) portMAX_DELAY;
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatsString[ 50 ] ;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned long ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL; /*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
+ static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/* Debugging and trace facilities private variables and macros. ------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created. This
+ * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
+ */
+#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE ( 0xa5U )
+
+/*
+ * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
+ */
+#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'B' )
+#define tskREADY_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'R' )
+#define tskDELETED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'D' )
+#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'S' )
+
+/*
+ * Macros and private variables used by the trace facility.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ #define tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ( ( unsigned long ) ( sizeof( unsigned long ) + sizeof( unsigned long ) ) )
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed char * volatile pcTraceBuffer;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferStart;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferEnd;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed portBASE_TYPE xTracing = pdFALSE;
+ static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPreviousTask = 255U;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatusString[ 50 ];
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro that writes a trace of scheduler activity to a buffer. This trace
+ * shows which task is running when and is very useful as a debugging tool.
+ * As this macro is called each context switch it is a good idea to undefine
+ * it if not using the facility.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ #define vWriteTraceToBuffer() \
+ { \
+ if( xTracing ) \
+ { \
+ if( uxPreviousTask != pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber ) \
+ { \
+ if( ( pcTraceBuffer + tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ) < pcTraceBufferEnd ) \
+ { \
+ uxPreviousTask = pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber; \
+ *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) xTickCount; \
+ pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \
+ *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) uxPreviousTask; \
+ pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ xTracing = pdFALSE; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#else
+
+ #define vWriteTraceToBuffer()
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready queue for
+ * the task. It is inserted at the end of the list. One quirk of this is
+ * that if the task being inserted is at the same priority as the currently
+ * executing task, then it will only be rescheduled after the currently
+ * executing task has been rescheduled.
+ */
+#define prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ) \
+ if( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority > uxTopReadyPriority ) \
+ { \
+ uxTopReadyPriority = ( pxTCB )->uxPriority; \
+ } \
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xGenericListItem ) )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of tasks that are currently delayed to see if
+ * any require waking.
+ *
+ * Tasks are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - meaning
+ * once one tasks has been found whose timer has not expired we need not look
+ * any further down the list.
+ */
+#define prvCheckDelayedTasks() \
+{ \
+portTickType xItemValue; \
+ \
+ /* Is the tick count greater than or equal to the wake time of the first \
+ task referenced from the delayed tasks list? */ \
+ if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) \
+ { \
+ for( ;; ) \
+ { \
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE ) \
+ { \
+ /* The delayed list is empty. Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the \
+ maximum possible value so it is extremely unlikely that the \
+ if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass next \
+ time through. */ \
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ /* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the item at \
+ the head of the delayed list. This is the time at which the \
+ task at the head of the delayed list should be removed from \
+ the Blocked state. */ \
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); \
+ xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+ \
+ if( xTickCount < xItemValue ) \
+ { \
+ /* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the item \
+ value is the time at which the task at the head of the \
+ blocked list should be removed from the Blocked state - \
+ so record the item value in xNextTaskUnblockTime. */ \
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ \
+ /* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */ \
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+ \
+ /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ \
+ if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) \
+ { \
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); \
+ } \
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Several functions take an xTaskHandle parameter that can optionally be NULL,
+ * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
+ * task should be used in place of the parameter. This macro simply checks to
+ * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
+ */
+#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB : ( tskTCB * ) ( pxHandle ) )
+
+/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/
+extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( xTaskHandle *pxTask, signed char *pcTaskName );
+extern void vApplicationTickHook( void );
+
+/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready a TCB for a given task. Mainly just copies the parameters
+ * into the TCB structure.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
+ * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
+ * creation of the first user task.
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters );
+
+/*
+ * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
+ * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
+ *
+ * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
+ * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
+ */
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) )
+
+ static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Used only by the idle task. This checks to see if anything has been placed
+ * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted. If so the task is cleaned up
+ * and its TCB deleted.
+ */
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state. Add the task to
+ * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
+ */
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Allocates memory from the heap for a TCB and associated stack. Checks the
+ * allocation was successful.
+ */
+static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called from vTaskList. vListTasks details all the tasks currently under
+ * control of the scheduler. The tasks may be in one of a number of lists.
+ * prvListTaskWithinSingleList accepts a list and details the tasks from
+ * within just that list.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
+ * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
+ * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
+ * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
+ */
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
+
+ static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*lint +e956 */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CREATION API documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+tskTCB * pxNewTCB;
+
+ configASSERT( pxTaskCode );
+ configASSERT( ( uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
+
+ /* Allocate the memory required by the TCB and stack for the new task,
+ checking that the allocation was successful. */
+ pxNewTCB = prvAllocateTCBAndStack( usStackDepth, puxStackBuffer );
+
+ if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+ {
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack;
+
+ #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ /* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
+ portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged;
+ if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0x00 )
+ {
+ xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
+ }
+ uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
+ #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
+
+ /* Calculate the top of stack address. This depends on whether the
+ stack grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or visa versa.
+ portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as
+ required by the port. */
+ #if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+ {
+ pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - ( unsigned short ) 1 );
+ pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ( unsigned long ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+
+ /* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
+ configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
+
+ /* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
+ configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+ /* If we want to use stack checking on architectures that use
+ a positive stack growth direction then we also need to store the
+ other extreme of the stack space. */
+ pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - 1 );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Setup the newly allocated TCB with the initial state of the task. */
+ prvInitialiseTCBVariables( pxNewTCB, pcName, uxPriority, xRegions, usStackDepth );
+
+ /* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
+ but had been interrupted by the scheduler. The return address is set
+ to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
+ the top of stack variable is updated. */
+ #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ {
+ pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Check the alignment of the initialised stack. */
+ configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+ if( ( void * ) pxCreatedTask != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Pass the TCB out - in an anonymous way. The calling function/
+ task can use this as a handle to delete the task later if
+ required.*/
+ *pxCreatedTask = ( xTaskHandle ) pxNewTCB;
+ }
+
+ /* We are going to manipulate the task queues to add this task to a
+ ready list, so must make sure no interrupts occur. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
+ if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
+ {
+ /* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
+ the suspended state - make this the current task. */
+ pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+
+ if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
+ {
+ /* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
+ initialisation required. We will not recover if this call
+ fails, but we will report the failure. */
+ prvInitialiseTaskLists();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
+ current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
+ so far. */
+ if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= uxPriority )
+ {
+ pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Remember the top priority to make context switching faster. Use
+ the priority in pxNewTCB as this has been capped to a valid value. */
+ if( pxNewTCB->uxPriority > uxTopUsedPriority )
+ {
+ uxTopUsedPriority = pxNewTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+ {
+ /* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
+ pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
+ }
+ #endif
+ #if ( configHEPIA_TRACING == 1 )
+ {
+ pxNewTCB->task_id = (unsigned char)uxTaskNumber;
+ }
+ #endif
+ uxTaskNumber++;
+
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxNewTCB );
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+ traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED();
+ }
+
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
+ then it should run now. */
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < uxPriority )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being
+ deleted. */
+ if( pxTaskToDelete == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ pxTaskToDelete = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToDelete );
+
+ /* Remove task from the ready list and place in the termination list.
+ This will stop the task from be scheduled. The idle task will check
+ the termination list and free up any memory allocated by the
+ scheduler for the TCB and stack. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+ if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
+ there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
+ check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
+ ++uxTasksDeleted;
+
+ /* Increment the uxTaskNumberVariable also so kernel aware debuggers
+ can detect that the task lists need re-generating. */
+ uxTaskNumber++;
+
+ traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Force a reschedule if we have just deleted the current task. */
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( ( void * ) pxTaskToDelete == NULL )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CONTROL API documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement )
+ {
+ portTickType xTimeToWake;
+ portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
+
+ configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
+ configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0 ) );
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
+ xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
+
+ if( xTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
+ {
+ /* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
+ lasted called. In this case the only time we should ever
+ actually delay is if the wake time has also overflowed,
+ and the wake time is greater than the tick time. When this
+ is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
+ if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) )
+ {
+ xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The tick time has not overflowed. In this case we will
+ delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
+ tick time is less than the wake time. */
+ if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) )
+ {
+ xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
+ *pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
+
+ if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL();
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+ ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+ both lists. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ }
+ xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+ have put ourselves to sleep. */
+ if( !xAlreadyYielded )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay )
+ {
+ portTickType xTimeToWake;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+ /* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
+ if( xTicksToDelay > ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ traceTASK_DELAY();
+
+ /* A task that is removed from the event list while the
+ scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
+ list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
+ is resumed.
+
+ This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
+ executing task. */
+
+ /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+ not a problem. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+ ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+ both lists. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+
+ /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+ have put ourselves to sleep. */
+ if( !xAlreadyYielded )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the
+ priority of the calling function. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask );
+ uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return uxReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentPriority;
+ portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+ configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
+
+ /* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
+ if( uxNewPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+ {
+ uxNewPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+ }
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( pxTask == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ pxTask = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the
+ priority of the calling function. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask );
+
+ traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( uxCurrentPriority != uxNewPriority )
+ {
+ /* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
+ priority than the calling task. */
+ if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentPriority )
+ {
+ if( pxTask != NULL )
+ {
+ /* The priority of another task is being raised. If we
+ were raising the priority of the currently running task
+ there would be no need to switch as it must have already
+ been the highest priority task. */
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else if( pxTask == NULL )
+ {
+ /* Setting our own priority down means there may now be another
+ task of higher priority that is ready to execute. */
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+
+
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ /* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
+ currently using an inherited priority. */
+ if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+ }
+
+ /* The base priority gets set whatever. */
+ pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxNewPriority ) );
+
+ /* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
+ nothing more than change it's priority variable. However, if
+ the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
+ in the queue appropriate to its new priority. */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxCurrentPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+ {
+ /* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before adding
+ it to it's new ready list. As we are in a critical section we
+ can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+
+ if( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being
+ suspended. */
+ if( pxTaskToSuspend == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ pxTaskToSuspend = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are suspending ourselves. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToSuspend );
+
+ traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
+
+ /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the suspended list. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+ if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ if( ( void * ) pxTaskToSuspend == NULL )
+ {
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* We have just suspended the current task. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
+ to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
+ must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
+ if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
+ {
+ /* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
+ NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
+ be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
+ is. */
+ pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vTaskSwitchContext();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ const tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+
+ /* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
+ configASSERT( xTask );
+
+ /* Is the task we are attempting to resume actually in the
+ suspended list? */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the
+ Suspended state? It is possible to be in the suspended
+ list because it is blocked on a task with no timeout
+ specified. */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ /* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
+ configASSERT( pxTaskToResume );
+
+ /* Remove the task from whichever list it is currently in, and place
+ it in the ready list. */
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume;
+
+ /* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
+ currently executing task. */
+ if( ( pxTCB != NULL ) && ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
+
+ /* As we are in a critical section we can access the ready
+ lists even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+
+ /* We may have just resumed a higher priority task. */
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ /* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run, but
+ will leave the lists in the correct state for the next yield. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ configASSERT( pxTaskToResume );
+
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume;
+
+ if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
+
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xYieldRequired = ( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this
+ task pending until the scheduler is resumed, at which point a
+ yield will be performed if necessary. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xYieldRequired;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC SCHEDULER CONTROL documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
+ xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvIdleTask, ( signed char * ) "IDLE", tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) NULL, ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+ {
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ /* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
+ before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler(). The stacks of
+ the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
+ so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
+ starts to run.
+
+ STEPPING THROUGH HERE USING A DEBUGGER CAN CAUSE BIG PROBLEMS IF THE
+ DEBUGGER ALLOWS INTERRUPTS TO BE PROCESSED. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
+ xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0;
+
+ /* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
+ macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
+ the run time counter time base. */
+ portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
+
+ /* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
+ portable interface. */
+ if( xPortStartScheduler() )
+ {
+ /* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
+ function will not return. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started. */
+ configASSERT( xReturn );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
+{
+ /* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
+ routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary. The port
+ layer must ensure interrupts enable bit is left in the correct state. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+ vPortEndScheduler();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
+{
+ /* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
+ portBASE_TYPE. */
+ ++uxSchedulerSuspended;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void )
+{
+register tskTCB *pxTCB;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+ /* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
+ previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
+ configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
+
+ /* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
+ list while the scheduler was suspended. If this was the case then the
+ removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList. Once the
+ scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
+ tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ --uxSchedulerSuspended;
+
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+ /* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
+ appropriate ready list. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+
+ /* If we have moved a task that has a priority higher than
+ the current task then we should yield. */
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
+ they should be processed now. This ensures the tick count does not
+ slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct time. */
+ if( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ while( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ vTaskIncrementTick();
+ --uxMissedTicks;
+ }
+
+ /* As we have processed some ticks it is appropriate to yield
+ to ensure the highest priority task that is ready to run is
+ the task actually running. */
+ #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1
+ {
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if( ( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE ) || ( xMissedYield == pdTRUE ) )
+ {
+ xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
+ xMissedYield = pdFALSE;
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xAlreadyYielded;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC TASK UTILITIES documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void )
+{
+portTickType xTicks;
+
+ /* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ xTicks = xTickCount;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
+{
+portTickType xReturn;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+ uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ xReturn = xTickCount;
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
+{
+ /* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
+ portBASE_TYPE. */
+ return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue;
+
+ /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only.
+ It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB and
+ report the task name, state and stack high water mark. */
+
+ *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00;
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" );
+
+ uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+
+ do
+ {
+ uxQueue--;
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), tskREADY_CHAR );
+ }
+ }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR );
+ }
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR );
+ }
+
+ #if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, tskDELETED_CHAR );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, tskSUSPENDED_CHAR );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue;
+ unsigned long ulTotalRunTime;
+
+ /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only.
+ It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
+ #else
+ ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* Divide ulTotalRunTime by 100 to make the percentage caluclations
+ simpler in the prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList() function. */
+ ulTotalRunTime /= 100UL;
+
+ /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB,
+ generating a table of run timer percentages in the provided
+ buffer. */
+
+ *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00;
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" );
+
+ uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+
+ do
+ {
+ uxQueue--;
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+ }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize )
+ {
+ configASSERT( pcBuffer );
+ configASSERT( ulBufferSize );
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ pcTraceBuffer = ( signed char * )pcBuffer;
+ pcTraceBufferStart = pcBuffer;
+ pcTraceBufferEnd = pcBuffer + ( ulBufferSize - tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE );
+ xTracing = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void )
+ {
+ unsigned long ulBufferLength;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xTracing = pdFALSE;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ ulBufferLength = ( unsigned long ) ( pcTraceBuffer - pcTraceBufferStart );
+
+ return ulBufferLength;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES
+ * documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+void vTaskIncrementTick( void )
+{
+tskTCB * pxTCB;
+
+ /* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
+ Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
+ tasks to be unblocked. */
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ ++xTickCount;
+ if( xTickCount == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ xList *pxTemp;
+
+ /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists.
+ If there are any items in pxDelayedTaskList here then there is
+ an error! */
+ configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );
+
+ pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;
+ pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;
+ pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;
+ xNumOfOverflows++;
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The new current delayed list is empty. Set
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime to the maximum possible value so it is
+ extremely unlikely that the
+ if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
+ there is an item in the delayed list. */
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
+ the item at the head of the delayed list. This is the time at
+ which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
+ from the Blocked state. */
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList );
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+ prvCheckDelayedTasks();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ++uxMissedTicks;
+
+ /* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
+ scheduler is locked. */
+ #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ vApplicationTickHook();
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ /* Guard against the tick hook being called when the missed tick
+ count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked. */
+ if( uxMissedTicks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U )
+ {
+ vApplicationTickHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+ void vTaskCleanUpResources( void )
+ {
+ unsigned short usQueue;
+ volatile tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ usQueue = ( unsigned short ) uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned short ) 1;
+
+ /* Remove any TCB's from the ready queues. */
+ do
+ {
+ usQueue--;
+
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+ }while( usQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
+
+ /* Remove any TCB's from the delayed queue. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList1 ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+
+ /* Remove any TCB's from the overflow delayed queue. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList2 ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xSuspendedTaskList );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction )
+ {
+ tskTCB *xTCB;
+
+ /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */
+ if( xTask == NULL )
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as
+ the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask )
+ {
+ tskTCB *xTCB;
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xReturn;
+
+ /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */
+ if( xTask == NULL )
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as
+ the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter )
+ {
+ tskTCB *xTCB;
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
+ if( xTask == NULL )
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+ }
+
+ if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
+ {
+ xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
+{
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
+ switch. */
+ xMissedYield = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
+ //id_out=pxCurrentTCB->task_id;
+
+
+ #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+ {
+ unsigned long ulTempCounter;
+
+ #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTempCounter );
+ #else
+ ulTempCounter = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the accumulated
+ time so far. The time the task started running was stored in
+ ulTaskSwitchedInTime. Note that there is no overflow protection here
+ so count values are only valid until the timer overflows. Generally
+ this will be about 1 hour assuming a 1uS timer increment. */
+ pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTempCounter - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
+ ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTempCounter;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+ taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+
+ /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+ {
+ configASSERT( uxTopReadyPriority );
+ --uxTopReadyPriority;
+ }
+
+ /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the tasks of the
+ same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+ traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+ /*if (previous_id_in!=pxCurrentTCB->task_id)
+ {
+ if (previous_id_in!=0xFF)
+ write_trace_vcd(previous_id_in, 0);
+ write_trace_vcd(pxCurrentTCB->task_id, 1);
+ previous_id_in=pxCurrentTCB->task_id;
+ }*/
+ vWriteTraceToBuffer();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+{
+portTickType xTimeToWake;
+
+ configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+ /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+ SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+ /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+ This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
+ is the first to be woken by the event. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding ourselves
+ to the blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. We have
+ exclusive access to the ready lists as the scheduler is locked. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+ {
+ /* Add ourselves to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
+ list to ensure we are not woken by a timing event. We will block
+ indefinitely. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does
+ not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does
+ not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+ void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+ {
+ portTickType xTimeToWake;
+
+ configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+ /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+ 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is
+ designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
+ it should be called from a critical section. */
+
+
+ /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+ In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
+ be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
+ can be used in place of vListInsert. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* We must remove this task from the ready list before adding it to the
+ blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. This
+ function is called form a critical section. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does
+ not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList )
+{
+tskTCB *pxUnblockedTCB;
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+ SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. It can also be called from within an ISR. */
+
+ /* The event list is sorted in priority order, so we can remove the
+ first in the list, remove the TCB from the delayed list, and add
+ it to the ready list.
+
+ If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
+ get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead. This
+ means we can always expect exclusive access to the event list here.
+
+ This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
+ pxEventList is not empty. */
+ pxUnblockedTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+ configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedTCB );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this
+ task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ /* Return true if the task removed from the event list has
+ a higher priority than the calling task. This allows
+ the calling task to know if it should force a context
+ switch now. */
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+ configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+ pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+ pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+ configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ /* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time specified is
+ the maximum block time then the task should block indefinitely, and
+ therefore never time out. */
+ if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+ else /* We are not blocking indefinitely, perform the checks below. */
+ #endif
+
+ if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount >= ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) )
+ {
+ /* The tick count is greater than the time at which vTaskSetTimeout()
+ was called, but has also overflowed since vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.
+ It must have wrapped all the way around and gone past us again. This
+ passed since vTaskSetTimeout() was called. */
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else if( ( ( portTickType ) ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) < ( portTickType ) *pxTicksToWait )
+ {
+ /* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
+ *pxTicksToWait -= ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering );
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskMissedYield( void )
+{
+ xMissedYield = pdTRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------
+ * The Idle task.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
+{
+ /* Stop warnings. */
+ ( void ) pvParameters;
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ /* See if any tasks have been deleted. */
+ prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
+
+ #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+ {
+ /* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
+ see if any other task has become available. If we are using
+ preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
+ will automatically get the processor anyway. */
+ taskYIELD();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
+ {
+ /* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
+ timesliced. If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
+ to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
+ timeslice.
+
+ A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
+ the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter. If
+ the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
+ then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
+ if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
+ {
+ taskYIELD();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
+
+ /* Call the user defined function from within the idle task. This
+ allows the application designer to add background functionality
+ without the overhead of a separate task.
+ NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
+ CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
+ vApplicationIdleHook();
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+} /*lint !e715 pvParameters is not accessed but all task functions require the same prototype. */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * File private functions documented at the top of the file.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth )
+{
+ /* Store the function name in the TCB. */
+ #if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN > 1
+ {
+ /* Don't bring strncpy into the build unnecessarily. */
+ strncpy( ( char * ) pxTCB->pcTaskName, ( const char * ) pcName, ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
+ }
+ #endif
+ pxTCB->pcTaskName[ ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - ( unsigned short ) 1 ] = ( signed char ) '\0';
+
+ /* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large. First
+ remove the privilege bit if one is present. */
+ if( uxPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+ {
+ uxPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+ }
+
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* Set the pxTCB as a link back from the xListItem. This is so we can get
+ back to the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ), pxTCB );
+
+ /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), pxTCB );
+
+ #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ {
+ vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxTCB->pxStack, usStackDepth );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ ( void ) xRegions;
+ ( void ) usStackDepth;
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTaskToModify, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ if( xTaskToModify == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ xTaskToModify = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
+
+ vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
+ }
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+#endif
+
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
+
+ for( uxPriority = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList );
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
+ using list2. */
+ pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
+ pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
+{
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xListIsEmpty;
+
+ /* ucTasksDeleted is used to prevent vTaskSuspendAll() being called
+ too often in the idle task. */
+ if( uxTasksDeleted > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ xListIsEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ if( xListIsEmpty == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination ) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+ --uxTasksDeleted;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake )
+{
+ /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+ if( xTimeToWake < xTickCount )
+ {
+ /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the overflow list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the current block list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
+ list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
+ too. */
+ if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+ {
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer )
+{
+tskTCB *pxNewTCB;
+
+ /* Allocate space for the TCB. Where the memory comes from depends on
+ the implementation of the port malloc function. */
+ pxNewTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( tskTCB ) );
+
+ if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
+ The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
+ be deleted later if required. */
+ pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) pvPortMallocAligned( ( ( ( size_t )usStackDepth ) * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) ), puxStackBuffer );
+
+ if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
+ {
+ /* Could not allocate the stack. Delete the allocated TCB. */
+ vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
+ pxNewTCB = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Just to help debugging. */
+ memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, usStackDepth * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return pxNewTCB;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus )
+ {
+ volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
+ unsigned short usStackRemaining;
+
+ /* Write the details of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );
+ do
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList );
+ #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+ {
+ usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxEndOfStack );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxStack );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ sprintf( pcStatusString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxPriority, usStackRemaining, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxTCBNumber );
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatusString );
+
+ } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime )
+ {
+ volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
+ unsigned long ulStatsAsPercentage;
+
+ /* Write the run time stats of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );
+ do
+ {
+ /* Get next TCB in from the list. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList );
+
+ /* Divide by zero check. */
+ if( ulTotalRunTime > 0UL )
+ {
+ /* Has the task run at all? */
+ if( pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter == 0 )
+ {
+ /* The task has used no CPU time at all. */
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t0\t\t0%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
+ This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
+ ulTotalRunTime has already been divided by 100. */
+ ulStatsAsPercentage = pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalRunTime;
+
+ if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
+ {
+ #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+ {
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+ printf() library can be used. */
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage );
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
+ consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
+ #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+ {
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+ printf() library can be used. */
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter );
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatsString );
+ }
+
+ } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
+
+ static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte )
+ {
+ register unsigned short usCount = 0;
+
+ while( *pucStackByte == tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
+ {
+ pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
+ usCount++;
+ }
+
+ usCount /= sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE );
+
+ return usCount;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
+
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+ unsigned char *pcEndOfStack;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+ #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+ {
+ pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ uxReturn = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pcEndOfStack );
+
+ return uxReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) )
+
+ static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB )
+ {
+ /* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task. It is up to
+ the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */
+ vPortFreeAligned( pxTCB->pxStack );
+ vPortFree( pxTCB );
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+
+ xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xReturn;
+
+ /* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
+ an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
+ individual execution thread. */
+ xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder )
+ {
+ tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder;
+
+ configASSERT( pxMutexHolder );
+
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ /* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new priority. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+
+ /* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need to
+ be moved in to a new list. */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Just inherit the priority. */
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder )
+ {
+ tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder;
+
+ if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+ {
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
+ {
+ /* We must be the running task to be able to give the mutex back.
+ Remove ourselves from the ready list we currently appear in. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Disinherit the priority before adding ourselves into the new
+ ready list. */
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxTCB->uxPriority );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
+ {
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+void vTaskExitCritical( void )
+{
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0 )
+ {
+ ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
+
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/timers.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/timers.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7e5ef22addaf00433a7a10800cca496cdca84111
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/FreeRTOS_src/timers.c
@@ -0,0 +1,649 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom
+of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
+configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+/* Misc definitions. */
+#define tmrNO_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0U
+
+/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerControl
+{
+ const signed char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */
+ xListItem xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
+ portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one shot timer. */
+ void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
+ tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
+} xTIMER;
+
+/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer
+queue. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
+{
+ portBASE_TYPE xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
+ portTickType xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
+ xTIMER * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
+} xTIMER_MESSAGE;
+
+
+/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire
+time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the
+timer service task is allowed to access xActiveTimerList. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList1;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList2;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxCurrentTimerList;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxOverflowTimerList;
+
+/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xQueueHandle xTimerQueue = NULL;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
+ * been initialised already.
+ */
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this
+ * task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
+ * xTimerQueue queue.
+ */
+static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
+ * received on the timer queue.
+ */
+static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
+ * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
+ */
+static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an
+ * auto reload timer, then call its callback.
+ */
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
+ * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
+ */
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
+ * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
+ */
+static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
+ * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the
+ * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
+ * to pdTRUE.
+ */
+static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task
+ * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
+ */
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+ /* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
+ configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the
+ timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already
+ been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
+ prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+ if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY, NULL);
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( xReturn );
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void *pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction )
+{
+xTIMER *pxNewTimer;
+
+ /* Allocate the timer structure. */
+ if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( portTickType ) 0U )
+ {
+ pxNewTimer = NULL;
+ configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pxNewTimer = ( xTIMER * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xTIMER ) );
+ if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
+ created/initialised. */
+ prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+ /* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */
+ pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
+ pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+ pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
+ pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
+ pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+
+ traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ( xTimerHandle ) pxNewTimer;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
+xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
+
+ /* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
+ on a particular timer definition. */
+ if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
+ xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
+ xMessage.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
+ xMessage.pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
+
+ if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken == NULL )
+ {
+ if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xBlockTime );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ }
+
+ traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow )
+{
+xTIMER *pxTimer;
+portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ /* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already
+ been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
+ pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+ /* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
+ expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
+ if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* This is the only time a timer is inserted into a list using
+ a time relative to anything other than the current time. It
+ will therefore be inserted into the correct list relative to
+ the time this task thinks it is now, even if a command to
+ switch lists due to a tick count overflow is already waiting in
+ the timer queue. */
+ if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
+ list. Reload it now. */
+ xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ configASSERT( xResult );
+ ( void ) xResult;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Call the timer callback. */
+ pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
+{
+portTickType xNextExpireTime;
+portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty;
+
+ /* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
+ ( void ) pvParameters;
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ /* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
+ obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
+ xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
+
+ /* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task
+ until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
+ prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
+
+ /* Empty the command queue. */
+ prvProcessReceivedCommands();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty )
+{
+portTickType xTimeNow;
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
+ has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
+ then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
+ when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
+ prvSampelTimeNow() function. */
+ xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+ if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
+ if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
+ {
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
+ time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore
+ block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
+ received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot
+ be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
+ case when the current timer list is empty. */
+ vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) );
+
+ if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the block time
+ to expire. If a command arrived between the critical section being
+ exited and this yield then the yield will not cause the task
+ to block. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty )
+{
+portTickType xNextExpireTime;
+
+ /* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
+ referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which
+ the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no
+ active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause
+ this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
+ timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
+ re-assessed. */
+ *pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
+ xNextExpireTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
+ }
+
+ return xNextExpireTime;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
+{
+portTickType xTimeNow;
+static portTickType xLastTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
+
+ xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
+
+ if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
+ {
+ prvSwitchTimerLists( xLastTime );
+ *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
+ }
+
+ xLastTime = xTimeNow;
+
+ return xTimeNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
+
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+
+ if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
+ {
+ /* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
+ timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
+ if( ( ( portTickType ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks )
+ {
+ /* The time between a command being issued and the command being
+ processed actually exceeds the timers period. */
+ xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
+ {
+ /* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
+ but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
+ its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
+ xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xProcessTimerNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
+{
+xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
+xTIMER *pxTimer;
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
+portTickType xTimeNow;
+
+ /* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but it
+ must be present in the function call. */
+ xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+
+ while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL )
+ {
+ pxTimer = xMessage.pxTimer;
+
+ /* Is the timer already in a list of active timers? When the command
+ is trmCOMMAND_PROCESS_TIMER_OVERFLOW, the timer will be NULL as the
+ command is to the task rather than to an individual timer. */
+ if( pxTimer != NULL )
+ {
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.xMessageValue );
+
+ switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
+ {
+ case tmrCOMMAND_START :
+ /* Start or restart a timer. */
+ if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
+ list. Process it now. */
+ pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
+
+ if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
+ {
+ xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ configASSERT( xResult );
+ ( void ) xResult;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
+ /* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
+ There is nothing to do here. */
+ break;
+
+ case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
+ pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.xMessageValue;
+ configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+ prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
+ break;
+
+ case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
+ /* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
+ just free up the memory. */
+ vPortFree( pxTimer );
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Don't expect to get here. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime )
+{
+portTickType xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
+xList *pxTemp;
+xTIMER *pxTimer;
+portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ /* Remove compiler warnings if configASSERT() is not defined. */
+ ( void ) xLastTime;
+
+ /* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched.
+ If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
+ then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
+ are switched. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+
+ /* Remove the timer from the list. */
+ pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+
+ /* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
+ it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists
+ have not yet been switched. */
+ pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
+
+ if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
+ the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
+ and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
+ processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent
+ to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
+ the lists have been swapped. */
+ xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
+ if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
+ {
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+ vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ configASSERT( xResult );
+ ( void ) xResult;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
+ pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
+ pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
+{
+ /* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
+ queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
+ initialised. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
+ vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
+ pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
+ pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
+ xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( xTIMER_MESSAGE ) );
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsInActiveList;
+xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
+
+ /* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
+ it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
+ one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
+ xTimerIsInActiveList = !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xTimerIsInActiveList;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+{
+xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
+
+ return pxTimer->pvTimerID;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer
+functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/FreeRTOSConfig.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/FreeRTOSConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cd81dddc9482e9bb971d763641c85a22437477af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/FreeRTOSConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Application specific definitions.
+ *
+ * These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
+ * application requirements.
+ *
+ * THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
+ * FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 0
+#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 5 )
+#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
+#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( ( unsigned long ) 100000000 )
+#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ( ( portTickType ) 200 )
+#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ( ( unsigned short ) 200 )
+#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( 19 * 1024 ) )
+#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ( 12 )
+#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0
+#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
+#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 0
+#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
+#define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
+#define configHEPIA_TRACING 1
+#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0
+
+
+#if configHEPIA_TRACING
+// TRACE WITHOUT TRACING TASK:
+// condition task_id!=uxTaskNumber-1 can be useful to avoid tracing the tracing task itself!
+#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() {if (previous_id_in!=pxCurrentTCB->task_id) {\
+ if (previous_id_in!=0xFF && previous_id_in!=uxTaskNumber-1) \
+ write_trace(previous_id_in, 0); \
+ if (pxCurrentTCB->task_id!=uxTaskNumber-1) \
+ write_trace(pxCurrentTCB->task_id, 1); \
+ previous_id_in=pxCurrentTCB->task_id;}}
+
+// TRACE INCLUDING TRACING TASK:
+/*#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN() {if (previous_id_in!=pxCurrentTCB->task_id) {\
+ if (previous_id_in!=0xFF) \
+ write_trace(previous_id_in, 0); \
+ write_trace(pxCurrentTCB->task_id, 1); \
+ previous_id_in=pxCurrentTCB->task_id;}}*/
+#endif
+
+
+#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ( 2 )
+
+#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1
+#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
+#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
+#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1
+#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 10
+#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
+
+/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
+to exclude the API function. */
+
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 1
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Ethernet configuration.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* MAC address configuration. */
+#define configMAC_ADDR0 0x00
+#define configMAC_ADDR1 0x12
+#define configMAC_ADDR2 0x13
+#define configMAC_ADDR3 0x10
+#define configMAC_ADDR4 0x15
+#define configMAC_ADDR5 0x11
+
+/* IP address configuration. */
+#define configIP_ADDR0 192
+#define configIP_ADDR1 168
+#define configIP_ADDR2 0
+#define configIP_ADDR3 201
+
+/* Netmask configuration. */
+#define configNET_MASK0 255
+#define configNET_MASK1 255
+#define configNET_MASK2 255
+#define configNET_MASK3 0
+
+/* Use the system definition, if there is one */
+#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+ #define configPRIO_BITS __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+#else
+ #define configPRIO_BITS 5 /* 32 priority levels */
+#endif
+
+/* The lowest priority. */
+#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( 31 << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
+/* Priority 5, or 160 as only the top three bits are implemented. */
+#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( 5 << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
+
+/* Priorities passed to NVIC_SetPriority() do not require shifting as the
+function does the shifting itself. Note these priorities need to be equal to
+or lower than configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY - therefore the numeric
+value needs to be equal to or greater than 5 (on the Cortex-M3 the lower the
+numeric value the higher the interrupt priority). */
+#define configEMAC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 5
+#define configUSB_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 6
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Macros required to setup the timer for the run time stats.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern void vConfigureTimerForRunTimeStats( void );
+
+#define portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE() LPC_TIM0->TC
+
+
+#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/accelerometer.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/accelerometer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b0647413eac2d5ca4c0adfc8f545a05c108cd000
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/accelerometer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+
+This software is released under the LGPL-3.0 license: http://www.opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.html
+
+Copyright (c) 2013, hepia (ITI) http://www.hepialight.ch
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 3.0 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef ACCELEROMETER_H_
+#define ACCELEROMETER_H_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define accel_addr_X 0x00
+#define accel_addr_Y 0x01
+#define accel_addr_Z 0x02
+#define accel_mode_reg 0x07
+
+#define ACCEL_INT_PIN 11
+#define ACCEL_I2C_ADDR 0x1D<<1
+
+#define LSM303D_REG_WHOAMI 0x0F
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL0 0x1F
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL1 0x20
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL2 0x21
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL3 0x22
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL4 0x23
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL5 0x24
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL6 0x25
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL7 0x26
+#define LSM303D_REG_TEMP_OUT_L 0x05
+#define LSM303D_REG_TEMP_OUT_H 0x06
+#define LSM303D_REG_STATUS_M 0x07
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_X_L_M 0x08
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_X_H_M 0x09
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Y_L_M 0x0a
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Y_H_M 0x0b
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Z_L_M 0x0c
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Z_H_M 0x0d
+#define LSM303D_REG_STATUS_A 0x27
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_X_L_A 0x28
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_X_H_A 0x29
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Y_L_A 0x2a
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Y_H_A 0x2b
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Z_L_A 0x2c
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Z_H_A 0x2d
+
+#define ACC_NOT_INITIALISED -21
+#define ACC_INIT_I2C_FAILED -22
+#define ACC_NOERROR 0
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ float accel_x;
+ float accel_y;
+ float accel_z;
+ int16_t magneto_x;
+ int16_t magneto_y;
+ int16_t magneto_z;
+ int16_t temperature;
+} accel_t;
+
+int accel_init(void);
+
+/*
+ * Accelerometer reading. each component read has a value in the range [-1, 1]
+ * Parameter: accel: pointer on (x,y,z) acceleration to be returned
+ * Return: ACC_NOERROR if no error or error code
+ */
+int accel_read(accel_t *accel);
+
+
+#endif /* ACCELEROMETER_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/cr_startup_lpc17.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/cr_startup_lpc17.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ec9b3f7757ac267c8fcb1d3204b60b778e9c8ab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/cr_startup_lpc17.c
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+//*****************************************************************************
+// +--+
+// | ++----+
+// +-++ |
+// | |
+// +-+--+ |
+// | +--+--+
+// +----+ Copyright (c) 2009-10 Code Red Technologies Ltd.
+//
+// Microcontroller Startup code for use with Red Suite
+//
+// Software License Agreement
+//
+// The software is owned by Code Red Technologies and/or its suppliers, and is
+// protected under applicable copyright laws. All rights are reserved. Any
+// use in violation of the foregoing restrictions may subject the user to criminal
+// sanctions under applicable laws, as well as to civil liability for the breach
+// of the terms and conditions of this license.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
+// OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+// MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
+// USE OF THIS SOFTWARE FOR COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND/OR EDUCATION IS SUBJECT
+// TO A CURRENT END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (COMMERCIAL OR EDUCATIONAL) WITH
+// CODE RED TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+#ifdef __REDLIB__
+#error Redlib does not support C++
+#else
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The entry point for the C++ library startup
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern "C" {
+ extern void __libc_init_array(void);
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
+#define ALIAS(f) __attribute__ ((weak, alias (#f)))
+
+// Code Red - if CMSIS is being used, then SystemInit() routine
+// will be called by startup code rather than in application's main()
+#if defined (__USE_CMSIS)
+#include "system_LPC17xx.h"
+#endif
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Forward declaration of the default handlers. These are aliased.
+// When the application defines a handler (with the same name), this will
+// automatically take precedence over these weak definitions
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+ void ResetISR(void);
+WEAK void NMI_Handler(void);
+WEAK void HardFault_Handler(void);
+WEAK void MemManage_Handler(void);
+WEAK void BusFault_Handler(void);
+WEAK void UsageFault_Handler(void);
+WEAK void SVCall_Handler(void);
+WEAK void DebugMon_Handler(void);
+WEAK void PendSV_Handler(void);
+WEAK void SysTick_Handler(void);
+WEAK void IntDefaultHandler(void);
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Forward declaration of the specific IRQ handlers. These are aliased
+// to the IntDefaultHandler, which is a 'forever' loop. When the application
+// defines a handler (with the same name), this will automatically take
+// precedence over these weak definitions
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+void WDT_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER3_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART3_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void PWM1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2C0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2C1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2C2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void SPI_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void SSP0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void SSP1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void PLL0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void RTC_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT3_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void ADC_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void BOD_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void USB_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void CAN_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void DMA_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2S_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void ENET_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void RIT_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void MCPWM_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void QEI_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void PLL1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void USBActivity_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void CANActivity_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+
+extern void xPortSysTickHandler(void);
+extern void xPortPendSVHandler(void);
+extern void vPortSVCHandler( void );
+extern void vEMAC_ISR( void );
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The entry point for the application.
+// __main() is the entry point for Redlib based applications
+// main() is the entry point for Newlib based applications
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__REDLIB__)
+extern void __main(void);
+#endif
+extern int main(void);
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// External declaration for the pointer to the stack top from the Linker Script
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern void _vStackTop(void);
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The vector table.
+// This relies on the linker script to place at correct location in memory.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern void (* const g_pfnVectors[])(void);
+__attribute__ ((section(".isr_vector")))
+void (* const g_pfnVectors[])(void) =
+{
+ // Core Level - CM3
+ (void *)&_vStackTop, // The initial stack pointer
+ ResetISR, // The reset handler
+ NMI_Handler, // The NMI handler
+ HardFault_Handler, // The hard fault handler
+ MemManage_Handler, // The MPU fault handler
+ BusFault_Handler, // The bus fault handler
+ UsageFault_Handler, // The usage fault handler
+ 0, // Reserved
+ 0, // Reserved
+ 0, // Reserved
+ 0, // Reserved
+ vPortSVCHandler, // SVCall handler
+ DebugMon_Handler, // Debug monitor handler
+ 0, // Reserved
+ xPortPendSVHandler, // The PendSV handler
+ xPortSysTickHandler, // The SysTick handler
+
+ // Chip Level - LPC17
+ WDT_IRQHandler, // 16, 0x40 - WDT
+ TIMER0_IRQHandler, // 17, 0x44 - TIMER0
+ TIMER1_IRQHandler, // 18, 0x48 - TIMER1
+ TIMER2_IRQHandler, // 19, 0x4c - TIMER2
+ TIMER3_IRQHandler, // 20, 0x50 - TIMER3
+ UART0_IRQHandler, // 21, 0x54 - UART0
+ UART1_IRQHandler, // 22, 0x58 - UART1
+ UART2_IRQHandler, // 23, 0x5c - UART2
+ UART3_IRQHandler, // 24, 0x60 - UART3
+ PWM1_IRQHandler, // 25, 0x64 - PWM1
+ I2C0_IRQHandler, // 26, 0x68 - I2C0
+ I2C1_IRQHandler, // 27, 0x6c - I2C1
+ I2C2_IRQHandler, // 28, 0x70 - I2C2
+ SPI_IRQHandler, // 29, 0x74 - SPI
+ SSP0_IRQHandler, // 30, 0x78 - SSP0
+ SSP1_IRQHandler, // 31, 0x7c - SSP1
+ PLL0_IRQHandler, // 32, 0x80 - PLL0 (Main PLL)
+ RTC_IRQHandler, // 33, 0x84 - RTC
+ EINT0_IRQHandler, // 34, 0x88 - EINT0
+ EINT1_IRQHandler, // 35, 0x8c - EINT1
+ EINT2_IRQHandler, // 36, 0x90 - EINT2
+ EINT3_IRQHandler, // 37, 0x94 - EINT3
+ ADC_IRQHandler, // 38, 0x98 - ADC
+ BOD_IRQHandler, // 39, 0x9c - BOD
+ USB_IRQHandler, // 40, 0xA0 - USB
+ CAN_IRQHandler, // 41, 0xa4 - CAN
+ DMA_IRQHandler, // 42, 0xa8 - GP DMA
+ I2S_IRQHandler, // 43, 0xac - I2S
+ ENET_IRQHandler, // Ethernet.
+ RIT_IRQHandler, // 45, 0xb4 - RITINT
+ MCPWM_IRQHandler, // 46, 0xb8 - Motor Control PWM
+ QEI_IRQHandler, // 47, 0xbc - Quadrature Encoder
+ PLL1_IRQHandler, // 48, 0xc0 - PLL1 (USB PLL)
+ USBActivity_IRQHandler, // 49, 0xc4 - USB Activity interrupt to wakeup
+ CANActivity_IRQHandler, // 50, 0xc8 - CAN Activity interrupt to wakeup
+};
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+// Functions to carry out the initialization of RW and BSS data sections. These
+// are written as separate functions rather than being inlined within the
+// ResetISR() function in order to cope with MCUs with multiple banks of
+// memory.
+//*****************************************************************************
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void data_init(unsigned int romstart, unsigned int start, unsigned int len) {
+ unsigned int *pulDest = (unsigned int*) start;
+ unsigned int *pulSrc = (unsigned int*) romstart;
+ unsigned int loop;
+ for (loop = 0; loop < len; loop = loop + 4)
+ *pulDest++ = *pulSrc++;
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void bss_init(unsigned int start, unsigned int len) {
+ unsigned int *pulDest = (unsigned int*) start;
+ unsigned int loop;
+ for (loop = 0; loop < len; loop = loop + 4)
+ *pulDest++ = 0;
+}
+
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The following are constructs created by the linker, indicating where the
+// the "data" and "bss" segments reside in memory. The initializers for the
+// for the "data" segment resides immediately following the "text" segment.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern unsigned long _etext;
+extern unsigned long _data;
+extern unsigned long _edata;
+extern unsigned long _bss;
+extern unsigned long _ebss;
+
+extern unsigned int __data_section_table;
+extern unsigned int __data_section_table_end;
+extern unsigned int __bss_section_table;
+extern unsigned int __bss_section_table_end;
+
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+// Reset entry point for your code.
+// Sets up a simple runtime environment and initializes the C/C++
+// library.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void
+ResetISR(void) {
+ unsigned int LoadAddr, ExeAddr, SectionLen;
+ unsigned int *SectionTableAddr;
+
+ // Load base address of Global Section Table
+ SectionTableAddr = &__data_section_table;
+
+ // Copy the data sections from flash to SRAM.
+ while (SectionTableAddr < &__data_section_table_end) {
+ LoadAddr = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ ExeAddr = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ SectionLen = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ data_init(LoadAddr, ExeAddr, SectionLen);
+ }
+ // At this point, SectionTableAddr = &__bss_section_table;
+ // Zero fill the bss segment
+ while (SectionTableAddr < &__bss_section_table_end) {
+ ExeAddr = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ SectionLen = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ bss_init(ExeAddr, SectionLen);
+ }
+/* unsigned long *pulSrc, *pulDest;
+
+ //
+ // Copy the data segment initializers from flash to SRAM.
+ //
+ pulSrc = &_etext;
+ for(pulDest = &_data; pulDest < &_edata; )
+ {
+ *pulDest++ = *pulSrc++;
+ }
+
+ //
+ // Zero fill the bss segment. This is done with inline assembly since this
+ // will clear the value of pulDest if it is not kept in a register.
+ //
+ __asm(" ldr r0, =_bss\n"
+ " ldr r1, =_ebss\n"
+ " mov r2, #0\n"
+ " .thumb_func\n"
+ "zero_loop:\n"
+ " cmp r0, r1\n"
+ " it lt\n"
+ " strlt r2, [r0], #4\n"
+ " blt zero_loop");*/
+
+#ifdef __USE_CMSIS
+ SystemInit();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+ //
+ // Call C++ library initialisation
+ //
+ __libc_init_array();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__REDLIB__)
+ // Call the Redlib library, which in turn calls main()
+ __main() ;
+#else
+ main();
+#endif
+
+ //
+ // main() shouldn't return, but if it does, we'll just enter an infinite loop
+ //
+ while (1) {
+ ;
+ }
+}
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// This is the code that gets called when the processor receives a NMI. This
+// simply enters an infinite loop, preserving the system state for examination
+// by a debugger.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void NMI_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void HardFault_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void MemManage_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void BusFault_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void UsageFault_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void DebugMon_Handler(void)
+{
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Processor ends up here if an unexpected interrupt occurs or a handler
+// is not present in the application code.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void IntDefaultHandler(void)
+{
+ //
+ // Go into an infinite loop.
+ //
+ while(1)
+ {
+ }
+}
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/custom_rand.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/custom_rand.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..08d1f799f60f3431802a6008cd95f4bed0a0cc96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/custom_rand.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef custom_randH
+#define custom_randH
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* Pseudo-random generator intialisation.
+ * Parameter: seed: random-generator starting point
+ */
+void init_rnd32(uint32_t seed);
+
+/* Generate a new random sample based on the last call of this function
+ * Return: random value
+ * */
+uint32_t rnd32(void);
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/ethernet_mgt.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/ethernet_mgt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..c7ba8bc8c1303fb6bfc53d3fe30950f7e1003113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/ethernet_mgt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * ethernet_mgt.h
+ *
+ * Description: Ethernet driver. Note: RX/TX buffers must be in RAM2
+ * since SRAM is deactivated during WFI (the DMA can not copy data during a WFI in SRAM)
+ * Created on: 13.4.2018
+ * Author: Pilloux V.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ETHERNET_MGT_H_
+#define ETHERNET_MGT_H_
+
+/* Description: callback prototype for ethernet_init()
+ *
+ * Parameter: data: pointer on data to be received
+ * length: data length [bytes]
+ */
+typedef void (*rx_eth_callback_t)(void *data, int len);
+
+/* Description: initialise Ethernet connection. RX/TX buffers MUST be declared in RAM2
+ * since SRAM is deactivated during WFI (the DMA can not copy data during a WFI in SRAM)
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ * tx_double_buf: pointer on the transmission double buffer (can be NULL if not used)
+ * rx_double_buf: pointer on the receiving double buffer (can be NULL if not used)
+ * double_len_tx: maximum length of the transmission double buffers
+ * double_len_rx: maximum length of the receiving double buffers
+ * rx_callback: pointer on a callback function which is called
+ * each time data is received by Ethernet. If rx_callback==NULL,
+ * no callback is used.
+ * Return: pointer on the data frame to be filled for transmission
+ */
+unsigned char *ethernet_init(unsigned char *tx_double_buf, int double_len_tx, unsigned char *rx_double_buf,
+ int double_len_rx, rx_eth_callback_t rx_callback);
+
+/* Description: send raw data to Ethernet (no address management)
+ *
+ * Parameter: length: data length [bytes]. Note that length can be lower than double_len/2
+ * but not bigger
+ * blocking: if true, waits the frame transmission
+ * Return: pointer on the next data frame to transmit
+ */
+unsigned char *send_eth(int length, bool blocking);
+
+/* Description: receive raw data from Ethernet (no address management).
+ * This function blocks until data is received.
+ *
+ * Parameter: length: pointer on the received data length [bytes]
+ * Return: pointer on the received data
+ */
+unsigned char *rec_eth(int *length);
+
+#endif /* ETHERNET_MGT_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/ethmac.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/ethmac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..86c0018b4367c6bccab85c65eae3c4cb0e65fb06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/ethmac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+/******************************************************************
+ ***** *****
+ ***** Name: cs8900.h *****
+ ***** Ver.: 1.0 *****
+ ***** Date: 07/05/2001 *****
+ ***** Auth: Andreas Dannenberg *****
+ ***** HTWK Leipzig *****
+ ***** university of applied sciences *****
+ ***** Germany *****
+ ***** adannenb@et.htwk-leipzig.de *****
+ ***** Func: header-file for cs8900.c *****
+ ***** *****
+ ******************************************************************/
+
+// Modifications by Code Red Technologies for NXP LPC1768
+// Filename changed to ethmac.h as no longer for cs8900
+
+// CodeRed - update for new header filename
+
+#ifndef __ETHMAC_H
+#define __ETHMAC_H
+
+#define MYMAC_1 1 // our ethernet (MAC) address
+#define MYMAC_2 2 // (MUST be unique in LAN!)
+#define MYMAC_3 3
+#define MYMAC_4 4
+#define MYMAC_5 5
+#define MYMAC_6 6
+
+
+// *******
+// CodeRed - defines for LPC1768 ethernet
+// *******
+
+/* EMAC Memory Buffer configuration for 16K Ethernet RAM. */
+#define NUM_RX_FRAG 4 /* Num.of RX Fragments 4*1536= 6.0kB */
+#define NUM_TX_FRAG 2 /* Num.of TX Fragments 3*1536= 4.6kB */
+#define ETH_FRAG_SIZE 1536 /* Packet Fragment size 1536 Bytes */
+
+#define ETH_MAX_FLEN 1536 /* Max. Ethernet Frame Size */
+
+/* EMAC variables located in AHB SRAM bank 1*/
+// Below is base address for first silicon
+//#define RX_DESC_BASE 0x20004000
+// Below is base address for production silicon
+#define RX_DESC_BASE 0x2007c000
+#define RX_STAT_BASE (RX_DESC_BASE + NUM_RX_FRAG*8)
+#define TX_DESC_BASE (RX_STAT_BASE + NUM_RX_FRAG*8)
+#define TX_STAT_BASE (TX_DESC_BASE + NUM_TX_FRAG*8)
+#define RX_BUF_BASE (TX_STAT_BASE + NUM_TX_FRAG*4)
+#define TX_BUF_BASE (RX_BUF_BASE + NUM_RX_FRAG*ETH_FRAG_SIZE)
+
+/* RX and TX descriptor and status definitions. */
+#define RX_DESC_PACKET(i) (*(unsigned int *)(RX_DESC_BASE + 8*i))
+#define RX_DESC_CTRL(i) (*(unsigned int *)(RX_DESC_BASE+4 + 8*i))
+#define RX_STAT_INFO(i) (*(unsigned int *)(RX_STAT_BASE + 8*i))
+#define RX_STAT_HASHCRC(i) (*(unsigned int *)(RX_STAT_BASE+4 + 8*i))
+#define TX_DESC_PACKET(i) (*(unsigned int *)(TX_DESC_BASE + 8*i))
+#define TX_DESC_CTRL(i) (*(unsigned int *)(TX_DESC_BASE+4 + 8*i))
+#define TX_STAT_INFO(i) (*(unsigned int *)(TX_STAT_BASE + 4*i))
+#define RX_BUF(i) (RX_BUF_BASE + ETH_FRAG_SIZE*i)
+#define TX_BUF(i) (TX_BUF_BASE + ETH_FRAG_SIZE*i)
+
+/* MAC Configuration Register 1 */
+#define MAC1_REC_EN 0x00000001 /* Receive Enable */
+#define MAC1_PASS_ALL 0x00000002 /* Pass All Receive Frames */
+#define MAC1_RX_FLOWC 0x00000004 /* RX Flow Control */
+#define MAC1_TX_FLOWC 0x00000008 /* TX Flow Control */
+#define MAC1_LOOPB 0x00000010 /* Loop Back Mode */
+#define MAC1_RES_TX 0x00000100 /* Reset TX Logic */
+#define MAC1_RES_MCS_TX 0x00000200 /* Reset MAC TX Control Sublayer */
+#define MAC1_RES_RX 0x00000400 /* Reset RX Logic */
+#define MAC1_RES_MCS_RX 0x00000800 /* Reset MAC RX Control Sublayer */
+#define MAC1_SIM_RES 0x00004000 /* Simulation Reset */
+#define MAC1_SOFT_RES 0x00008000 /* Soft Reset MAC */
+
+/* MAC Configuration Register 2 */
+#define MAC2_FULL_DUP 0x00000001 /* Full Duplex Mode */
+#define MAC2_FRM_LEN_CHK 0x00000002 /* Frame Length Checking */
+#define MAC2_HUGE_FRM_EN 0x00000004 /* Huge Frame Enable */
+#define MAC2_DLY_CRC 0x00000008 /* Delayed CRC Mode */
+#define MAC2_CRC_EN 0x00000010 /* Append CRC to every Frame */
+#define MAC2_PAD_EN 0x00000020 /* Pad all Short Frames */
+#define MAC2_VLAN_PAD_EN 0x00000040 /* VLAN Pad Enable */
+#define MAC2_ADET_PAD_EN 0x00000080 /* Auto Detect Pad Enable */
+#define MAC2_PPREAM_ENF 0x00000100 /* Pure Preamble Enforcement */
+#define MAC2_LPREAM_ENF 0x00000200 /* Long Preamble Enforcement */
+#define MAC2_NO_BACKOFF 0x00001000 /* No Backoff Algorithm */
+#define MAC2_BACK_PRESSURE 0x00002000 /* Backoff Presurre / No Backoff */
+#define MAC2_EXCESS_DEF 0x00004000 /* Excess Defer */
+
+/* Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Register */
+#define IPGT_FULL_DUP 0x00000015 /* Recommended value for Full Duplex */
+#define IPGT_HALF_DUP 0x00000012 /* Recommended value for Half Duplex */
+
+/* Non Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Register */
+#define IPGR_DEF 0x00000012 /* Recommended value */
+
+/* Collision Window/Retry Register */
+#define CLRT_DEF 0x0000370F /* Default value */
+
+/* PHY Support Register */
+#define SUPP_SPEED 0x00000100 /* Reduced MII Logic Current Speed */
+
+/* Test Register */
+#define TEST_SHCUT_PQUANTA 0x00000001 /* Shortcut Pause Quanta */
+#define TEST_TST_PAUSE 0x00000002 /* Test Pause */
+#define TEST_TST_BACKP 0x00000004 /* Test Back Pressure */
+
+/* MII Management Configuration Register */
+#define MCFG_SCAN_INC 0x00000001 /* Scan Increment PHY Address */
+#define MCFG_SUPP_PREAM 0x00000002 /* Suppress Preamble */
+#define MCFG_CLK_SEL 0x0000001C /* Clock Select Mask */
+#define MCFG_RES_MII 0x00008000 /* Reset MII Management Hardware */
+
+#define MCFG_CLK_DIV28 0x0000001C /* MDC = hclk / 28 */
+#define MCFG_CLK_DIV36 0x00000020
+#define MCFG_CLK_DIV64 0x0000003c
+
+/* MII Management Command Register */
+#define MCMD_READ 0x00000001 /* MII Read */
+#define MCMD_SCAN 0x00000002 /* MII Scan continuously */
+
+#define MII_WR_TOUT 0x00050000 /* MII Write timeout count */
+#define MII_RD_TOUT 0x00050000 /* MII Read timeout count */
+
+/* MII Management Address Register */
+#define MADR_REG_ADR 0x0000001F /* MII Register Address Mask */
+#define MADR_PHY_ADR 0x00001F00 /* PHY Address Mask */
+
+/* MII Management Indicators Register */
+#define MIND_BUSY 0x00000001 /* MII is Busy */
+#define MIND_SCAN 0x00000002 /* MII Scanning in Progress */
+#define MIND_NOT_VAL 0x00000004 /* MII Read Data not valid */
+#define MIND_MII_LINK_FAIL 0x00000008 /* MII Link Failed */
+
+/* Command Register */
+#define CR_RX_EN 0x00000001 /* Enable Receive */
+#define CR_TX_EN 0x00000002 /* Enable Transmit */
+#define CR_REG_RES 0x00000008 /* Reset Host Registers */
+#define CR_TX_RES 0x00000010 /* Reset Transmit Datapath */
+#define CR_RX_RES 0x00000020 /* Reset Receive Datapath */
+#define CR_PASS_RUNT_FRM 0x00000040 /* Pass Runt Frames */
+#define CR_PASS_RX_FILT 0x00000080 /* Pass RX Filter */
+#define CR_TX_FLOW_CTRL 0x00000100 /* TX Flow Control */
+#define CR_RMII 0x00000200 /* Reduced MII Interface */
+#define CR_FULL_DUP 0x00000400 /* Full Duplex */
+
+/* Status Register */
+#define SR_RX_EN 0x00000001 /* Enable Receive */
+#define SR_TX_EN 0x00000002 /* Enable Transmit */
+
+/* Transmit Status Vector 0 Register */
+#define TSV0_CRC_ERR 0x00000001 /* CRC error */
+#define TSV0_LEN_CHKERR 0x00000002 /* Length Check Error */
+#define TSV0_LEN_OUTRNG 0x00000004 /* Length Out of Range */
+#define TSV0_DONE 0x00000008 /* Tramsmission Completed */
+#define TSV0_MCAST 0x00000010 /* Multicast Destination */
+#define TSV0_BCAST 0x00000020 /* Broadcast Destination */
+#define TSV0_PKT_DEFER 0x00000040 /* Packet Deferred */
+#define TSV0_EXC_DEFER 0x00000080 /* Excessive Packet Deferral */
+#define TSV0_EXC_COLL 0x00000100 /* Excessive Collision */
+#define TSV0_LATE_COLL 0x00000200 /* Late Collision Occured */
+#define TSV0_GIANT 0x00000400 /* Giant Frame */
+#define TSV0_UNDERRUN 0x00000800 /* Buffer Underrun */
+#define TSV0_BYTES 0x0FFFF000 /* Total Bytes Transferred */
+#define TSV0_CTRL_FRAME 0x10000000 /* Control Frame */
+#define TSV0_PAUSE 0x20000000 /* Pause Frame */
+#define TSV0_BACK_PRESS 0x40000000 /* Backpressure Method Applied */
+#define TSV0_VLAN 0x80000000 /* VLAN Frame */
+
+/* Transmit Status Vector 1 Register */
+#define TSV1_BYTE_CNT 0x0000FFFF /* Transmit Byte Count */
+#define TSV1_COLL_CNT 0x000F0000 /* Transmit Collision Count */
+
+/* Receive Status Vector Register */
+#define RSV_BYTE_CNT 0x0000FFFF /* Receive Byte Count */
+#define RSV_PKT_IGNORED 0x00010000 /* Packet Previously Ignored */
+#define RSV_RXDV_SEEN 0x00020000 /* RXDV Event Previously Seen */
+#define RSV_CARR_SEEN 0x00040000 /* Carrier Event Previously Seen */
+#define RSV_REC_CODEV 0x00080000 /* Receive Code Violation */
+#define RSV_CRC_ERR 0x00100000 /* CRC Error */
+#define RSV_LEN_CHKERR 0x00200000 /* Length Check Error */
+#define RSV_LEN_OUTRNG 0x00400000 /* Length Out of Range */
+#define RSV_REC_OK 0x00800000 /* Frame Received OK */
+#define RSV_MCAST 0x01000000 /* Multicast Frame */
+#define RSV_BCAST 0x02000000 /* Broadcast Frame */
+#define RSV_DRIB_NIBB 0x04000000 /* Dribble Nibble */
+#define RSV_CTRL_FRAME 0x08000000 /* Control Frame */
+#define RSV_PAUSE 0x10000000 /* Pause Frame */
+#define RSV_UNSUPP_OPC 0x20000000 /* Unsupported Opcode */
+#define RSV_VLAN 0x40000000 /* VLAN Frame */
+
+/* Flow Control Counter Register */
+#define FCC_MIRR_CNT 0x0000FFFF /* Mirror Counter */
+#define FCC_PAUSE_TIM 0xFFFF0000 /* Pause Timer */
+
+/* Flow Control Status Register */
+#define FCS_MIRR_CNT 0x0000FFFF /* Mirror Counter Current */
+
+/* Receive Filter Control Register */
+#define RFC_UCAST_EN 0x00000001 /* Accept Unicast Frames Enable */
+#define RFC_BCAST_EN 0x00000002 /* Accept Broadcast Frames Enable */
+#define RFC_MCAST_EN 0x00000004 /* Accept Multicast Frames Enable */
+#define RFC_UCAST_HASH_EN 0x00000008 /* Accept Unicast Hash Filter Frames */
+#define RFC_MCAST_HASH_EN 0x00000010 /* Accept Multicast Hash Filter Fram.*/
+#define RFC_PERFECT_EN 0x00000020 /* Accept Perfect Match Enable */
+#define RFC_MAGP_WOL_EN 0x00001000 /* Magic Packet Filter WoL Enable */
+#define RFC_PFILT_WOL_EN 0x00002000 /* Perfect Filter WoL Enable */
+
+/* Receive Filter WoL Status/Clear Registers */
+#define WOL_UCAST 0x00000001 /* Unicast Frame caused WoL */
+#define WOL_BCAST 0x00000002 /* Broadcast Frame caused WoL */
+#define WOL_MCAST 0x00000004 /* Multicast Frame caused WoL */
+#define WOL_UCAST_HASH 0x00000008 /* Unicast Hash Filter Frame WoL */
+#define WOL_MCAST_HASH 0x00000010 /* Multicast Hash Filter Frame WoL */
+#define WOL_PERFECT 0x00000020 /* Perfect Filter WoL */
+#define WOL_RX_FILTER 0x00000080 /* RX Filter caused WoL */
+#define WOL_MAG_PACKET 0x00000100 /* Magic Packet Filter caused WoL */
+
+/* Interrupt Status/Enable/Clear/Set Registers */
+#define INT_RX_OVERRUN 0x00000001 /* Overrun Error in RX Queue */
+#define INT_RX_ERR 0x00000002 /* Receive Error */
+#define INT_RX_FIN 0x00000004 /* RX Finished Process Descriptors */
+#define INT_RX_DONE 0x00000008 /* Receive Done */
+#define INT_TX_UNDERRUN 0x00000010 /* Transmit Underrun */
+#define INT_TX_ERR 0x00000020 /* Transmit Error */
+#define INT_TX_FIN 0x00000040 /* TX Finished Process Descriptors */
+#define INT_TX_DONE 0x00000080 /* Transmit Done */
+#define INT_SOFT_INT 0x00001000 /* Software Triggered Interrupt */
+#define INT_WAKEUP 0x00002000 /* Wakeup Event Interrupt */
+
+/* Power Down Register */
+#define PD_POWER_DOWN 0x80000000 /* Power Down MAC */
+
+/* RX Descriptor Control Word */
+#define RCTRL_SIZE 0x000007FF /* Buffer size mask */
+#define RCTRL_INT 0x80000000 /* Generate RxDone Interrupt */
+
+/* RX Status Hash CRC Word */
+#define RHASH_SA 0x000001FF /* Hash CRC for Source Address */
+#define RHASH_DA 0x001FF000 /* Hash CRC for Destination Address */
+
+/* RX Status Information Word */
+#define RINFO_SIZE 0x000007FF /* Data size in bytes */
+#define RINFO_CTRL_FRAME 0x00040000 /* Control Frame */
+#define RINFO_VLAN 0x00080000 /* VLAN Frame */
+#define RINFO_FAIL_FILT 0x00100000 /* RX Filter Failed */
+#define RINFO_MCAST 0x00200000 /* Multicast Frame */
+#define RINFO_BCAST 0x00400000 /* Broadcast Frame */
+#define RINFO_CRC_ERR 0x00800000 /* CRC Error in Frame */
+#define RINFO_SYM_ERR 0x01000000 /* Symbol Error from PHY */
+#define RINFO_LEN_ERR 0x02000000 /* Length Error */
+#define RINFO_RANGE_ERR 0x04000000 /* Range Error (exceeded max. size) */
+#define RINFO_ALIGN_ERR 0x08000000 /* Alignment Error */
+#define RINFO_OVERRUN 0x10000000 /* Receive overrun */
+#define RINFO_NO_DESCR 0x20000000 /* No new Descriptor available */
+#define RINFO_LAST_FLAG 0x40000000 /* Last Fragment in Frame */
+#define RINFO_ERR 0x80000000 /* Error Occured (OR of all errors) */
+
+#define RINFO_ERR_MASK (RINFO_FAIL_FILT | RINFO_CRC_ERR | RINFO_SYM_ERR | \
+ RINFO_LEN_ERR | RINFO_ALIGN_ERR | RINFO_OVERRUN)
+
+/* TX Descriptor Control Word */
+#define TCTRL_SIZE 0x000007FF /* Size of data buffer in bytes */
+#define TCTRL_OVERRIDE 0x04000000 /* Override Default MAC Registers */
+#define TCTRL_HUGE 0x08000000 /* Enable Huge Frame */
+#define TCTRL_PAD 0x10000000 /* Pad short Frames to 64 bytes */
+#define TCTRL_CRC 0x20000000 /* Append a hardware CRC to Frame */
+#define TCTRL_LAST 0x40000000 /* Last Descriptor for TX Frame */
+#define TCTRL_INT 0x80000000 /* Generate TxDone Interrupt */
+
+/* TX Status Information Word */
+#define TINFO_COL_CNT 0x01E00000 /* Collision Count */
+#define TINFO_DEFER 0x02000000 /* Packet Deferred (not an error) */
+#define TINFO_EXCESS_DEF 0x04000000 /* Excessive Deferral */
+#define TINFO_EXCESS_COL 0x08000000 /* Excessive Collision */
+#define TINFO_LATE_COL 0x10000000 /* Late Collision Occured */
+#define TINFO_UNDERRUN 0x20000000 /* Transmit Underrun */
+#define TINFO_NO_DESCR 0x40000000 /* No new Descriptor available */
+#define TINFO_ERR 0x80000000 /* Error Occured (OR of all errors) */
+
+/* ENET Device Revision ID */
+#define OLD_EMAC_MODULE_ID 0x39022000 /* Rev. ID for first rev '-' */
+
+/* DP83848C PHY Registers */
+#define PHY_REG_BMCR 0x00 /* Basic Mode Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_BMSR 0x01 /* Basic Mode Status Register */
+#define PHY_REG_IDR1 0x02 /* PHY Identifier 1 */
+#define PHY_REG_IDR2 0x03 /* PHY Identifier 2 */
+#define PHY_REG_ANAR 0x04 /* Auto-Negotiation Advertisement */
+#define PHY_REG_ANLPAR 0x05 /* Auto-Neg. Link Partner Abitily */
+#define PHY_REG_ANER 0x06 /* Auto-Neg. Expansion Register */
+#define PHY_REG_ANNPTR 0x07 /* Auto-Neg. Next Page TX */
+
+/* PHY Extended Registers */
+#define PHY_REG_STS 0x10 /* Status Register */
+#define PHY_REG_MICR 0x11 /* MII Interrupt Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_MISR 0x12 /* MII Interrupt Status Register */
+#define PHY_REG_FCSCR 0x14 /* False Carrier Sense Counter */
+#define PHY_REG_RECR 0x15 /* Receive Error Counter */
+#define PHY_REG_PCSR 0x16 /* PCS Sublayer Config. and Status */
+#define PHY_REG_RBR 0x17 /* RMII and Bypass Register */
+#define PHY_REG_LEDCR 0x18 /* LED Direct Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_PHYCR 0x19 /* PHY Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_10BTSCR 0x1A /* 10Base-T Status/Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_CDCTRL1 0x1B /* CD Test Control and BIST Extens. */
+#define PHY_REG_EDCR 0x1D /* Energy Detect Control Register */
+
+#define PHY_FULLD_100M 0x2100 /* Full Duplex 100Mbit */
+#define PHY_HALFD_100M 0x2000 /* Half Duplex 100Mbit */
+#define PHY_FULLD_10M 0x0100 /* Full Duplex 10Mbit */
+#define PHY_HALFD_10M 0x0000 /* Half Duplex 10MBit */
+#define PHY_AUTO_NEG 0x3000 /* Select Auto Negotiation */
+
+#define DP83848C_DEF_ADR 0x0100 /* Default PHY device address */
+#define DP83848C_ID 0x20005C90 /* PHY Identifier */
+
+// Ethernet power/clock control bit in PCONP register
+#define PCENET 0x40000000
+// Ethernet configuration for PINSEL2, as per user guide section 5.3
+#define ENET_PINSEL2_CONFIG 0x50150105
+// Ethernet configuration for PINSEL3, as per user guide section 5.4
+#define ENET_PINSEL3_CONFIG 0x00000005
+// Only bottom byte of PINSEL3 relevant to Ethernet
+#define ENET_PINSEL3_MASK 0x0000000F
+
+
+/*************************************************
+ * CodeRed - PHY definitions for RDB1768 rev 2
+ * which uses SMSC LAN8720 PHY instead of DP83848C
+ *************************************************/
+#define LAN8720_ID 0x0007C0F0 /* PHY Identifier */
+
+
+void Init_EthMAC(void);
+void RequestSend(unsigned short FrameSize);
+unsigned short StartReadingFrame(void);
+void StopReadingFrame(void);
+unsigned int CheckIfFrameReceived(void);
+void WriteFrame_EthMAC(unsigned char Data);
+unsigned char ReadFrame_EthMAC(void);
+void ethernet_power_down(void);
+
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/fonts.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/fonts.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..602ae770ff158d01c9526709b2d73b3e2ef57e34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/fonts.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/*
+ * fonts.h
+ *
+ * Created on: 19 avr. 2016
+ * Author: cma
+ */
+
+#ifndef INC_FONTS_H_
+#define INC_FONTS_H_
+
+#define fontdatatype const unsigned char
+extern fontdatatype SmallFont[];
+extern fontdatatype BigFont[];
+
+#define SMALLFONT 0
+#define BIGFONT 1
+
+#endif /* INC_FONTS_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/labyrinth.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/labyrinth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..9e0d083b229ae592b5267bce83e63e76eaca2233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/labyrinth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/**
+ * Name : tp1_labyrinth.c
+ * Author : VP
+ * Date : 23.10.2017
+ * Description : Labyrinth (TP1). Master implementation must contain:
+ * - 5 balls management, 1 of the master controlled by the local accelerometer
+ * - 1 ball controlled by the slave (accelerometer of the slave board)
+ * - 3 balls with random accelerations
+ * - FreeRTOS used in cooperative mode
+ * - use of global variables allowed
+ * Only the slave acceleration is given by the slave. All ball positions are
+ * managed by the master.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "semphr.h"
+#include "lcd.h"
+#include "accelerometer.h"
+#include "ethernet_mgt.h"
+#include "tools.h"
+#include "custom_rand.h"
+#include "traces_ref.h"
+
+#define NUMBER_OF_BALLS 5 // min 1
+#define BALL_DISP_PERIOD 20 // ms
+#define BOT1_BALL_DISP_PERIOD 30 // ms
+#define BOT2_BALL_DISP_PERIOD 50 // ms
+#define BOT3_BALL_DISP_PERIOD 45 // ms
+#define SPEED_MAX 5.
+#define BALL_RADIUS 5
+#define BOT1_BALL_RADIUS 7
+#define BOT2_BALL_RADIUS 8
+#define BOT3_BALL_RADIUS 8
+#define REBOUND_FACTOR 0.9 // speed ratio after a rebound
+#define PI 3.141592
+#define LCD_YELLOW (LCD_GREEN | LCD_RED)
+
+#define GOAL_H_WALL (LCD_MAX_WIDTH-(2*BALL_RADIUS+1+WALL_WIDTH))
+#define GOAL_V_WALL (LCD_MAX_HEIGHT-(2*BALL_RADIUS+1+WALL_WIDTH)-1)
+
+// Ball identifiers
+enum {
+ NONE = -1, // NONE is used if ball has reached the goal (winner field)
+ MASTER_BALL,
+ SLAVE_BALL,
+ BOT1_BALL,
+ BOT2_BALL,
+ BOT3_BALL
+};
+
+// ball descriptor
+typedef struct {
+ int thread_id;
+ object_t ball;
+} ball_param_th_t;
+
+static coord_fx_t labyrinth_points[]={
+ {80,280},{40,280},{40,190},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {40,100},{150,100},{150,160},{70,160},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {0,160},{40,160},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {70,190},{180,190},{180,80},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {210,100},{238,100},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {180,220},{238,220},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {0,40},{100,40},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {140,40},{237,40},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {120,220},{120,300},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_GREEN},
+ {GOAL_H_WALL-2*BALL_RADIUS,GOAL_V_WALL},{LCD_MAX_WIDTH-1,GOAL_V_WALL},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_GREEN},
+ {GOAL_H_WALL-4*BALL_RADIUS-WALL_WIDTH-1,LCD_MAX_HEIGHT-WALL_WIDTH},{GOAL_H_WALL-4*BALL_RADIUS-WALL_WIDTH-1,GOAL_V_WALL},{END_OF_WALLS,END_OF_WALLS}
+};
+
+
+/* Description: Callback of ethernet module. This function is called when a message is received
+ * Parameters: data: pointer on data received
+ * len: length of the data [bytes]
+ */
+void slave_info_rx(void *data, int len)
+{
+ // code executed when the slave sends an ethernet frame
+}
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ accel_t ball_accel;
+ static ball_param_th_t ball_param_th[NUMBER_OF_BALLS]={ // balls description
+ {MASTER_BALL,{{10,10}, {0, 0}, BALL_RADIUS, LCD_YELLOW, BALL_DISP_PERIOD}},
+ {SLAVE_BALL,{{30,10}, {0, 0}, BALL_RADIUS, LCD_GREEN, BALL_DISP_PERIOD}},
+ {BOT1_BALL,{{200,10}, {0, 0}, BOT1_BALL_RADIUS, LCD_RED| (LCD_BLUE>>2), BOT1_BALL_DISP_PERIOD}},
+ {BOT2_BALL,{{70,70}, {0, 0}, BOT2_BALL_RADIUS, LCD_RED | (LCD_BLUE>>1), BOT2_BALL_DISP_PERIOD}},
+ {BOT3_BALL,{{200,280}, {0, 0}, BOT3_BALL_RADIUS, LCD_RED | LCD_BLUE, BOT3_BALL_DISP_PERIOD}}
+ };
+
+ init_rnd32(0); // initialise random generator
+ init_lcd(); // initialise screen
+ if(accel_init() != 0) // initialise accelerometer
+ {
+ printf("Accelerometer initialisation failed!\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+ //ethernet_init(..., slave_info_rx); // initialise ethernet and determine its callback function
+
+ draw_labyrinth(labyrinth_points);
+ init_traces(115200, 1, true); // initialise traces. Line to be removed if you implement your own traces
+
+ accel_read(&ball_accel); // example: reading of the accelerometer
+
+ // creating tasks...
+ // xTaskCreate(...);
+ // vTaskStartScheduler(); // launch scheduler
+ while(1);
+
+ return 1;
+}
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/lcd.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/lcd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b07e4d8f7f58be869289a33ac38e1667e4cf321e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/lcd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/*
+ * lcd.h
+ *
+ * Created on: 27 févr. 2014
+ * Updated on: 28.9.2016
+ * Authors: F. Vannel, V. Pilloux
+ *
+ * Note: the RGB screen colors (if coded with 16 bits) have the following format:
+ * blue: bits 4..0
+ * green: bits 10..5
+ * red: bits 15..11
+ */
+
+#ifndef LCD_H_
+#define LCD_H_
+
+#ifdef __USE_CMSIS
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "ssp.h"
+#include "fonts.h"
+
+// LCD predefined colors
+#define LCD_BLUE (0xF<<1)
+#define LCD_GREEN (0x3f<<5)
+#define LCD_RED (0x1f<<11)
+#define LCD_WHITE 0xFFFF
+#define LCD_BLACK 0
+
+// screen size
+#define LCD_MAX_HEIGHT (320)
+#define LCD_MAX_WIDTH (240)
+
+
+#define DISPLAY_ON() Write_Instruction(0xaf) // Display on
+#define DISPLAY_OFF() Write_Instruction(0xae) // Display off
+#define SET_ADC() Write_Instruction(0xa1) // Reverse disrect (SEG128-SEG0)
+#define CLEAR_ADC() Write_Instruction(0xa0) // Normal disrect (SEG0-SEG128)
+#define REVERSE_DISPLAY_ON() Write_Instruction(0xa7) // Reverse display : 0 illuminated
+#define REVERSE_DISPLAY_OFF() Write_Instruction(0xa6) // Normal display : 1 illuminated
+#define ENTIRE_DISPLAY_ON() Write_Instruction(0xa5) // Entire display Force whole LCD point
+#define ENTIRE_DISPLAY_OFF() Write_Instruction(0xa4) // Normal display
+#define SET_BIAS() Write_Instruction(0xa3) // bias 1 1/7 bias
+#define CLEAR_BIAS() Write_Instruction(0xa2) // bias 0 1/9 bias
+#define SET_MODIFY_READ() Write_Instruction(0xe0) // Stop automatic increment of the column address by the read instruction
+#define RESET_MODIFY_READ() Write_Instruction(0xee) // Cancel Modify_read, column address return to its initial value just before the Set Modify Read instruction is started
+#define RESET() Write_Instruction(0xe2)
+#define SET_SHL() Write_Instruction(0xc8) // SHL 1,COM33-COM0
+#define CLEAR_SHL() Write_Instruction(0xc0) // SHL 0,COM0-COM33
+
+#define LCD_CS_PIN 16
+#define LCD_RS_PORT 1 // D/C DATA/COMMAND SELECT
+#define LCD_RS_PIN 30
+
+// sck, mosi, miso is setup within ssp_init
+// LCD_RS = D/Cx line. Must be 0 for a command, 1 for data.
+// WARNING: LCD_CS_ENA() is called by lcd_init() only. If another peripheral uses SSP, LCD_CS_DIS() must be called.
+// If the screen is required again, LCD_CS_ENA() must be called again!
+#define LCD_CS_ENA() {LPC_GPIO0->FIOCLR=(1<<LCD_CS_PIN);}
+#define LCD_CS_DIS() { while ((LPC_SSP0->SR & SSPSR_BSY)); \
+ LPC_GPIO0->FIOSET=(1<<LCD_CS_PIN);}
+
+
+/* Description: LCD initialisation. Must be called before any other function. */
+void init_lcd(void);
+
+/* Description: fill the screen with the defined color in RGB format (see above)
+ * Parameter: color: RGB 16 bits color (see format description above)
+ */
+void clear_screen(unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: print text (with printf equivalent formatting) at the last line of screen with
+ * specified color. Automatic line wrapping is implemented, as \n and \r characters.
+ * Parameters: color: RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ * back_color: RGB 16 bits color of the text backround
+ * st: string in "printf format" followed by any parameter
+ * Return: string length [pixels]
+ */
+uint16_t lcd_printf(int color, int back_color, char *st, ...);
+
+/* Description: print text (with printf equivalent formatting) at the specified position and color
+ * Parameters: x: horizontal position of the text to print
+ * y: vertical position of the text to print
+ * font_size: BIGFONT or SMALLFONT
+ * color: RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ * back_color: RGB 16 bits color of the text backround
+ * st: string in "printf format" followed by any parameter
+ * Return: string length [char]
+ */
+uint16_t lcd_print(int x, int y, int font_size, int color, int back_color, char *st, ...);
+
+/* Description: setup scroll type
+ * Parameter: top_fixed_lines: number of the first lines that are fixed (not scrolled)
+ * scroll_lines: number of lines to scroll
+ * bottom_fixed_lines: number of the last lines that are fixed (not scrolled)
+ */
+void setup_scroll(uint16_t top_fixed_lines, uint16_t scroll_lines, uint16_t bottom_fixed_lines);
+
+/* Description: scroll the screen vertically
+ * Parameter: offset: scroll length [pixels]
+ */
+void lcd_scroll(int offset);
+
+/* Description: print one character at any position
+ * Parameter: c: character to print
+ * x: horizontal position of the character to print
+ * y: vertical position of the character to print
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ * font_size: BIGFONT or SMALLFONT
+ */
+void lcd_print_char(char c, int x, int y, int color, int back_color, int font_size);
+
+/* Description: draw an empty circle
+ * Parameter: x_centre: horizontal position of the center of the circle
+ * y_centre: vertical position of the center of the circle
+ * r: circle radius
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_circle(int x_centre, int y_centre, int r, unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: draw a filled circle
+ * Parameter: x_centre: horizontal position of the center of the circle
+ * y_centre: vertical position of the center of the circle
+ * r: circle radius
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the circle
+ */
+void lcd_filled_circle(int x_centre, int y_centre, int r, unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: draw a filled circle
+ * Parameter: x_centre: horizontal position of the center of the circle
+ * y_centre: vertical position of the center of the circle
+ * r: circle radius
+ * color:RGB 16 bits foreground color of the circle
+ * background_color: background color of the square around the circle
+ */
+void lcd_filled_circle_on_square(int x_centre, int y_centre, int r,
+ unsigned int color, unsigned int background_color);
+
+/* Description: draw a line
+ * Parameter: x1: horizontal position of one line extremity
+ * y1: vertical position of one line extremity
+ * x2: horizontal position of the second line extremity
+ * y2: vertical position of the second line extremity
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_line(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: draw an horizontal line
+ * Parameter: x1: left horizontal position of one the line
+ * y1: vertical position of the line
+ * l: line length
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_lineH(int x, int y, int l, unsigned int color) ;
+
+/* Description: draw an vertical line
+ * Parameter: x1: left horizontal position of one the line
+ * y1: vertical position of the line
+ * l: line length
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_lineV(int x, int y, int l, unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: draw an empty rectangle
+ * Parameter: x1: horizontal position of the top left corner
+ * y1: vertical position of the top left corner
+ * x2: horizontal position of the bottom right corner
+ * y2: vertical position of the bottom right corner
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_empty_rectangle(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int color);
+
+/* Description: draw plain rectangle
+ * Parameter: x1: horizontal position of the top left corner
+ * y1: vertical position of the top left corner
+ * x2: horizontal position of the bottom right corner
+ * y2: vertical position of the bottom right corner
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_filled_rectangle(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int color);
+
+/* Description: read an image in a file of BMP format, adapts it to the LCD format and
+ * put it in memory. The number of pixel of the image width must be a multiple of 4.
+ * Parameter: filename: filename of a BMP file
+ *
+ * Return: width: image width [pixels]
+ * height: image height [pixels]
+ * return value: pointer on the image in memory or NULL if an error occurred
+ */
+uint16_t *read_bmp_file(char *filename, uint16_t *width, uint16_t *height);
+
+/* Description: display an image stored in memory
+ * Parameter: bitmap: pointer on the image in memory. Each word of 16 bits represents the
+ * color of one pixel. The pixel are stored from left to right line by
+ * line from top to bottom.
+ * x: horizontal position of the top left corner
+ * y: vertical position of the top left corner
+ * width: image width
+ * height: image height
+ */
+void display_bitmap16(uint16_t *bitmap, uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint16_t width, uint16_t height);
+
+/* Description: get pixel colors in a rectangle (16 bits format)
+ * Parameter: x1: horizontal position of the top left corner
+ * y1: vertical position of the top left corner
+ * x2: horizontal position of the bottom right corner
+ * y2: vertical position of the bottom right corner
+ * out: pointer on the 16 bits colors of the pixels in the rectangle
+ */
+void read_pixels(uint8_t x1, uint16_t y1, uint8_t x2, uint16_t y2, uint16_t *out);
+
+
+/* Description: reads data of any command that gets data on LCD
+ * Parameter: read_cmd: LCD command word
+ * data_read: pointer on data to be read
+ * len: data length
+ */
+void read_cmd(uint8_t read_cmd, uint8_t *data_read, uint16_t len);
+
+// macro utilities
+#define swap(type, i, j) {type t = i; i = j; j = t;}
+#define MAX(x,y) (((x)>(y))?(x):(y))
+#define MIN(x,y) (((x)<(y))?(x):(y))
+#define ABS(x) (((x)<0)?-(x):(x))
+
+
+#endif /* LCD_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/ssp.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/ssp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5584d85c06dbd3cb32c8d21c4c88a7bd509a14a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/ssp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * ssp.h
+ *
+ * Created on: 12 mars 2014
+ * Author: christian
+ */
+
+#ifndef SSP_H_
+#define SSP_H_
+
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+
+#define SSPSR_TFE (1 << 0)
+#define SSPSR_TNF (1 << 1)
+#define SSPSR_RNE (1 << 2)
+#define SSPSR_RFF (1 << 3)
+#define SSPSR_BSY (1 << 4)
+
+
+void ssp_init_custom(uint8_t data_size_select, uint8_t scr);
+void ssp_send_buf(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t length);
+void ssp_receive_buf(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t length);
+
+#endif /* SSP_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/tools.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/tools.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..eda7a0d1e7daa62fc0036042080b4ef3ee8e7875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/tools.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * tools.c
+ *
+ * Created on: 22 oct. 2017
+ * Author: vince
+ */
+
+#include <math.h>
+#include "tools.h"
+#include "lcd.h"
+
+int round(float x)
+{
+ if (x>=.5)
+ return (int)ceil(x);
+ if (x<=-.5)
+ return (int)floor(x);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+void draw_labyrinth(coord_fx_t *labyrinth_points)
+{
+ int i=0, color=LCD_WHITE;
+
+ clear_screen(LCD_BLACK);
+ do {
+ while (labyrinth_points[++i].x>=0)
+ {
+ lcd_filled_rectangle(
+ labyrinth_points[i-1].x>labyrinth_points[i].x?labyrinth_points[i-1].x+WALL_WIDTH-1:labyrinth_points[i-1].x,
+ labyrinth_points[i-1].y>labyrinth_points[i].y?labyrinth_points[i-1].y+WALL_WIDTH-1:labyrinth_points[i-1].y,
+ labyrinth_points[i-1].x==labyrinth_points[i].x?labyrinth_points[i].x+WALL_WIDTH-1:labyrinth_points[i].x,
+ labyrinth_points[i-1].y==labyrinth_points[i].y?labyrinth_points[i].y+WALL_WIDTH-1:labyrinth_points[i].y,
+ color);
+ }
+ color=labyrinth_points[i].y;
+ } while (labyrinth_points[i++].x!=END_OF_WALLS);
+}
+
+
+
+/* detect all collisions among all object in every direction
+ * Return: collision vector index or NO_COLLISION
+ */
+int test_collision(object_t *object)
+{
+ uint16_t tp[2*MAX_RADIUS+1], i, k;
+ int offset_x, offset_y;
+ int col_dir_idx=0; // keep track of collision points around max_dir
+ coord_fx_t speed, pos;
+ float speed_max;
+
+ // test collision at next position of the object. ! to rounding !
+ pos.x=round(object->pos.x+object->speed.x);
+ pos.y=round(object->pos.y+object->speed.y);
+ speed.x=pos.x-round(object->pos.x);
+ speed.y=pos.y-round(object->pos.y);
+ // test screen bounds:
+ if (pos.x<object->radius)
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_LEFT;
+ if (pos.x>LCD_MAX_WIDTH-object->radius-1)
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_RIGHT;
+ if (pos.y<object->radius)
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_UP;
+ if (pos.y>LCD_MAX_HEIGHT-object->radius-1)
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_DOWN;
+ if (col_dir_idx)
+ return col_dir_idx;
+
+ speed_max=MAX(ABS(speed.x), ABS(speed.y));
+ for (k=1; k<=speed_max; k++) // test line by line if there is a collision, going forward of 1 pixel
+ {
+ pos.x=round(object->pos.x+object->speed.x*(float)k/speed_max);
+ pos.y=round(object->pos.y+object->speed.y*(float)k/speed_max);
+ speed.x=pos.x-round(object->pos.x);
+ speed.y=pos.y-round(object->pos.y);
+ offset_x=speed.x?1:0; // to adjust size of the front detection line
+ offset_y=speed.y?1:0;
+ if (speed.y>0) // test low horizontal line of pixel of the object width (on new position), except pixel on corner!
+ {
+ read_pixels((uint8_t)(pos.x-object->radius+offset_x), (uint16_t)(pos.y+object->radius),
+ (uint8_t)(pos.x+object->radius-offset_x), (uint16_t)(pos.y+object->radius), tp);
+ for (i=0; i<=2*(object->radius-offset_x); i++)
+ if (tp[i])
+ {
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_DOWN;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (speed.y<0)
+ {
+ read_pixels((uint8_t)(pos.x-object->radius+offset_x), (uint16_t)(pos.y-object->radius),
+ (uint8_t)(pos.x+object->radius-offset_x), (uint16_t)(pos.y-object->radius), tp);
+ for (i=0; i<=2*(object->radius-offset_x); i++)
+ if (tp[i])
+ {
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_UP;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (speed.x>0) // test right vertical line of pixel of the object width (on new position) except corner pixel
+ {
+ read_pixels((uint8_t)(pos.x+object->radius), (uint16_t)(pos.y-object->radius+offset_y),
+ (uint8_t)(pos.x+object->radius), (uint16_t)(pos.y+object->radius-offset_y), tp);
+ for (i=0; i<=2*(object->radius-offset_y); i++)
+ if (tp[i])
+ {
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_RIGHT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (speed.x<0)
+ {
+ read_pixels((uint8_t)(pos.x-object->radius), (uint16_t)(pos.y-object->radius+offset_y),
+ (uint8_t)(pos.x-object->radius), (uint16_t)(pos.y+object->radius-offset_y), tp);
+ for (i=0; i<=2*(object->radius-offset_y); i++)
+ if (tp[i])
+ {
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_LEFT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (col_dir_idx)
+ break;
+ }
+ return col_dir_idx;
+}
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/tools.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/tools.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..701c2d943282b2d0feecab57cdb3d590c4ea3362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/tools.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Name : tools.h
+ * Author : VP
+ * Date : 23.10.2017
+ * Description : utility functions to draw the labyrinth and to test object collisions
+ */
+
+#ifndef TOOLS_H_
+#define TOOLS_H_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define MAX_RADIUS 15 // maximum radius of an object
+#define WALL_WIDTH 3 // labyrinth wall width
+#define END_OF_LINE -1 // 'x' coordinate of labyrinth indicating the end of a wall
+#define END_OF_WALLS -2 // ^y' coordinate of labyrinth indicating the end of the point table
+
+// constants used to build the collision vector (see function test_collision)
+enum {
+ NO_COLLISION=0,
+ TOUCH_LEFT=(1<<2),
+ TOUCH_RIGHT=(1<<0),
+ TOUCH_UP=(1<<1),
+ TOUCH_DOWN=(1<<3),
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ float x;
+ float y;
+} coord_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int x;
+ int y;
+} coord_fx_t;
+
+// defines a "squared" object. "pos" defines the position of the center of the object
+// and radius is the number of pixels considered around pos in x and y directions
+typedef struct
+{
+ coord_t pos;
+ coord_t speed;
+ uint8_t radius;
+ uint16_t color;
+ uint16_t period; // display period [ms]
+} object_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int ball_id;
+ coord_fx_t ball_coord;
+ uint16_t color;
+ uint8_t radius;
+ int8_t winner;
+} master_tx_t;
+
+// rounds a float on an integer, whatever its sign
+int round(float x);
+
+
+/* draw the labyrinth. The wall description is an array of points. 2 successive points must have at least
+ * one common coordinate, either x or y since only vertical or horizontal lines are allowed. To end a line,
+ * END_OF_LINE must replace the x coordinate, while feeding y with the line color of the next line. The end of the array
+ * is marked with the point {END_OF_WALLS,END_OF_WALLS}
+ * Parameter: labyrinth_points: pointer on the array of points
+ * */
+void draw_labyrinth(coord_fx_t *labyrinth_points);
+
+/* detect all collisions among all objects in every direction.
+ * Parameter: object: object that tests collisions
+ * Return: collision vector index or NO_COLLISION. The vector is a bit vector indicating where the object touched
+ * an obstacle. Example of value returned: TOUCH_RIGHT | TOUCH_UP.
+ */
+int test_collision(object_t *object);
+
+#endif /* TOOLS_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/trace_mgt.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/trace_mgt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..4f6d5d4a944d73038c6ca7edac2544488784fd3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/trace_mgt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+
+/*
+ * Description: trace management using UART
+ * Created on : 23.3.2017
+ * Author : VP
+ */
+#ifdef __USE_CMSIS
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#endif
+#include <traces_ref.h>
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "semphr.h"
+#include "uart.h"
+
+/* Description: write a trace to a memory buffer. Note that this function is
+ * automatically called by FreeRTOS in privileged mode.
+ *
+ * Parameters: trace_id: trace ID. Usually the task number in FreeRTOS.
+ * val: 1 if task becomes active, 0 otherwise
+ */
+void write_trace(uint8_t trace_id, short val)
+{
+ write_trace_ref(trace_id, val); // to be replaced by your own implementation
+}
+
+
+
+/*void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+{
+ while (1)
+ {
+ // implement trace sending here after having set configUSE_IDLE_HOOK to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+ taskYIELD(); // force changement de contexte
+ }
+}*/
+
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/traces_ref.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/traces_ref.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..814d3d157d10627fa2e0718452b19b9597559b10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/traces_ref.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * Description: trace management using UART (and FreeRTOS)
+ * Created on : 30 sept. 2013
+ * Author : VP
+ */
+#ifndef TRACES_REF_H_
+#define TRACES_REF_H_
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+// definition of the synchronisation word defining the start of each trace
+#define SYNCHRO_WORD 0x55
+
+/* Description: initialize UART0 and specified timer for traces. If enabled,
+ * the interrupts occur after each trace sending.
+ * DO NOT CALL send_traces_to_uart0() but only write_trace_ref()
+ * if interrupts are enabled.
+ * Parameters: baudrate: valid UART baudrate [bit/s]
+ * timer_id: 0 to 3 to identify the timer used as a free running counter
+ * interrupt_enabled: enable UART0 interrupt if true
+ */
+void init_traces(uint32_t baudrate, int timer_id, bool interrupt_enabled);
+
+/* Description: store a trace in a memory buffer
+ *
+ * Parameters: trace_id: trace ID. Usually the task number in FreeRTOS.
+ * val: 1 if task becomes active, 0 otherwise
+ */
+void write_trace_ref(uint8_t trace_id, short val);
+
+/* Description: if new traces are available, send them to UART.
+ * Polling is used here instead of interrupts */
+void send_traces_to_uart0(void);
+
+// trace structure
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t synchro;
+ uint8_t sig_idx; /* bit 8 indicates other traces than VCD */
+ short val;
+ uint32_t time;
+} trace_t;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/uart.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/uart.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ccd49ea0b9d00e460ae60ef185d8f1e6842380ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_etu/src/uart.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Description: UART 0 driver
+ * Created on : 30 sept. 2013
+ * Author : VP
+ */
+#ifndef __UART_H
+#define __UART_H
+
+#define IER_RX 0x1 // interrupt enable flags
+#define IER_TX 0x2
+
+#define IIR_TX 0x2 // interrupt identification flags
+#define IIR_RX 0x4
+#define IS_TX_EMPTY (1<<5) // status flags on LSR register
+#define IS_RX_NOT_EMPTY (1<<2)
+
+/* Callback function prototype for UART interrupt */
+typedef void (*uart_callback_t)(int int_status);
+
+/* Description: UART 0 initialisation. Callbacks can be used, but at most once for TX and once for RX data.
+ * Note that only the first call of uart0_init_ref is setting up the baudrate, which can't be
+ * modified during further calls.
+ *
+ * Parameters: baudrate [bit/s]
+ * tx_callback: pointer on callback function called by interrupt at the end of TX character
+ * transmission. Note that calling uart0_init_ref() does NOT activate IER_THRE to avoid
+ * continuous calls of tx_callback when the transmission buffer is empty. It is up to
+ * the user to enable it when necessary (LPC_UART0->IER |= IER_THRE) and to disable it at
+ * the end of the transmission (LPC_UART0->IER &= ~IER_THRE). Once IER configured to enable
+ * the interrupt, the first interrupt can be provoked either by sending a character on the UART
+ * or by forcing the VIC to rise it with NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(UART0_IRQn). Note that if this last
+ * method is used, the int_flags of the callback parameter are not significant. In this case,
+ * LPC_UART0->LSR must be read to know if a transmission has been done.
+ * rx_callback: pointer on callback function called by interrupt on RX character
+ * receiving. if NULL is given, no interrupt is configured. The callback
+ * will be called each time a character is received.
+ */
+void uart0_init_ref(uint32_t baudrate, uart_callback_t tx_callback, uart_callback_t rx_callback);
+
+/* Description: UART 0 initialisation
+ *
+ * Parameters: data: pointer on data to be sent
+ * length: data length [bytes]
+ */
+void uart0_send_ref(uint8_t *data, uint32_t length);
+
+/* Description: stop UART0 interrupts. The switch off is only managed by the VIC. */
+void uart0_stop_interrupt();
+
+#endif
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/.DS_Store b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/.DS_Store
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5008ddfcf53c02e82d7eee2e57c38e5672ef89f6
Binary files /dev/null and b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/.DS_Store differ
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/accelerometer.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/accelerometer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..6c2cef1c0f6ad0137be2a24586ca97fa88e76159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/accelerometer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*****************************************************************************
+
+This software is released under the LGPL-3.0 license: http://www.opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-3.0.html
+
+Copyright (c) 2013, hepia (ITI) http://www.hepialight.ch
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 3.0 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef ACCELEROMETER_H_
+#define ACCELEROMETER_H_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define accel_addr_X 0x00
+#define accel_addr_Y 0x01
+#define accel_addr_Z 0x02
+#define accel_mode_reg 0x07
+
+#define ACCEL_INT_PIN 11
+#define ACCEL_I2C_ADDR 0x1D<<1
+
+#define LSM303D_REG_WHOAMI 0x0F
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL0 0x1F
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL1 0x20
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL2 0x21
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL3 0x22
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL4 0x23
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL5 0x24
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL6 0x25
+#define LSM303D_REG_CTRL7 0x26
+#define LSM303D_REG_TEMP_OUT_L 0x05
+#define LSM303D_REG_TEMP_OUT_H 0x06
+#define LSM303D_REG_STATUS_M 0x07
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_X_L_M 0x08
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_X_H_M 0x09
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Y_L_M 0x0a
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Y_H_M 0x0b
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Z_L_M 0x0c
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Z_H_M 0x0d
+#define LSM303D_REG_STATUS_A 0x27
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_X_L_A 0x28
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_X_H_A 0x29
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Y_L_A 0x2a
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Y_H_A 0x2b
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Z_L_A 0x2c
+#define LSM303D_REG_OUT_Z_H_A 0x2d
+
+#define ACC_NOT_INITIALISED -21
+#define ACC_INIT_I2C_FAILED -22
+#define ACC_NOERROR 0
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ float accel_x;
+ float accel_y;
+ float accel_z;
+ int16_t magneto_x;
+ int16_t magneto_y;
+ int16_t magneto_z;
+ int16_t temperature;
+} accel_t;
+
+int accel_init(void);
+int accel_read(accel_t *accel);
+
+
+#endif /* ACCELEROMETER_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/cr_startup_lpc175x_6x.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/cr_startup_lpc175x_6x.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f4624e0b247d48750b5fe1b6203be95d4e36d18a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/cr_startup_lpc175x_6x.c
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+//*****************************************************************************
+// LPC175x_6x Microcontroller Startup code for use with LPCXpresso IDE
+//
+// Version : 140114
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Copyright(C) NXP Semiconductors, 2014
+// All rights reserved.
+//
+// Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+// which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+// LPC products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties of
+// any kind, and NXP Semiconductors and its licensor disclaim any and
+// all warranties, express or implied, including all implied warranties of
+// merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose and non-infringement of
+// intellectual property rights. NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility
+// or liability for the use of the software, conveys no license or rights under any
+// patent, copyright, mask work right, or any other intellectual property rights in
+// or to any products. NXP Semiconductors reserves the right to make changes
+// in the software without notification. NXP Semiconductors also makes no
+// representation or warranty that such application will be suitable for the
+// specified use without further testing or modification.
+//
+// Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+// documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' and its
+// licensor's relevant copyrights in the software, without fee, provided that it
+// is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This
+// copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of
+// this code.
+//*****************************************************************************
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+#ifdef __REDLIB__
+#error Redlib does not support C++
+#else
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The entry point for the C++ library startup
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern "C" {
+ extern void __libc_init_array(void);
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
+#define ALIAS(f) __attribute__ ((weak, alias (#f)))
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__USE_CMSIS) || defined (__USE_LPCOPEN)
+// Declaration of external SystemInit function
+extern void SystemInit(void);
+#endif
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Forward declaration of the default handlers. These are aliased.
+// When the application defines a handler (with the same name), this will
+// automatically take precedence over these weak definitions
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+ void ResetISR(void);
+WEAK void NMI_Handler(void);
+WEAK void HardFault_Handler(void);
+WEAK void MemManage_Handler(void);
+WEAK void BusFault_Handler(void);
+WEAK void UsageFault_Handler(void);
+WEAK void SVC_Handler(void);
+WEAK void DebugMon_Handler(void);
+WEAK void PendSV_Handler(void);
+WEAK void SysTick_Handler(void);
+WEAK void IntDefaultHandler(void);
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Forward declaration of the specific IRQ handlers. These are aliased
+// to the IntDefaultHandler, which is a 'forever' loop. When the application
+// defines a handler (with the same name), this will automatically take
+// precedence over these weak definitions
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+void WDT_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void TIMER3_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void UART3_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void PWM1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2C0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2C1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2C2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void SPI_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void SSP0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void SSP1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void PLL0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void RTC_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT0_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT2_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void EINT3_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void ADC_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void BOD_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void USB_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void CAN_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void DMA_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void I2S_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+#if defined (__USE_LPCOPEN)
+void ETH_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+#else
+void ENET_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+#endif
+void RIT_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void MCPWM_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void QEI_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void PLL1_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void USBActivity_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+void CANActivity_IRQHandler(void) ALIAS(IntDefaultHandler);
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The entry point for the application.
+// __main() is the entry point for Redlib based applications
+// main() is the entry point for Newlib based applications
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__REDLIB__)
+extern void __main(void);
+#endif
+extern int main(void);
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// External declaration for the pointer to the stack top from the Linker Script
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern void _vStackTop(void);
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// The vector table.
+// This relies on the linker script to place at correct location in memory.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern void (* const g_pfnVectors[])(void);
+__attribute__ ((section(".isr_vector")))
+void (* const g_pfnVectors[])(void) = {
+ // Core Level - CM3
+ &_vStackTop, // The initial stack pointer
+ ResetISR, // The reset handler
+ NMI_Handler, // The NMI handler
+ HardFault_Handler, // The hard fault handler
+ MemManage_Handler, // The MPU fault handler
+ BusFault_Handler, // The bus fault handler
+ UsageFault_Handler, // The usage fault handler
+ 0, // Reserved
+ 0, // Reserved
+ 0, // Reserved
+ 0, // Reserved
+ SVC_Handler, // SVCall handler
+ DebugMon_Handler, // Debug monitor handler
+ 0, // Reserved
+ PendSV_Handler, // The PendSV handler
+ SysTick_Handler, // The SysTick handler
+
+ // Chip Level - LPC17
+ WDT_IRQHandler, // 16, 0x40 - WDT
+ TIMER0_IRQHandler, // 17, 0x44 - TIMER0
+ TIMER1_IRQHandler, // 18, 0x48 - TIMER1
+ TIMER2_IRQHandler, // 19, 0x4c - TIMER2
+ TIMER3_IRQHandler, // 20, 0x50 - TIMER3
+ UART0_IRQHandler, // 21, 0x54 - UART0
+ UART1_IRQHandler, // 22, 0x58 - UART1
+ UART2_IRQHandler, // 23, 0x5c - UART2
+ UART3_IRQHandler, // 24, 0x60 - UART3
+ PWM1_IRQHandler, // 25, 0x64 - PWM1
+ I2C0_IRQHandler, // 26, 0x68 - I2C0
+ I2C1_IRQHandler, // 27, 0x6c - I2C1
+ I2C2_IRQHandler, // 28, 0x70 - I2C2
+ SPI_IRQHandler, // 29, 0x74 - SPI
+ SSP0_IRQHandler, // 30, 0x78 - SSP0
+ SSP1_IRQHandler, // 31, 0x7c - SSP1
+ PLL0_IRQHandler, // 32, 0x80 - PLL0 (Main PLL)
+ RTC_IRQHandler, // 33, 0x84 - RTC
+ EINT0_IRQHandler, // 34, 0x88 - EINT0
+ EINT1_IRQHandler, // 35, 0x8c - EINT1
+ EINT2_IRQHandler, // 36, 0x90 - EINT2
+ EINT3_IRQHandler, // 37, 0x94 - EINT3
+ ADC_IRQHandler, // 38, 0x98 - ADC
+ BOD_IRQHandler, // 39, 0x9c - BOD
+ USB_IRQHandler, // 40, 0xA0 - USB
+ CAN_IRQHandler, // 41, 0xa4 - CAN
+ DMA_IRQHandler, // 42, 0xa8 - GP DMA
+ I2S_IRQHandler, // 43, 0xac - I2S
+#if defined (__USE_LPCOPEN)
+ ETH_IRQHandler, // 44, 0xb0 - Ethernet
+#else
+ ENET_IRQHandler, // 44, 0xb0 - Ethernet
+#endif
+ RIT_IRQHandler, // 45, 0xb4 - RITINT
+ MCPWM_IRQHandler, // 46, 0xb8 - Motor Control PWM
+ QEI_IRQHandler, // 47, 0xbc - Quadrature Encoder
+ PLL1_IRQHandler, // 48, 0xc0 - PLL1 (USB PLL)
+ USBActivity_IRQHandler, // 49, 0xc4 - USB Activity interrupt to wakeup
+ CANActivity_IRQHandler, // 50, 0xc8 - CAN Activity interrupt to wakeup
+};
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+// Functions to carry out the initialization of RW and BSS data sections. These
+// are written as separate functions rather than being inlined within the
+// ResetISR() function in order to cope with MCUs with multiple banks of
+// memory.
+//*****************************************************************************
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void data_init(unsigned int romstart, unsigned int start, unsigned int len) {
+ unsigned int *pulDest = (unsigned int*) start;
+ unsigned int *pulSrc = (unsigned int*) romstart;
+ unsigned int loop;
+ for (loop = 0; loop < len; loop = loop + 4)
+ *pulDest++ = *pulSrc++;
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void bss_init(unsigned int start, unsigned int len) {
+ unsigned int *pulDest = (unsigned int*) start;
+ unsigned int loop;
+ for (loop = 0; loop < len; loop = loop + 4)
+ *pulDest++ = 0;
+}
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+// The following symbols are constructs generated by the linker, indicating
+// the location of various points in the "Global Section Table". This table is
+// created by the linker via the Code Red managed linker script mechanism. It
+// contains the load address, execution address and length of each RW data
+// section and the execution and length of each BSS (zero initialized) section.
+//*****************************************************************************
+extern unsigned int __data_section_table;
+extern unsigned int __data_section_table_end;
+extern unsigned int __bss_section_table;
+extern unsigned int __bss_section_table_end;
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+// Reset entry point for your code.
+// Sets up a simple runtime environment and initializes the C/C++
+// library.
+//*****************************************************************************
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void
+ResetISR(void) {
+
+ //
+ // Copy the data sections from flash to SRAM.
+ //
+ unsigned int LoadAddr, ExeAddr, SectionLen;
+ unsigned int *SectionTableAddr;
+
+ // Load base address of Global Section Table
+ SectionTableAddr = &__data_section_table;
+
+ // Copy the data sections from flash to SRAM.
+ while (SectionTableAddr < &__data_section_table_end) {
+ LoadAddr = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ ExeAddr = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ SectionLen = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ data_init(LoadAddr, ExeAddr, SectionLen);
+ }
+ // At this point, SectionTableAddr = &__bss_section_table;
+ // Zero fill the bss segment
+ while (SectionTableAddr < &__bss_section_table_end) {
+ ExeAddr = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ SectionLen = *SectionTableAddr++;
+ bss_init(ExeAddr, SectionLen);
+ }
+
+#if defined (__USE_CMSIS) || defined (__USE_LPCOPEN)
+ SystemInit();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus)
+ //
+ // Call C++ library initialisation
+ //
+ __libc_init_array();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__REDLIB__)
+ // Call the Redlib library, which in turn calls main()
+ __main() ;
+#else
+ main();
+#endif
+
+ //
+ // main() shouldn't return, but if it does, we'll just enter an infinite loop
+ //
+ while (1) {
+ ;
+ }
+}
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+// Default exception handlers. Override the ones here by defining your own
+// handler routines in your application code.
+//*****************************************************************************
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void NMI_Handler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void HardFault_Handler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void MemManage_Handler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void BusFault_Handler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void UsageFault_Handler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void SVC_Handler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void DebugMon_Handler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void PendSV_Handler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void SysTick_Handler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
+
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Processor ends up here if an unexpected interrupt occurs or a specific
+// handler is not present in the application code.
+//
+//*****************************************************************************
+__attribute__ ((section(".after_vectors")))
+void IntDefaultHandler(void)
+{ while(1) {}
+}
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/crp.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/crp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..fa9a0d5bd65bbcec67b8a45b49cc7ce55b4ace1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/crp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+//*****************************************************************************
+// crp.c
+//
+// Source file to create CRP word expected by LPCXpresso IDE linker
+//*****************************************************************************
+//
+// Copyright(C) NXP Semiconductors, 2013
+// All rights reserved.
+//
+// Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+// which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+// LPC products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties of
+// any kind, and NXP Semiconductors and its licensor disclaim any and
+// all warranties, express or implied, including all implied warranties of
+// merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose and non-infringement of
+// intellectual property rights. NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility
+// or liability for the use of the software, conveys no license or rights under any
+// patent, copyright, mask work right, or any other intellectual property rights in
+// or to any products. NXP Semiconductors reserves the right to make changes
+// in the software without notification. NXP Semiconductors also makes no
+// representation or warranty that such application will be suitable for the
+// specified use without further testing or modification.
+//
+// Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+// documentation is hereby granted, under NXP Semiconductors' and its
+// licensor's relevant copyrights in the software, without fee, provided that it
+// is used in conjunction with NXP Semiconductors microcontrollers. This
+// copyright, permission, and disclaimer notice must appear in all copies of
+// this code.
+//*****************************************************************************
+
+#if defined (__CODE_RED)
+#include <NXP/crp.h>
+// Variable to store CRP value in. Will be placed automatically
+// by the linker when "Enable Code Read Protect" selected.
+// See crp.h header for more information
+__CRP const unsigned int CRP_WORD = CRP_NO_CRP ;
+#endif
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/ethernet_mgt.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/ethernet_mgt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..c7ba8bc8c1303fb6bfc53d3fe30950f7e1003113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/ethernet_mgt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * ethernet_mgt.h
+ *
+ * Description: Ethernet driver. Note: RX/TX buffers must be in RAM2
+ * since SRAM is deactivated during WFI (the DMA can not copy data during a WFI in SRAM)
+ * Created on: 13.4.2018
+ * Author: Pilloux V.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ETHERNET_MGT_H_
+#define ETHERNET_MGT_H_
+
+/* Description: callback prototype for ethernet_init()
+ *
+ * Parameter: data: pointer on data to be received
+ * length: data length [bytes]
+ */
+typedef void (*rx_eth_callback_t)(void *data, int len);
+
+/* Description: initialise Ethernet connection. RX/TX buffers MUST be declared in RAM2
+ * since SRAM is deactivated during WFI (the DMA can not copy data during a WFI in SRAM)
+ *
+ * Parameters:
+ * tx_double_buf: pointer on the transmission double buffer (can be NULL if not used)
+ * rx_double_buf: pointer on the receiving double buffer (can be NULL if not used)
+ * double_len_tx: maximum length of the transmission double buffers
+ * double_len_rx: maximum length of the receiving double buffers
+ * rx_callback: pointer on a callback function which is called
+ * each time data is received by Ethernet. If rx_callback==NULL,
+ * no callback is used.
+ * Return: pointer on the data frame to be filled for transmission
+ */
+unsigned char *ethernet_init(unsigned char *tx_double_buf, int double_len_tx, unsigned char *rx_double_buf,
+ int double_len_rx, rx_eth_callback_t rx_callback);
+
+/* Description: send raw data to Ethernet (no address management)
+ *
+ * Parameter: length: data length [bytes]. Note that length can be lower than double_len/2
+ * but not bigger
+ * blocking: if true, waits the frame transmission
+ * Return: pointer on the next data frame to transmit
+ */
+unsigned char *send_eth(int length, bool blocking);
+
+/* Description: receive raw data from Ethernet (no address management).
+ * This function blocks until data is received.
+ *
+ * Parameter: length: pointer on the received data length [bytes]
+ * Return: pointer on the received data
+ */
+unsigned char *rec_eth(int *length);
+
+#endif /* ETHERNET_MGT_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/ethmac.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/ethmac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..86c0018b4367c6bccab85c65eae3c4cb0e65fb06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/ethmac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+/******************************************************************
+ ***** *****
+ ***** Name: cs8900.h *****
+ ***** Ver.: 1.0 *****
+ ***** Date: 07/05/2001 *****
+ ***** Auth: Andreas Dannenberg *****
+ ***** HTWK Leipzig *****
+ ***** university of applied sciences *****
+ ***** Germany *****
+ ***** adannenb@et.htwk-leipzig.de *****
+ ***** Func: header-file for cs8900.c *****
+ ***** *****
+ ******************************************************************/
+
+// Modifications by Code Red Technologies for NXP LPC1768
+// Filename changed to ethmac.h as no longer for cs8900
+
+// CodeRed - update for new header filename
+
+#ifndef __ETHMAC_H
+#define __ETHMAC_H
+
+#define MYMAC_1 1 // our ethernet (MAC) address
+#define MYMAC_2 2 // (MUST be unique in LAN!)
+#define MYMAC_3 3
+#define MYMAC_4 4
+#define MYMAC_5 5
+#define MYMAC_6 6
+
+
+// *******
+// CodeRed - defines for LPC1768 ethernet
+// *******
+
+/* EMAC Memory Buffer configuration for 16K Ethernet RAM. */
+#define NUM_RX_FRAG 4 /* Num.of RX Fragments 4*1536= 6.0kB */
+#define NUM_TX_FRAG 2 /* Num.of TX Fragments 3*1536= 4.6kB */
+#define ETH_FRAG_SIZE 1536 /* Packet Fragment size 1536 Bytes */
+
+#define ETH_MAX_FLEN 1536 /* Max. Ethernet Frame Size */
+
+/* EMAC variables located in AHB SRAM bank 1*/
+// Below is base address for first silicon
+//#define RX_DESC_BASE 0x20004000
+// Below is base address for production silicon
+#define RX_DESC_BASE 0x2007c000
+#define RX_STAT_BASE (RX_DESC_BASE + NUM_RX_FRAG*8)
+#define TX_DESC_BASE (RX_STAT_BASE + NUM_RX_FRAG*8)
+#define TX_STAT_BASE (TX_DESC_BASE + NUM_TX_FRAG*8)
+#define RX_BUF_BASE (TX_STAT_BASE + NUM_TX_FRAG*4)
+#define TX_BUF_BASE (RX_BUF_BASE + NUM_RX_FRAG*ETH_FRAG_SIZE)
+
+/* RX and TX descriptor and status definitions. */
+#define RX_DESC_PACKET(i) (*(unsigned int *)(RX_DESC_BASE + 8*i))
+#define RX_DESC_CTRL(i) (*(unsigned int *)(RX_DESC_BASE+4 + 8*i))
+#define RX_STAT_INFO(i) (*(unsigned int *)(RX_STAT_BASE + 8*i))
+#define RX_STAT_HASHCRC(i) (*(unsigned int *)(RX_STAT_BASE+4 + 8*i))
+#define TX_DESC_PACKET(i) (*(unsigned int *)(TX_DESC_BASE + 8*i))
+#define TX_DESC_CTRL(i) (*(unsigned int *)(TX_DESC_BASE+4 + 8*i))
+#define TX_STAT_INFO(i) (*(unsigned int *)(TX_STAT_BASE + 4*i))
+#define RX_BUF(i) (RX_BUF_BASE + ETH_FRAG_SIZE*i)
+#define TX_BUF(i) (TX_BUF_BASE + ETH_FRAG_SIZE*i)
+
+/* MAC Configuration Register 1 */
+#define MAC1_REC_EN 0x00000001 /* Receive Enable */
+#define MAC1_PASS_ALL 0x00000002 /* Pass All Receive Frames */
+#define MAC1_RX_FLOWC 0x00000004 /* RX Flow Control */
+#define MAC1_TX_FLOWC 0x00000008 /* TX Flow Control */
+#define MAC1_LOOPB 0x00000010 /* Loop Back Mode */
+#define MAC1_RES_TX 0x00000100 /* Reset TX Logic */
+#define MAC1_RES_MCS_TX 0x00000200 /* Reset MAC TX Control Sublayer */
+#define MAC1_RES_RX 0x00000400 /* Reset RX Logic */
+#define MAC1_RES_MCS_RX 0x00000800 /* Reset MAC RX Control Sublayer */
+#define MAC1_SIM_RES 0x00004000 /* Simulation Reset */
+#define MAC1_SOFT_RES 0x00008000 /* Soft Reset MAC */
+
+/* MAC Configuration Register 2 */
+#define MAC2_FULL_DUP 0x00000001 /* Full Duplex Mode */
+#define MAC2_FRM_LEN_CHK 0x00000002 /* Frame Length Checking */
+#define MAC2_HUGE_FRM_EN 0x00000004 /* Huge Frame Enable */
+#define MAC2_DLY_CRC 0x00000008 /* Delayed CRC Mode */
+#define MAC2_CRC_EN 0x00000010 /* Append CRC to every Frame */
+#define MAC2_PAD_EN 0x00000020 /* Pad all Short Frames */
+#define MAC2_VLAN_PAD_EN 0x00000040 /* VLAN Pad Enable */
+#define MAC2_ADET_PAD_EN 0x00000080 /* Auto Detect Pad Enable */
+#define MAC2_PPREAM_ENF 0x00000100 /* Pure Preamble Enforcement */
+#define MAC2_LPREAM_ENF 0x00000200 /* Long Preamble Enforcement */
+#define MAC2_NO_BACKOFF 0x00001000 /* No Backoff Algorithm */
+#define MAC2_BACK_PRESSURE 0x00002000 /* Backoff Presurre / No Backoff */
+#define MAC2_EXCESS_DEF 0x00004000 /* Excess Defer */
+
+/* Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Register */
+#define IPGT_FULL_DUP 0x00000015 /* Recommended value for Full Duplex */
+#define IPGT_HALF_DUP 0x00000012 /* Recommended value for Half Duplex */
+
+/* Non Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Register */
+#define IPGR_DEF 0x00000012 /* Recommended value */
+
+/* Collision Window/Retry Register */
+#define CLRT_DEF 0x0000370F /* Default value */
+
+/* PHY Support Register */
+#define SUPP_SPEED 0x00000100 /* Reduced MII Logic Current Speed */
+
+/* Test Register */
+#define TEST_SHCUT_PQUANTA 0x00000001 /* Shortcut Pause Quanta */
+#define TEST_TST_PAUSE 0x00000002 /* Test Pause */
+#define TEST_TST_BACKP 0x00000004 /* Test Back Pressure */
+
+/* MII Management Configuration Register */
+#define MCFG_SCAN_INC 0x00000001 /* Scan Increment PHY Address */
+#define MCFG_SUPP_PREAM 0x00000002 /* Suppress Preamble */
+#define MCFG_CLK_SEL 0x0000001C /* Clock Select Mask */
+#define MCFG_RES_MII 0x00008000 /* Reset MII Management Hardware */
+
+#define MCFG_CLK_DIV28 0x0000001C /* MDC = hclk / 28 */
+#define MCFG_CLK_DIV36 0x00000020
+#define MCFG_CLK_DIV64 0x0000003c
+
+/* MII Management Command Register */
+#define MCMD_READ 0x00000001 /* MII Read */
+#define MCMD_SCAN 0x00000002 /* MII Scan continuously */
+
+#define MII_WR_TOUT 0x00050000 /* MII Write timeout count */
+#define MII_RD_TOUT 0x00050000 /* MII Read timeout count */
+
+/* MII Management Address Register */
+#define MADR_REG_ADR 0x0000001F /* MII Register Address Mask */
+#define MADR_PHY_ADR 0x00001F00 /* PHY Address Mask */
+
+/* MII Management Indicators Register */
+#define MIND_BUSY 0x00000001 /* MII is Busy */
+#define MIND_SCAN 0x00000002 /* MII Scanning in Progress */
+#define MIND_NOT_VAL 0x00000004 /* MII Read Data not valid */
+#define MIND_MII_LINK_FAIL 0x00000008 /* MII Link Failed */
+
+/* Command Register */
+#define CR_RX_EN 0x00000001 /* Enable Receive */
+#define CR_TX_EN 0x00000002 /* Enable Transmit */
+#define CR_REG_RES 0x00000008 /* Reset Host Registers */
+#define CR_TX_RES 0x00000010 /* Reset Transmit Datapath */
+#define CR_RX_RES 0x00000020 /* Reset Receive Datapath */
+#define CR_PASS_RUNT_FRM 0x00000040 /* Pass Runt Frames */
+#define CR_PASS_RX_FILT 0x00000080 /* Pass RX Filter */
+#define CR_TX_FLOW_CTRL 0x00000100 /* TX Flow Control */
+#define CR_RMII 0x00000200 /* Reduced MII Interface */
+#define CR_FULL_DUP 0x00000400 /* Full Duplex */
+
+/* Status Register */
+#define SR_RX_EN 0x00000001 /* Enable Receive */
+#define SR_TX_EN 0x00000002 /* Enable Transmit */
+
+/* Transmit Status Vector 0 Register */
+#define TSV0_CRC_ERR 0x00000001 /* CRC error */
+#define TSV0_LEN_CHKERR 0x00000002 /* Length Check Error */
+#define TSV0_LEN_OUTRNG 0x00000004 /* Length Out of Range */
+#define TSV0_DONE 0x00000008 /* Tramsmission Completed */
+#define TSV0_MCAST 0x00000010 /* Multicast Destination */
+#define TSV0_BCAST 0x00000020 /* Broadcast Destination */
+#define TSV0_PKT_DEFER 0x00000040 /* Packet Deferred */
+#define TSV0_EXC_DEFER 0x00000080 /* Excessive Packet Deferral */
+#define TSV0_EXC_COLL 0x00000100 /* Excessive Collision */
+#define TSV0_LATE_COLL 0x00000200 /* Late Collision Occured */
+#define TSV0_GIANT 0x00000400 /* Giant Frame */
+#define TSV0_UNDERRUN 0x00000800 /* Buffer Underrun */
+#define TSV0_BYTES 0x0FFFF000 /* Total Bytes Transferred */
+#define TSV0_CTRL_FRAME 0x10000000 /* Control Frame */
+#define TSV0_PAUSE 0x20000000 /* Pause Frame */
+#define TSV0_BACK_PRESS 0x40000000 /* Backpressure Method Applied */
+#define TSV0_VLAN 0x80000000 /* VLAN Frame */
+
+/* Transmit Status Vector 1 Register */
+#define TSV1_BYTE_CNT 0x0000FFFF /* Transmit Byte Count */
+#define TSV1_COLL_CNT 0x000F0000 /* Transmit Collision Count */
+
+/* Receive Status Vector Register */
+#define RSV_BYTE_CNT 0x0000FFFF /* Receive Byte Count */
+#define RSV_PKT_IGNORED 0x00010000 /* Packet Previously Ignored */
+#define RSV_RXDV_SEEN 0x00020000 /* RXDV Event Previously Seen */
+#define RSV_CARR_SEEN 0x00040000 /* Carrier Event Previously Seen */
+#define RSV_REC_CODEV 0x00080000 /* Receive Code Violation */
+#define RSV_CRC_ERR 0x00100000 /* CRC Error */
+#define RSV_LEN_CHKERR 0x00200000 /* Length Check Error */
+#define RSV_LEN_OUTRNG 0x00400000 /* Length Out of Range */
+#define RSV_REC_OK 0x00800000 /* Frame Received OK */
+#define RSV_MCAST 0x01000000 /* Multicast Frame */
+#define RSV_BCAST 0x02000000 /* Broadcast Frame */
+#define RSV_DRIB_NIBB 0x04000000 /* Dribble Nibble */
+#define RSV_CTRL_FRAME 0x08000000 /* Control Frame */
+#define RSV_PAUSE 0x10000000 /* Pause Frame */
+#define RSV_UNSUPP_OPC 0x20000000 /* Unsupported Opcode */
+#define RSV_VLAN 0x40000000 /* VLAN Frame */
+
+/* Flow Control Counter Register */
+#define FCC_MIRR_CNT 0x0000FFFF /* Mirror Counter */
+#define FCC_PAUSE_TIM 0xFFFF0000 /* Pause Timer */
+
+/* Flow Control Status Register */
+#define FCS_MIRR_CNT 0x0000FFFF /* Mirror Counter Current */
+
+/* Receive Filter Control Register */
+#define RFC_UCAST_EN 0x00000001 /* Accept Unicast Frames Enable */
+#define RFC_BCAST_EN 0x00000002 /* Accept Broadcast Frames Enable */
+#define RFC_MCAST_EN 0x00000004 /* Accept Multicast Frames Enable */
+#define RFC_UCAST_HASH_EN 0x00000008 /* Accept Unicast Hash Filter Frames */
+#define RFC_MCAST_HASH_EN 0x00000010 /* Accept Multicast Hash Filter Fram.*/
+#define RFC_PERFECT_EN 0x00000020 /* Accept Perfect Match Enable */
+#define RFC_MAGP_WOL_EN 0x00001000 /* Magic Packet Filter WoL Enable */
+#define RFC_PFILT_WOL_EN 0x00002000 /* Perfect Filter WoL Enable */
+
+/* Receive Filter WoL Status/Clear Registers */
+#define WOL_UCAST 0x00000001 /* Unicast Frame caused WoL */
+#define WOL_BCAST 0x00000002 /* Broadcast Frame caused WoL */
+#define WOL_MCAST 0x00000004 /* Multicast Frame caused WoL */
+#define WOL_UCAST_HASH 0x00000008 /* Unicast Hash Filter Frame WoL */
+#define WOL_MCAST_HASH 0x00000010 /* Multicast Hash Filter Frame WoL */
+#define WOL_PERFECT 0x00000020 /* Perfect Filter WoL */
+#define WOL_RX_FILTER 0x00000080 /* RX Filter caused WoL */
+#define WOL_MAG_PACKET 0x00000100 /* Magic Packet Filter caused WoL */
+
+/* Interrupt Status/Enable/Clear/Set Registers */
+#define INT_RX_OVERRUN 0x00000001 /* Overrun Error in RX Queue */
+#define INT_RX_ERR 0x00000002 /* Receive Error */
+#define INT_RX_FIN 0x00000004 /* RX Finished Process Descriptors */
+#define INT_RX_DONE 0x00000008 /* Receive Done */
+#define INT_TX_UNDERRUN 0x00000010 /* Transmit Underrun */
+#define INT_TX_ERR 0x00000020 /* Transmit Error */
+#define INT_TX_FIN 0x00000040 /* TX Finished Process Descriptors */
+#define INT_TX_DONE 0x00000080 /* Transmit Done */
+#define INT_SOFT_INT 0x00001000 /* Software Triggered Interrupt */
+#define INT_WAKEUP 0x00002000 /* Wakeup Event Interrupt */
+
+/* Power Down Register */
+#define PD_POWER_DOWN 0x80000000 /* Power Down MAC */
+
+/* RX Descriptor Control Word */
+#define RCTRL_SIZE 0x000007FF /* Buffer size mask */
+#define RCTRL_INT 0x80000000 /* Generate RxDone Interrupt */
+
+/* RX Status Hash CRC Word */
+#define RHASH_SA 0x000001FF /* Hash CRC for Source Address */
+#define RHASH_DA 0x001FF000 /* Hash CRC for Destination Address */
+
+/* RX Status Information Word */
+#define RINFO_SIZE 0x000007FF /* Data size in bytes */
+#define RINFO_CTRL_FRAME 0x00040000 /* Control Frame */
+#define RINFO_VLAN 0x00080000 /* VLAN Frame */
+#define RINFO_FAIL_FILT 0x00100000 /* RX Filter Failed */
+#define RINFO_MCAST 0x00200000 /* Multicast Frame */
+#define RINFO_BCAST 0x00400000 /* Broadcast Frame */
+#define RINFO_CRC_ERR 0x00800000 /* CRC Error in Frame */
+#define RINFO_SYM_ERR 0x01000000 /* Symbol Error from PHY */
+#define RINFO_LEN_ERR 0x02000000 /* Length Error */
+#define RINFO_RANGE_ERR 0x04000000 /* Range Error (exceeded max. size) */
+#define RINFO_ALIGN_ERR 0x08000000 /* Alignment Error */
+#define RINFO_OVERRUN 0x10000000 /* Receive overrun */
+#define RINFO_NO_DESCR 0x20000000 /* No new Descriptor available */
+#define RINFO_LAST_FLAG 0x40000000 /* Last Fragment in Frame */
+#define RINFO_ERR 0x80000000 /* Error Occured (OR of all errors) */
+
+#define RINFO_ERR_MASK (RINFO_FAIL_FILT | RINFO_CRC_ERR | RINFO_SYM_ERR | \
+ RINFO_LEN_ERR | RINFO_ALIGN_ERR | RINFO_OVERRUN)
+
+/* TX Descriptor Control Word */
+#define TCTRL_SIZE 0x000007FF /* Size of data buffer in bytes */
+#define TCTRL_OVERRIDE 0x04000000 /* Override Default MAC Registers */
+#define TCTRL_HUGE 0x08000000 /* Enable Huge Frame */
+#define TCTRL_PAD 0x10000000 /* Pad short Frames to 64 bytes */
+#define TCTRL_CRC 0x20000000 /* Append a hardware CRC to Frame */
+#define TCTRL_LAST 0x40000000 /* Last Descriptor for TX Frame */
+#define TCTRL_INT 0x80000000 /* Generate TxDone Interrupt */
+
+/* TX Status Information Word */
+#define TINFO_COL_CNT 0x01E00000 /* Collision Count */
+#define TINFO_DEFER 0x02000000 /* Packet Deferred (not an error) */
+#define TINFO_EXCESS_DEF 0x04000000 /* Excessive Deferral */
+#define TINFO_EXCESS_COL 0x08000000 /* Excessive Collision */
+#define TINFO_LATE_COL 0x10000000 /* Late Collision Occured */
+#define TINFO_UNDERRUN 0x20000000 /* Transmit Underrun */
+#define TINFO_NO_DESCR 0x40000000 /* No new Descriptor available */
+#define TINFO_ERR 0x80000000 /* Error Occured (OR of all errors) */
+
+/* ENET Device Revision ID */
+#define OLD_EMAC_MODULE_ID 0x39022000 /* Rev. ID for first rev '-' */
+
+/* DP83848C PHY Registers */
+#define PHY_REG_BMCR 0x00 /* Basic Mode Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_BMSR 0x01 /* Basic Mode Status Register */
+#define PHY_REG_IDR1 0x02 /* PHY Identifier 1 */
+#define PHY_REG_IDR2 0x03 /* PHY Identifier 2 */
+#define PHY_REG_ANAR 0x04 /* Auto-Negotiation Advertisement */
+#define PHY_REG_ANLPAR 0x05 /* Auto-Neg. Link Partner Abitily */
+#define PHY_REG_ANER 0x06 /* Auto-Neg. Expansion Register */
+#define PHY_REG_ANNPTR 0x07 /* Auto-Neg. Next Page TX */
+
+/* PHY Extended Registers */
+#define PHY_REG_STS 0x10 /* Status Register */
+#define PHY_REG_MICR 0x11 /* MII Interrupt Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_MISR 0x12 /* MII Interrupt Status Register */
+#define PHY_REG_FCSCR 0x14 /* False Carrier Sense Counter */
+#define PHY_REG_RECR 0x15 /* Receive Error Counter */
+#define PHY_REG_PCSR 0x16 /* PCS Sublayer Config. and Status */
+#define PHY_REG_RBR 0x17 /* RMII and Bypass Register */
+#define PHY_REG_LEDCR 0x18 /* LED Direct Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_PHYCR 0x19 /* PHY Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_10BTSCR 0x1A /* 10Base-T Status/Control Register */
+#define PHY_REG_CDCTRL1 0x1B /* CD Test Control and BIST Extens. */
+#define PHY_REG_EDCR 0x1D /* Energy Detect Control Register */
+
+#define PHY_FULLD_100M 0x2100 /* Full Duplex 100Mbit */
+#define PHY_HALFD_100M 0x2000 /* Half Duplex 100Mbit */
+#define PHY_FULLD_10M 0x0100 /* Full Duplex 10Mbit */
+#define PHY_HALFD_10M 0x0000 /* Half Duplex 10MBit */
+#define PHY_AUTO_NEG 0x3000 /* Select Auto Negotiation */
+
+#define DP83848C_DEF_ADR 0x0100 /* Default PHY device address */
+#define DP83848C_ID 0x20005C90 /* PHY Identifier */
+
+// Ethernet power/clock control bit in PCONP register
+#define PCENET 0x40000000
+// Ethernet configuration for PINSEL2, as per user guide section 5.3
+#define ENET_PINSEL2_CONFIG 0x50150105
+// Ethernet configuration for PINSEL3, as per user guide section 5.4
+#define ENET_PINSEL3_CONFIG 0x00000005
+// Only bottom byte of PINSEL3 relevant to Ethernet
+#define ENET_PINSEL3_MASK 0x0000000F
+
+
+/*************************************************
+ * CodeRed - PHY definitions for RDB1768 rev 2
+ * which uses SMSC LAN8720 PHY instead of DP83848C
+ *************************************************/
+#define LAN8720_ID 0x0007C0F0 /* PHY Identifier */
+
+
+void Init_EthMAC(void);
+void RequestSend(unsigned short FrameSize);
+unsigned short StartReadingFrame(void);
+void StopReadingFrame(void);
+unsigned int CheckIfFrameReceived(void);
+void WriteFrame_EthMAC(unsigned char Data);
+unsigned char ReadFrame_EthMAC(void);
+void ethernet_power_down(void);
+
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/fonts.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/fonts.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..602ae770ff158d01c9526709b2d73b3e2ef57e34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/fonts.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/*
+ * fonts.h
+ *
+ * Created on: 19 avr. 2016
+ * Author: cma
+ */
+
+#ifndef INC_FONTS_H_
+#define INC_FONTS_H_
+
+#define fontdatatype const unsigned char
+extern fontdatatype SmallFont[];
+extern fontdatatype BigFont[];
+
+#define SMALLFONT 0
+#define BIGFONT 1
+
+#endif /* INC_FONTS_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/labyrinth_slave.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/labyrinth_slave.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ac49ec0041de70ee25585a5b32e0f5a38dd8afa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/labyrinth_slave.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+===============================================================================
+ Name : labyrinth_slave.c
+ Author : V. Pilloux
+ Date : 23.10.2017
+ Description : TP1 Labyrinth solution, slave code. The slave only transmits
+ the accelerometer data to the master and displays the balls at
+ the positions given by the master.
+ The Ethernet interrupt is masked when the data has to be used
+ in the main to avoid an overriding during the variables use.
+===============================================================================
+*/
+
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <cr_section_macros.h>
+#include "lcd.h"
+#include "accelerometer.h"
+#include "ethernet_mgt.h"
+#include "tools.h"
+
+#define NUMBER_OF_BALLS 5 // min 1
+#define BALL_DISP_PERIOD 20 // ms
+#define BALL_RADIUS 5
+#define LCD_YELLOW (LCD_GREEN | LCD_RED)
+#define NONE -1
+
+#define GOAL_H_WALL (LCD_MAX_WIDTH-(2*BALL_RADIUS+1+WALL_WIDTH))
+#define GOAL_V_WALL (LCD_MAX_HEIGHT-(2*BALL_RADIUS+1+WALL_WIDTH)-1)
+
+
+static coord_fx_t labyrinth_points[]={
+ {80,280},{40,280},{40,190},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {40,100},{150,100},{150,160},{70,160},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {0,160},{40,160},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {70,190},{180,190},{180,80},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {210,100},{238,100},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {180,220},{238,220},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {0,40},{100,40},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {140,40},{237,40},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_WHITE},
+ {120,220},{120,300},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_GREEN},
+ {GOAL_H_WALL-2*BALL_RADIUS,GOAL_V_WALL},{LCD_MAX_WIDTH-1,GOAL_V_WALL},{END_OF_LINE,LCD_GREEN},
+ {GOAL_H_WALL-4*BALL_RADIUS-WALL_WIDTH-1,LCD_MAX_HEIGHT-WALL_WIDTH},{GOAL_H_WALL-4*BALL_RADIUS-WALL_WIDTH-1,GOAL_V_WALL},{END_OF_WALLS,END_OF_WALLS}
+};
+
+
+/* Description: Callback of ethernet module. This function is called when a message is received.
+ * Each ball of the master send its own coordinates that are saved here.
+ * Parameters: data: pointer on data received
+ * len: length of the data [bytes]
+ */
+void master_info_rx(void *data, int len)
+{
+ // receive master_tx structure
+}
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ init_lcd();
+ if(accel_init() != 0)
+ {
+ printf("Accelerometer initialisation failed!\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+ //ethernet_init(..., master_info_rx);
+
+ draw_labyrinth(labyrinth_points);
+
+ while(1)
+ {
+
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/lcd.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/lcd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b07e4d8f7f58be869289a33ac38e1667e4cf321e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/lcd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/*
+ * lcd.h
+ *
+ * Created on: 27 févr. 2014
+ * Updated on: 28.9.2016
+ * Authors: F. Vannel, V. Pilloux
+ *
+ * Note: the RGB screen colors (if coded with 16 bits) have the following format:
+ * blue: bits 4..0
+ * green: bits 10..5
+ * red: bits 15..11
+ */
+
+#ifndef LCD_H_
+#define LCD_H_
+
+#ifdef __USE_CMSIS
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "ssp.h"
+#include "fonts.h"
+
+// LCD predefined colors
+#define LCD_BLUE (0xF<<1)
+#define LCD_GREEN (0x3f<<5)
+#define LCD_RED (0x1f<<11)
+#define LCD_WHITE 0xFFFF
+#define LCD_BLACK 0
+
+// screen size
+#define LCD_MAX_HEIGHT (320)
+#define LCD_MAX_WIDTH (240)
+
+
+#define DISPLAY_ON() Write_Instruction(0xaf) // Display on
+#define DISPLAY_OFF() Write_Instruction(0xae) // Display off
+#define SET_ADC() Write_Instruction(0xa1) // Reverse disrect (SEG128-SEG0)
+#define CLEAR_ADC() Write_Instruction(0xa0) // Normal disrect (SEG0-SEG128)
+#define REVERSE_DISPLAY_ON() Write_Instruction(0xa7) // Reverse display : 0 illuminated
+#define REVERSE_DISPLAY_OFF() Write_Instruction(0xa6) // Normal display : 1 illuminated
+#define ENTIRE_DISPLAY_ON() Write_Instruction(0xa5) // Entire display Force whole LCD point
+#define ENTIRE_DISPLAY_OFF() Write_Instruction(0xa4) // Normal display
+#define SET_BIAS() Write_Instruction(0xa3) // bias 1 1/7 bias
+#define CLEAR_BIAS() Write_Instruction(0xa2) // bias 0 1/9 bias
+#define SET_MODIFY_READ() Write_Instruction(0xe0) // Stop automatic increment of the column address by the read instruction
+#define RESET_MODIFY_READ() Write_Instruction(0xee) // Cancel Modify_read, column address return to its initial value just before the Set Modify Read instruction is started
+#define RESET() Write_Instruction(0xe2)
+#define SET_SHL() Write_Instruction(0xc8) // SHL 1,COM33-COM0
+#define CLEAR_SHL() Write_Instruction(0xc0) // SHL 0,COM0-COM33
+
+#define LCD_CS_PIN 16
+#define LCD_RS_PORT 1 // D/C DATA/COMMAND SELECT
+#define LCD_RS_PIN 30
+
+// sck, mosi, miso is setup within ssp_init
+// LCD_RS = D/Cx line. Must be 0 for a command, 1 for data.
+// WARNING: LCD_CS_ENA() is called by lcd_init() only. If another peripheral uses SSP, LCD_CS_DIS() must be called.
+// If the screen is required again, LCD_CS_ENA() must be called again!
+#define LCD_CS_ENA() {LPC_GPIO0->FIOCLR=(1<<LCD_CS_PIN);}
+#define LCD_CS_DIS() { while ((LPC_SSP0->SR & SSPSR_BSY)); \
+ LPC_GPIO0->FIOSET=(1<<LCD_CS_PIN);}
+
+
+/* Description: LCD initialisation. Must be called before any other function. */
+void init_lcd(void);
+
+/* Description: fill the screen with the defined color in RGB format (see above)
+ * Parameter: color: RGB 16 bits color (see format description above)
+ */
+void clear_screen(unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: print text (with printf equivalent formatting) at the last line of screen with
+ * specified color. Automatic line wrapping is implemented, as \n and \r characters.
+ * Parameters: color: RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ * back_color: RGB 16 bits color of the text backround
+ * st: string in "printf format" followed by any parameter
+ * Return: string length [pixels]
+ */
+uint16_t lcd_printf(int color, int back_color, char *st, ...);
+
+/* Description: print text (with printf equivalent formatting) at the specified position and color
+ * Parameters: x: horizontal position of the text to print
+ * y: vertical position of the text to print
+ * font_size: BIGFONT or SMALLFONT
+ * color: RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ * back_color: RGB 16 bits color of the text backround
+ * st: string in "printf format" followed by any parameter
+ * Return: string length [char]
+ */
+uint16_t lcd_print(int x, int y, int font_size, int color, int back_color, char *st, ...);
+
+/* Description: setup scroll type
+ * Parameter: top_fixed_lines: number of the first lines that are fixed (not scrolled)
+ * scroll_lines: number of lines to scroll
+ * bottom_fixed_lines: number of the last lines that are fixed (not scrolled)
+ */
+void setup_scroll(uint16_t top_fixed_lines, uint16_t scroll_lines, uint16_t bottom_fixed_lines);
+
+/* Description: scroll the screen vertically
+ * Parameter: offset: scroll length [pixels]
+ */
+void lcd_scroll(int offset);
+
+/* Description: print one character at any position
+ * Parameter: c: character to print
+ * x: horizontal position of the character to print
+ * y: vertical position of the character to print
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ * font_size: BIGFONT or SMALLFONT
+ */
+void lcd_print_char(char c, int x, int y, int color, int back_color, int font_size);
+
+/* Description: draw an empty circle
+ * Parameter: x_centre: horizontal position of the center of the circle
+ * y_centre: vertical position of the center of the circle
+ * r: circle radius
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_circle(int x_centre, int y_centre, int r, unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: draw a filled circle
+ * Parameter: x_centre: horizontal position of the center of the circle
+ * y_centre: vertical position of the center of the circle
+ * r: circle radius
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the circle
+ */
+void lcd_filled_circle(int x_centre, int y_centre, int r, unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: draw a filled circle
+ * Parameter: x_centre: horizontal position of the center of the circle
+ * y_centre: vertical position of the center of the circle
+ * r: circle radius
+ * color:RGB 16 bits foreground color of the circle
+ * background_color: background color of the square around the circle
+ */
+void lcd_filled_circle_on_square(int x_centre, int y_centre, int r,
+ unsigned int color, unsigned int background_color);
+
+/* Description: draw a line
+ * Parameter: x1: horizontal position of one line extremity
+ * y1: vertical position of one line extremity
+ * x2: horizontal position of the second line extremity
+ * y2: vertical position of the second line extremity
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_line(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: draw an horizontal line
+ * Parameter: x1: left horizontal position of one the line
+ * y1: vertical position of the line
+ * l: line length
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_lineH(int x, int y, int l, unsigned int color) ;
+
+/* Description: draw an vertical line
+ * Parameter: x1: left horizontal position of one the line
+ * y1: vertical position of the line
+ * l: line length
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_lineV(int x, int y, int l, unsigned int color);
+
+/* Description: draw an empty rectangle
+ * Parameter: x1: horizontal position of the top left corner
+ * y1: vertical position of the top left corner
+ * x2: horizontal position of the bottom right corner
+ * y2: vertical position of the bottom right corner
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_empty_rectangle(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int color);
+
+/* Description: draw plain rectangle
+ * Parameter: x1: horizontal position of the top left corner
+ * y1: vertical position of the top left corner
+ * x2: horizontal position of the bottom right corner
+ * y2: vertical position of the bottom right corner
+ * color:RGB 16 bits color of the text
+ */
+void lcd_filled_rectangle(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int color);
+
+/* Description: read an image in a file of BMP format, adapts it to the LCD format and
+ * put it in memory. The number of pixel of the image width must be a multiple of 4.
+ * Parameter: filename: filename of a BMP file
+ *
+ * Return: width: image width [pixels]
+ * height: image height [pixels]
+ * return value: pointer on the image in memory or NULL if an error occurred
+ */
+uint16_t *read_bmp_file(char *filename, uint16_t *width, uint16_t *height);
+
+/* Description: display an image stored in memory
+ * Parameter: bitmap: pointer on the image in memory. Each word of 16 bits represents the
+ * color of one pixel. The pixel are stored from left to right line by
+ * line from top to bottom.
+ * x: horizontal position of the top left corner
+ * y: vertical position of the top left corner
+ * width: image width
+ * height: image height
+ */
+void display_bitmap16(uint16_t *bitmap, uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint16_t width, uint16_t height);
+
+/* Description: get pixel colors in a rectangle (16 bits format)
+ * Parameter: x1: horizontal position of the top left corner
+ * y1: vertical position of the top left corner
+ * x2: horizontal position of the bottom right corner
+ * y2: vertical position of the bottom right corner
+ * out: pointer on the 16 bits colors of the pixels in the rectangle
+ */
+void read_pixels(uint8_t x1, uint16_t y1, uint8_t x2, uint16_t y2, uint16_t *out);
+
+
+/* Description: reads data of any command that gets data on LCD
+ * Parameter: read_cmd: LCD command word
+ * data_read: pointer on data to be read
+ * len: data length
+ */
+void read_cmd(uint8_t read_cmd, uint8_t *data_read, uint16_t len);
+
+// macro utilities
+#define swap(type, i, j) {type t = i; i = j; j = t;}
+#define MAX(x,y) (((x)>(y))?(x):(y))
+#define MIN(x,y) (((x)<(y))?(x):(y))
+#define ABS(x) (((x)<0)?-(x):(x))
+
+
+#endif /* LCD_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/ssp.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/ssp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5584d85c06dbd3cb32c8d21c4c88a7bd509a14a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/ssp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * ssp.h
+ *
+ * Created on: 12 mars 2014
+ * Author: christian
+ */
+
+#ifndef SSP_H_
+#define SSP_H_
+
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+
+#define SSPSR_TFE (1 << 0)
+#define SSPSR_TNF (1 << 1)
+#define SSPSR_RNE (1 << 2)
+#define SSPSR_RFF (1 << 3)
+#define SSPSR_BSY (1 << 4)
+
+
+void ssp_init_custom(uint8_t data_size_select, uint8_t scr);
+void ssp_send_buf(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t length);
+void ssp_receive_buf(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t length);
+
+#endif /* SSP_H_ */
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/tools.c b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/tools.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..a7b6264d8e04d96978be30afa38a12d7ba4534b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/tools.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ * tools.c
+ *
+ * Created on: 22 oct. 2017
+ * Author: vince
+ */
+
+#include <math.h>
+#include "tools.h"
+#include "lcd.h"
+
+int round(float x)
+{
+ if (x>=.5)
+ return (int)ceil(x);
+ if (x<=-.5)
+ return (int)floor(x);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+void draw_labyrinth(coord_fx_t *labyrinth_points)
+{
+ int i=0, color=LCD_WHITE;
+
+ clear_screen(LCD_BLACK);
+ do {
+ while (labyrinth_points[++i].x>=0)
+ {
+ lcd_filled_rectangle(
+ labyrinth_points[i-1].x>labyrinth_points[i].x?labyrinth_points[i-1].x+WALL_WIDTH-1:labyrinth_points[i-1].x,
+ labyrinth_points[i-1].y>labyrinth_points[i].y?labyrinth_points[i-1].y+WALL_WIDTH-1:labyrinth_points[i-1].y,
+ labyrinth_points[i-1].x==labyrinth_points[i].x?labyrinth_points[i].x+WALL_WIDTH-1:labyrinth_points[i].x,
+ labyrinth_points[i-1].y==labyrinth_points[i].y?labyrinth_points[i].y+WALL_WIDTH-1:labyrinth_points[i].y,
+ color);
+ }
+ color=labyrinth_points[i].y;
+ } while (labyrinth_points[i++].x!=END_OF_WALLS);
+}
+
+
+/* detect all collisions among all object in every direction
+ * Return: collision vector index or NO_COLLISION
+ */
+int test_collision(object_t *object)
+{
+ uint16_t tp[2*MAX_RADIUS+1], i, k;
+ int offset_x, offset_y;
+ int col_dir_idx=0; // keep track of collision points around max_dir
+ coord_fx_t speed, pos;
+ float speed_max;
+
+ // test collision at next position of the object. ! to rounding !
+ pos.x=round(object->pos.x+object->speed.x);
+ pos.y=round(object->pos.y+object->speed.y);
+ speed.x=pos.x-round(object->pos.x);
+ speed.y=pos.y-round(object->pos.y);
+ // test screen bounds:
+ if (pos.x<object->radius)
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_LEFT;
+ if (pos.x>LCD_MAX_WIDTH-object->radius-1)
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_RIGHT;
+ if (pos.y<object->radius)
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_UP;
+ if (pos.y>LCD_MAX_HEIGHT-object->radius-1)
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_DOWN;
+ if (col_dir_idx)
+ return col_dir_idx;
+
+ speed_max=MAX(ABS(speed.x), ABS(speed.y));
+ for (k=1; k<=speed_max; k++) // test line by line if there is a collision, going forward of 1 pixel
+ {
+ pos.x=round(object->pos.x+object->speed.x*(float)k/speed_max);
+ pos.y=round(object->pos.y+object->speed.y*(float)k/speed_max);
+ speed.x=pos.x-round(object->pos.x);
+ speed.y=pos.y-round(object->pos.y);
+ offset_x=speed.x?1:0; // to adjust size of the front detection line
+ offset_y=speed.y?1:0;
+ if (speed.y>0) // test low horizontal line of pixel of the object width (on new position), except pixel on corner!
+ {
+ read_pixels((uint8_t)(pos.x-object->radius+offset_x), (uint16_t)(pos.y+object->radius),
+ (uint8_t)(pos.x+object->radius-offset_x), (uint16_t)(pos.y+object->radius), tp);
+ for (i=0; i<=2*(object->radius-offset_x); i++)
+ if (tp[i])
+ {
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_DOWN;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (speed.y<0)
+ {
+ read_pixels((uint8_t)(pos.x-object->radius+offset_x), (uint16_t)(pos.y-object->radius),
+ (uint8_t)(pos.x+object->radius-offset_x), (uint16_t)(pos.y-object->radius), tp);
+ for (i=0; i<=2*(object->radius-offset_x); i++)
+ if (tp[i])
+ {
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_UP;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (speed.x>0) // test right vertical line of pixel of the object width (on new position) except corner pixel
+ {
+ read_pixels((uint8_t)(pos.x+object->radius), (uint16_t)(pos.y-object->radius+offset_y),
+ (uint8_t)(pos.x+object->radius), (uint16_t)(pos.y+object->radius-offset_y), tp);
+ for (i=0; i<=2*(object->radius-offset_y); i++)
+ if (tp[i])
+ {
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_RIGHT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (speed.x<0)
+ {
+ read_pixels((uint8_t)(pos.x-object->radius), (uint16_t)(pos.y-object->radius+offset_y),
+ (uint8_t)(pos.x-object->radius), (uint16_t)(pos.y+object->radius-offset_y), tp);
+ for (i=0; i<=2*(object->radius-offset_y); i++)
+ if (tp[i])
+ {
+ col_dir_idx|=TOUCH_LEFT;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (col_dir_idx)
+ break;
+ }
+ return col_dir_idx;
+}
diff --git a/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/tools.h b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/tools.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e996599435e1130f7e050bf1eced03ade09c6d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/G3_TP1_labyrinth_slave_etu/src/tools.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ * Name : tools.h
+ * Author : VP
+ * Date : 23.10.2017
+ * Description : utility functions to draw the labyrinth and to test object collisions
+ */
+
+#ifndef TOOLS_H_
+#define TOOLS_H_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define MAX_RADIUS 15 // maximum radius of an object
+#define WALL_WIDTH 3 // labyrinth wall width
+#define END_OF_LINE -1 // 'x' coordinate of labyrinth indicating the end of a wall
+#define END_OF_WALLS -2 // ^y' coordinate of labyrinth indicating the end of the point table
+
+// constants used to build the collision vector (see function test_collision)
+enum {
+ NO_COLLISION=0,
+ TOUCH_LEFT=(1<<2),
+ TOUCH_RIGHT=(1<<0),
+ TOUCH_UP=(1<<1),
+ TOUCH_DOWN=(1<<3),
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ float x;
+ float y;
+} coord_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int x;
+ int y;
+} coord_fx_t;
+
+// defines a "squared" object. "pos" defines the position of the center of the object
+// and radius is the number of pixels considered around pos in x and y directions
+typedef struct
+{
+ coord_t pos;
+ coord_t speed;
+ uint8_t radius;
+ uint16_t color;
+ uint16_t period; // display period [ms]
+} object_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int ball_id;
+ coord_fx_t ball_coord;
+ uint16_t color;
+ uint8_t radius;
+ int8_t winner;
+ //uint32_t dbg_cptr;
+} master_tx_t;
+
+// rounds a float on an integer, whatever its sign
+int round(float x);
+
+
+/* draw the labyrinth. The wall description is an array of points. 2 successive points must have at least
+ * one common coordinate, either x or y since only vertical or horizontal lines are allowed. To end a line,
+ * END_OF_LINE must replace the x coordinate, while feeding y with the line color of the next line. The end of the array
+ * is marked with the point {END_OF_WALLS,END_OF_WALLS}
+ * Parameter: labyrinth_points: pointer on the array of points
+ * */
+void draw_labyrinth(coord_fx_t *labyrinth_points);
+
+/* detect all collisions among all objects in every direction.
+ * Parameter: object: object that tests collisions
+ * Return: collision vector index or NO_COLLISION. The vector is a bit vector indicating where the object touched
+ * an obstacle. Example of value returned: TOUCH_RIGHT | TOUCH_UP.
+ */
+int test_collision(object_t *object);
+
+#endif /* TOOLS_H_ */